Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MỤC LỤC Trang
Lời nói đầu ( Introduction )……………………………………………………………………………………… 2 Bảng từ viết tắt ( List of English abbreviations/words )…………………………....…………….. 3 Module 1: Pronunciation(Phá t â m)……………………………………………………………………….…... 4 Module 2: Stress(Trọ ng â m) ……………………………………………………………………………………... 12 Module 3: Verb tenses( Thì củ a độ ng từ ) …………………………………………………………………... 18 Module 4: The sequence of tenses( Sự phố i hợ p thì) ………………………………………………… 26 Module 5: Subject and verb agreements( Sự hò a hợ p chủ ngữ và độ ng từ ) ……………..… 37 Module 6: Modal verbs(Độ ng từ khiếm khuyết) ………………………………………………………… 47 Module 7: The subjunctive mood( Thứ c giả định) …………………………………………………….. 62 Module 8: Gerund and infinitive verb( V-ing /to V/V(bare) ) + Lố i nó i phụ họ a………… 73 Module 9: Tag questions( Câ u hỏ i đuô i)………………………………………………………………….…. 83 Module 10: Comparisons(Sự so sá nh)……………………………………………………………………….. 93 Module 11: The orders of the adjectives(Trậ t tự củ a tính từ )….....................................................116 Module 12: Articles(Mạ o từ )............................................................................................................................ 111 Module 13: Word formation(Cấ u tạ o từ )..................................................................................................126 Module 14: Expressions of quantity( Từ chỉ định lượ ng)..................................................................147 Module 15: Passive voices(Thể bị độ ng) . 162 Module 16: Conditional sentences and wish(Câ u điều kiện & câ u điều ướ c)…......................178 Module 17: Reported speech(Câ u tườ ng thuậ t).....................................................................................192 Module 18: Relative clauses(Mệnh đề quan hệ).....................................................................................205 Module 19: Phrase and clauses(Cụ m từ và mộ t câ u) +Clauses of manner with.................221 Module 20: Inversion(Đả o ngữ )..................................................................................................................... 236 Module 21: Conjunctions(Liên từ )...............................................................................................................249 Module 22: Prepositions( Giớ i từ )................................................................................................................267 Module 23: Phrasal verbs( Cụ m độ ng từ ).................................................................................................283 Module 24: Idioms( Thà nh ngữ ).................................................................................................................... 310 Module 25: Collocations( Cụ m từ cố định)................................................................................................330 Others structures( Mộ t số cấ u trú c khá c)...................................................................................................351 Correct the mistakes ( Tìm lỗ i sai )…........................................................................................................... 355 Communications( Chứ c năng giao tiếp).......................................................................................................356 Common family words( Bả ng từ loạ i thô ng dụ ng)..................................................................................359 Irregular verbs( Bả ng độ ng từ bấ t quy tắ c)...............................................................................................370
Page 1
LỜI NÓI ĐẦU Các bạn thân mến! Theo xu thế phá t triển xã hộ i và hộ i nhậ p kinh tế toà n cầ u, Tiếng Anh ngà y cà ng trở nên quan trọ ng và cầ n thiết hơn bao giờ hết. Tuy nhiên ngô n ngữ là mộ t phạ m trù rấ t rộ ng nên việc thô ng thạ o ngoạ i ngữ đò i hỏ i ngườ i đọ c phả i kiên trì,quyết tâ m và đặ c biệt là cầ n có phương phá p họ c tậ p hiệu quả . Bạ n cả m thấ y khó khă n vớ i việc họ c nhữ ng cô ng thứ c, mẫ u câ u ngữ phá p Tiếng Anh phứ c tạ p và cá ch giả i thích dà i dò ng khó hiểu. Bạ n đã họ c đi họ c lạ i nhiều lầ n nhưng vẫ n khô ng thể ghi nhớ đượ c nhữ ng kiến thứ c ngữ phá p đó . Bạ n bă n khoă n về khả năng ghi nhớ củ a mình trướ c mộ t lượ ng kiến thứ c khổ ng lồ trong ngô n ngữ mỗ i ngà y Bạ n nó i và viết Tiếng Anh nhưng rấ t sợ ngườ i nghe, ngườ i đọ c hiểu nhầ m ý vì sai ngữ phá p củ a câ u. Quyển sá ch Ngữ Phá p Tiếng Anh bạ n cầ m trên tay giú p bạ n họ c và ghi nhớ ngữ phá p Tiếng Anh mộ t cá ch nhanh chó ng qua nhữ ng ví dụ minh họa và Sơ đồ tư duy ( Mind Map ) Kiến thứ c siêu đầ y đủ ,á p dụ ng dễ dà ng.Phù hợ p vớ i mọ i trình độ ,mọ i đố i tượ ng từ giá o viên đến họ c sinh. Quyển sách này sẽ giúp bạn ! Độ t phá việc ghi nhớ cá c kiến thứ c Nắ m trọ n ngữ phá p thô ng qua nhữ ng từ khó a chính Kích thích sự phá t triển nã o bộ qua cá c sơ đồ tư duy Tă ng tính ứ ng dụ ng thự c tế trong cá c tình huố ng Trong quá trình biên soạ n sá ch có thể có nhữ ng thiếu só t nhấ t định.Tô i mong nhậ n đượ c sự gó p ý quý bá u củ a cá c bạ n để sá ch hoà n thiện hơn. Chúc bạn học tốt ! Sơ đồ tư duy được mệnh danh là “ công cụ vạn năng cho bộ não” một phương pháp trình bày ý tưởng ,kiến thức bằng những từ khóa chính, hình ảnh và màu sắc, giúp não bộ phát huy tối đa khả năng ghi nhớ
LIST OF ENGLISH ABBREVIATIONS/WORDS
STT
Tên viết tắt
Tên viết đầy đủ
Ý nghĩa
1
S
Subject
Chủ ngữ
2
V
Verb
Độ ng từ
3
O
Object
Tâ n ngữ
4
Adj
Adjective
Tính từ
5
Adv
Adverb
Trạ ng từ
6
N
Noun
Danh từ
7
Vp2
Past participle
Quá khứ phâ n từ
8
Sb
Somebody
Mộ t ai đó
9
St
Something
Mộ t cá i gì đó
10
V-ing
Gerund / present participle
Danh độ ng từ /hiện tạ i phâ n từ
11
Np
Noun phrase
Cụ m danh từ
MODULE 1: PRONUNCIATION PHÁT ÂM Nguyên âm ngắn Short vowels - / ə/: ago, mother, togethe - /i/: hit, bit, sit - / ʌ /: study, shut, must - / ɒ /: got job, hospital - /u/: put, should, foot – -/e/: bed, send, tent, spend - / æ /: cat, chat, man
Nguyên âm dài Long vowels - / iː/ meet, beat, heat -/u:/: school, food, moon - /a:/: father, star, car - / ɔː/: sport, more, store -/ ɜː /: bird, shirt, early
NGUYÊN ÂM VOWELS
PHIÊN ÂM
PHỤ ÂM CONSONANTS
Nguyên âm đôi- Diphthongs - /ai/: buy, skỵ , hi, shy - / ɔɪ /: boy, enjoy, toy - /ei/: day, baby, stay - /ou /: no, go, so - /au/: now, sound, cow - / ʊə /: poor, sure, tour - / eə /: air, care, share - / ɪə /: near, tear, cheer
- /b/: bag, baby - /p/: pupil, pay, stop - /d/: dog, daddy, dead - /k/: kiss, key - /m/: mother, map, come - /j/: yes, yellow - /n/: many, none, news - /s/: see, summer - /l/: love, lucky, travel - /z/: zoo, visit - /r/: river, restaurant - /h/: hat, honey - /t/: tea, teach - / dʒ /: village, jam, generous - /g /: get, game, go - / θ /: thin, thick, something, birth - /f/: fall, laugh, fiction - / ð /: mother, with, this - /v/: visit, van - / ʃ /: she, sugar - /w/: wet, why - / ʒn /: vision - / tʃ /: children, chicken, watch - / ŋ /: thank, sing
/ id / /s / Cách phát âm đuôi -ed
/t/
Cách phát âm đuôi -s
/ iz / / d/ /z/
t , d ( tình đầ u ) k , p, f , t, th ( khắ p phố phườ ng tố i thui ) sh, s, ch, ss, ce, x, k ,p, f = gh (Sá ng sớ m chi sá u chạy xe khắ p phố Ch, X , S, Z, Sh, SE, CE, GE ( Chú ng xổ số zớ i Sh sẽ có ghệ ) Khi tậ n cù ng trướ c -ed nó là nguyên â m và cá c phụ â m cò n lạ i Khi tậ n cù ng trướ c nó là nguyên â m và cá c phụ â m cò n lạ i
PHÁT ÂM “ ED ” or “S / ES ”
Note đuôi -s “se” đọ c là “z” or “s” “Ce =S” “gh” đọ c là “f” : laugh , cough, tough , rough
Note đuôi -ed Đuô i -ed trong cá c tính từ sau đượ c phá t âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved, blessed, naked, ragged wicked , blessed , wretched
PRACTICE EXERCISES ❶ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. pottery B. local C. control D. fold 2. A. artisan B. establish C. attraction D. handicraft 3. A. environment B. environmental C. entertainment D. document 4. A. helped B. struggled C. remarked D. watched 5. A. chairs B. suitcases C. things D. calculators 6. A. endangered B. generation C. accept D. memorable 7. A. traditional B. graduation C. handicraft D. grandparent 8. A. environment B. repeat C. embroider D. transfer 9. A. pottery B. opinion C. communicate D. behavior 10. A. handicraft B. publish C. remind D. historical 11. A. pottery B. product C. workshop D. conical 12. A. surface B. layer C. frame D. birthplace 13. A. weather B. thread C. together D. rather 14. A. historical B. system C. landscape D. business 15. A. carved B. impressed C. embroidered D. weaved 16. A. attraction B. artisan C. frame D. handicraft 17. A. drumhead B. illustration C. earplug D. drugstore 18. A. strip B. visual C. artistic D. remind 19. A. thread B. treat C. pleasure D. deadline 20. A. embroider B. preserve C. benefit D. effect 21. A. east B. head C. street D. season 22. A. although B. southern C. theatre D. these 23. A. developed B. located C. founded D. completed 24. A. capital B. liberty C. empire D. mingle 25. A. famous B. neighbour C. harbour D. southern 26. A. surface B. attraction C. lacquerware D. artisan 27. A. layer B. artisan C. frame D. place 28. A. drum B. culture C. museum D. sculpture 29. A. weave B. treat C deal D. drumhead 30. A. although B. authenticity C. through D. tablecloth ===================================================
❷ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. pressure B. depressed C. expect D. relaxed 2. A. encourage B. empathy C. embarrassed D. remember 3. A. delighted B. continue C. medicine D. situation 4. A. advice B. sympathize C. decide D. responsibility 5. A. collaboration B. particularity C. manage D. activate 6. A. wipe B. alive C. micro D. link 7. A. cleaner B. threat C. ahead D. instead 8. A. breathe B. ethane C. thank D. healthy 9. A. choose B. moon C. food D. look 10. A. burden B. survive C. curtain D. furnish 11. A. camel B. sandy C. travel D. stable 12. A. dune B. hummock C. scrublands D. gun
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 13. A. basic B. desert C. president D. season 14. A. separate B. network C. letter D. prepare 15. A. stretches B. slopes C. ranges D. faces 16. A. insect B. percent C. wetland D. extinct 17. A. agencies B. medicine C. species D. circle 18. A. crisis B. exist C. primary D. fertile 19. A. serious B. thousand C. found D. around 20. A. chart B. postcard C. leopard D. hardly 21. A. rival B. title C. silver D. surprise 22. A. golden B. compete C. host D. propose 23. A. clear B. dear C. wear D. sear 24. A. wrestling B. level C. medal D. result 25. A. ranked B. gained C. prepared D. proved 26. A. childhood B. champagne C. chapter D. charity 27. A. culture B. popular C. regular D. fabulous 28. A. conflict B. forbidden C. reliable D. determine 29. A. lighthouse B. heritage C. hotel D. hour 30. A. conducts B. returns C. wanders D. wonders ===================================================
❸ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. columnist B. frustrated C. study D. adulthood 2. A. helpline B. September C. embarrassed D. depressed 3. A. tense B. skill C. decision D. house-keeping 4. A. resemble B. adolescence C. independence D. destruction 5. A. delighted B. depressed C. embarrassed D. relative 6. A. drumhead B. illustration C. earplug D. drugstore 7. A. strip B. visual C. artistic D. remind 8. A. thread B. treat C. pleasure D. dead line 9. A. embroider B. preserve C. benefit D. effect 10. A. emotion B. shoulder C. cognitive D. cold 11. A. explore B. exotic C. destroy D. mentor 12. A. drumhead B. illustration C. earplug D. drugstore 13. A. strip B. mine C. line D. remind 14. A. thread B. treat C. pleasure D. deadline 15. A. embroider B. preserve C. benefit D. effect 16. A. treasure B. pleasure C. ensure D. measure 17. A. daughter B. author C. laundry D. sausage 18. A. dials B. calls C. says D. plays 19. A. education B. graduate C. individual D. confident 20. A. embarrassed B. awareness C. abandoned D. captain 21. A. concentration B. question C. attraction D. emotion 22. A. exist B. exchange C. extreme D. expect 23. A. recognize B. opinion C. adolescence D. conflict 24. A. urban B. craft C. organize D. Canada 25. A. artisan B. handicraft C. machine D. heritage 26. A. skill B. house-keeping C. tense D. decision 27. A. advice B. decision C. delighted D. helpline 28. A. study B. adulthood C. columnist D. frustrated 29. A. concentrate B. self-aware C. stressed D. tense 30. A. embarrassed B. depressed C. helpline D. empathise Page 7
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) ===================================================
❹ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. mind B. sympathize C. decide D. possibility 2. A. collaboration B. particularity C. manage D. action 3. A. pressure B. sentence C. membership D. repeat 4. A. encourage B. empathise C. embarrassed D. replace 5. A. delighted B. continue C. medicine D. situation 6. A. emotion B. indecisive C. obesity D. believable 7. A. hanging B. belong C. singer D. anger 8. A. behaved B. passed C. entertained D. changed 9. A. imagination B. average C. language D. appearance 10. A. increase B. surprise C. release D. promise 11. A. shifts B. thinks C. joins D. soups 12. A. busy B. basic C. person D. answer 13. A. bags B. graphs C. lands D. days 14. A. rules B. shares C. arrives D. dates 15. A. coach B. chore C. chorus D. check 16. A. clap B. catch C. waving D. handle 17. A. maximum B. jump C. summarize D. abrupt 18. A. kidding B. signal C. whistle D. slight 19. A. cue B. cite C. course D. cable 20. A. reason B. realize C. lead D. speak 21. A. path B. tooth C. theme D. mother 22. A. sound B. amount C. country D. noun 23. A. climbing B. basket C. subway D. club 24. A. problem B. popular C. convenient D. rod 25. A. rose B. house C. sound D. cloud 26. A. notebook B. hoping C. co*ck D. potato 27. A. dam B. planning C. plane D. candle 28. A. theory B. therefore C. neither D. weather 29. A. shoot B. mood C. poor D. smooth 30. A. dosage B. massage C. voyage D. carriage ===================================================
❺ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. astounding B. cavern C. citadel D. acceptance 2. A. tents B. keys C. beds D. days 3. A. enough B. tough C. laugh D. though 4. A. because B. nurse C. horse D. purpose 5. A. marriage B. dosage C. collage D. shortage 6. A. limestone B. pilgrim C. rickshaw D. citadel 7. A. geological B. imagine C. agency D. together 8. A. wonder B. complex C. backdrop D. proper 9. A. historic B. picturesque C. enter D. sentence 10. A. plumber B. sculpture C. measure D. structure 11. A. island B. pilgrim C. surprising D. shrine Page 8
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 12. A. sculpture B. structure C. future D. culture 13. A. complex B. citadel C. cavern D. contestant 14. A. pleasure B. measure C. treasure D. great 15. A. aging B. cavern C. cave D. ancient 16. A. cleaned B. caused C. decided D. studied 17A. hour B. history C. honor D. honest 18. A. bottles B. tables C. teachers D. lips 19. A. found B. sound C. source D. count 20. A. scream B. sneaky C. pleasant D. feature 21. A. style B. type C. classify D. sympathy 22. A. storage B. encourage C. shortage D. garage 23. A. classify B. geology C. psychology D. photography 24. A. amusing B. practising C. advertising D. arising 25. A. universe B. technical C. profession D. content 26. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website 27. A. worked B. laughed C. hoped D. naked 28. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate 29. A. erupt B. humor C. UFO D. communicate 30. A. chorus B. champion C. cheap D. child ===================================================
❻ I. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1. A. trench B. depressed C. expect D. relaxed 2. A. encourage B. pedestrian C. embarrassed D. replace 3. A. delighted B. continue C. anniversary D. situation 4. A. advice B. decide C. impossible D. likelihood 5. A. collaboration B. particularity C. manage D. activate 6. A. hobby B. honest C. humor D. hole 7. A. measure B. dream C. weave D. team-building 8. A. misbehave B. minor C. equipment D. initial 9. A. relaxed B. depressed C. expect D. pressure 10. A. mention B. entrance C. encourage D. melting 1. A. know B. knowledge C. knee D. kind 2. A. measure B. cheaper C. weave D. team-building 3. A. populous B. cosmopolitan C. annoying D. downtown 4. A. exhausted B. employed C. implant D. regular 5. A. tradition B. generation C. question D. fiction 11. A. know B. knowledge C. knee D. kind 12. A. measure B. cheaper C. weave D. team-building 13. A. populous B. cosmopolitan C. annoying D. downtown 14. A. exhausted B. employed C. implant D. regular 15. A. tradition B. generation C. question D. fiction 16. A. religion B. divide C. primary D. comprise 17. A. attended B. started C. persuaded D. learned 18. A. campus B. access C. underpass D. backpack 19. A. invention B. suggestion C. information D. protection 20. A. pedestrian B. equipment C. trench D. elevated 21. A. artisan B. handicraft C. attraction D. authenticity 22. A. carve B. cart C. sculpture D. facing Page 9
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 23. A. versatile B. layer C. cookery D. teacher 24. A. willow B. charcoal C. over D. minor 25. A. tunnel B. underpass C. upgrade D. university 26. A. satisfied B. matched C. thatched D. depressed 27. A. consequence B. obedient C. demand D. report 28. A. suffer B. rubber C. suburban D. tunnel 29. A. weather B. sympathetic C. worthy D. bother 30. A. happens B. vehicle C. exhibition D. exhaust ===================================================
Page 10
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 2: STRESS Tiếng Anh là ngô n ngữ đa â m tiết. Nhữ ng từ có hai â m tiết trở lên luô n có mộ t â m tiết phá t â m khá c biệt hẳ n so vớ i nhữ ng â m tiết cò n lạ i về độ dà i, độ lớ n và độ cao. Â m tiết nà o đượ c phá t â m to hơn, giọ ng cao hơn và kéo dà i hơn cá c â m khá c trong cù ng mộ t từ thì ta nó i â m tiết đó đượ c nhấ n trọ ng â m. Hay nó i cá ch khá c, trọ ng â m rơi và o â m tiết đó . Khi nhìn và o phiên â m củ a mộ t từ thì trọ ng â m củ a từ đó đượ c kí hiệu bằ ng dấ u (') ở phía trướ c, bên trên â m tiết đó . QUY TẮC CHUNG
VÍ DỤ
NGOẠI LỆ
candy, really, active, carrot dictate, present, export, begin, dictate, present, export, prevent
Page 11
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 1. Từ có 2 âm tiết: - Danh từ hoặc tính từ: nhấn ở âm tiết đầu - Động từ: nhấn ở âm tiết cuối 2. Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : IC, ION, IA, IAL, IAN, IAR, IENCE, IENCY, IENT, IANCE, IUM, IOUS, EOUS, UOUS ( nhấn trước nó 1 âm) 3. Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : OUS, ATE, TUDE, ITY, ETY, AL, LOGY, GRAPHY, METRY, NOMY, CY (nhấn trước nó 2 âm)
4.Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : ADE, EE, ESE, EER, OO, OON, ETTE, ESQUE, trọng âm thường nhấn ở vần cuối. ( nhấn vào chính nó) 5.
Danh từ kép, trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu
6. Tính từ kép, động từ kép, trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai
cadec, listen, open, guitar, patrol, visit
economic, revision, colonial, musician, familiar, experience, efficient, gymnasium, continuous
arithmetic, heretic, appliance
adventurous, considerate, attitude, capacity, variety, mechanical, astrology, photography, democracy
incarnate, disastrous
employee, Vietnamese, engineer, volunteer, bamboo, balloon, cigarette, picturesque
centigrade, committee, overseer
blackbird, greenhouse
bad-tempered, oldfashioned understand, overflow
Page 12
CHÚ Ý KHI XÉT TRỌNG ÂM
- Đối với từ có 3 âm tiết hoặc có 4 âm tiết: - trọ ng â m rơi và â m tiết ở trướ c hậ u tố ‘tion, ion, ment’
Trọng âm không bao giờ rơi vào âm /ə/hoặc là âm /əʊ/.
Trọng âm thường rơi vào nguyên âm dài/nguyên âm đôi hoặc âm cuối kết thúc với nhiều hơn một phụ âm
Nếu tất cả các âm mà ngắn hết thì trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất
Đối với từ có 2 âm tiết: - khi â m tiết đầ u đượ c phá t â m là /ə/ thì trọ ng â m rơi và i â m tiết thứ 2
PRACTICE EXERCISES ❶ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. preservation B. recognition C. decision D. exhibition 2. A. artisan B. citadel C. paradise D. handicraft 3. A. pottery B. sculpture C. embroider D. handkerchief 4. A. control B. lantern C. carpet D. basket 5. A. attraction B. souvenir C. particular D. variety 6. A. surface B. attraction C. bamboo D. technique 7. A. transfer B. publish C. accept D. remind 8. A. handicraft B. cultural C. museum D. sculpture 9. A. opinion B. embroider C. department D. drumhead 10. A. workshop B. authenticity C. grandparent D. village 11. A. craftsman B. attraction C. museum D. department 12. A. embroider B. lantern C. impress D. desire 13. A. workshop B. remind C. outskirts D. village 14. A. competition B. generation C. conical D. authenticity 15. A. family B. typical C. grandparents D. embroider ===================================================
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
❷ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. exhausted B. frightening C. populous D. stressful 2. A. exciting B. rural C. annoying D. forbidden 3. A. fascinating B. ancient C. delicious D. comfortable 4. A. galleries B. neighborhoods C. museum D. cultural 5. A. exhibition B. disappointed C. entertaining D. interesting 6. A. education B. facility C. development D. intelligence 7. A. metropolitan B. organization C. university D. multicultural 8. A. fascinate B. restaurant C. expensive D. difference 9. A. feature B. ancient C. drawback D. conduct 10. A. fabulous B. pagoda C. determine D. convenient 11. A. periodic B. contagious C. electric D. suspicious 12. A. environmental B. conservatively C. approximately D. considerable 13. A. arrangement B. tourism C. opponent D. contractual 14. A. respectable B. affectionate C. kindergarten D. occasional 15. A. particular B. environment C. advertisem*nt D. circ*mstances ===================================================
❸ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. worried B. cognitive C. concentrate D. frustrated 2. A. wonderful B. emergency C. adulthood D. indicator 3. A. adolescence B. independence C. discipline D. metropolitan 4. A. worried B. relaxed C. resolved D. aware 5. A. relate B. contain C. boredom D. informed 6. A. independence B. embarrassed C. adolescence D. expectation 7. A. informed B. delighted C. frustrated D. self-ware 8. A. cognitive B. emotion C. self-care D. negative 9. A. earplug B. gossip C. headmistress D. discuss 10. A. disappoint B. medical C. confident D. badminton 11. A. attraction B. changeable C. framework D. problem 12. A. metropolitan B. polluted C. forbidden D. affordable 13. A. feature B. culture C. tradition D. statue 14. A. helpful B. delicious C. ancient D. local 15. A. historic B. exciting C. polluted D. frightening ===================================================
❹ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. illiterate B. communicate C. entertainment D. traditional 2. A. programme B. downtown C. postman D. behavior 3. A. operate B. express C. emerge D. resolve 4. A. boundary B. concentrate C. conflict D. comfortable 5. A. convinced B. collaborate C. particular D. cognitive 6. A. worthwhile B. igloo C. habit D. practice 7. A. obese B. dogsled C. extend D. remote 8. A. household B. suppose C. Arctic D. diet Page 15
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 9. A. transformation B. independence C. understanding D. illiterate 10. A. uncontrollable B. biological C. particularly D. seniority 11. A. damage B. event C. behave D. surprise 12. A. develop B. understand C. imagine D. consider 13. A. illiterate B. communicate C. entertainment D. traditional 14. A. programme B. custom C. postman D. personality 15. A. grandparent B. violence C. buffalo D. importance ===================================================
❺ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. fortress B. success C. incapable D. sincere 2. A. carefully B. correctly C. limestone D. personally 3. A. excited B. comfortable C. citadel D. memorable 4. A. measure B. decorate C. divorce D. promise 5. A. refreshment B. sculpture C. exciting D. intention 6. A. lacquerware B. drumhead C. sculpture D. artisan 7. A. authentic B. craftsman C. workshop D. layer 8. A. embroider B. preserve C. artifact D. initial 9. A. flyover B. skytrain C. underpass D. misbehave 10. A. tolerant B. minority C. equipment D. assignment 11. A. affordable B. indicator C. achievement D. importance 12. A. adolescence B. cognitive C. concentrate D. comfortable 13. A. emergency B. frustrated C. independence D. decision 14. A. fabulous B. reliable C. variety D. spectacular 15. A. picturesque B. metropolitan C. independence D. adulthood ===================================================
❻ I. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group. 1. A. anniversary B. emergency C. cognition D. emotion 2. A. surprised B. minor C. dilemma D. abandoned 3. A. upgrade B. hostile C. emerge D. resolve 4. A. boundary B. concentrate C. remarkable D. shopkeeper 5. A. convinced B. collaborate C. particular D. elevated 6. A. preservation B. recognition C. decision D. exhibition 7. A. artisan B. citadel C. paradise D. handicraft 8. A. surprised B. violent C. dilemma D. abandoned 9. A. operate B. library C. program D. resolve 10. A. railway B. initial C. flyover D. tolerant 11. A. surprise B. event C. behave D. damage 12. A. develop B. understand C. imagine D. consider 13. A. illiterate B. communicate C. entertainment D. traditional 14. A. programme B. attendant C. postman D. custom 15. A. importance B. violence C. buffalo D. grandparent ===================================================
Page 16
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 3:VERB TENSES
Thì Dạng Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Thì Dạng Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn
Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Thì Dạng Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn Dấu hiệu nhận biết
SIMPLE PRESENT (Hiện tạ i đơn)
SIMPLE PAST (Quá khứ đơn)
S + V[-s/es]
S + V-ed/V cột 2
S + don’t / doesn’t + V1 Do / Does + S + V1 …?
S + didn’t + V1 Did + S + V1 …?
- always, usually, occasionally, often, … - every:every day, every year, every Sunday - once a day , twice…, 3 times…
- yesterday - last + time: last week, last Sunday… - time+ ago : two months ago, five years ago… - in the past, in + year (past): in 1990, …
PRESENT CONTINUOUS (Hiện tạ i tiếp diễn)
PAST CONTINUOUS (Quá khứ tiếp diễn)
S + am / is / are + V-ing
S + was / were + V-ing
S + am not / isn’t / aren’t + V-ing Am / Is / Are + S + V-ing …?
S + wasn’t / weren’t + V-ing Was / Were + S + V-ing …? - At that moment - When / As + S + (simple past), S + was/ were V-ing Vd: When I came, she was crying. - While : Vd: A dog crossed the road while I was driving.
- now, at present - at the moment - Sau câ u mệnh lệnh : Vd: Keep silent! The baby is sleeping. Look! He is running. PRESENT PERFECT (Hiện tạ i hoà n thà nh)
PAST PERFECT (Quá khứ hoà n thà nh)
S + has / have + V-ed/V cột 3
S + had + V-ed/V cột 3
S + hasn’t / haven’t + V-ed/ V cột 3 Has / Have + S + V-ed/ V cột 3 …? - just, already, ever, yet, recently, lately,.. - since, for : since 1995, for 9 years - so far, up to now , It is the first time…..
S + hadn’t + V-ed/ V cột 3 Had + S + V-ed/ V cột 3…? - after + S + had V3/ED , (simple past) - before + (simple past), S + had V3/ED - By the time + S + V(simple past) , S + had V3/ED: cho đến lú c........
Page 17
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
Thì Dạng Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Thì Dạng Khẳng định Dấu hiệu nhận biết
SIMPLE FUTURE (Tương lai đơn)
FUTURE PERFECT (Tương lai hoà n thà nh)
S + will + V 1
S + will have+ V-ed/ V cột 3
S + won’t + V 1 Will + S + V 1? - tomorrow - next + time : next week, next Monday,…. - in the future
S + won’t have + V-ed/ V cột 3 Will + S + have + V-ed/ V cột 3…? - by the end of this month - by the time+S+ V (simple present), S + will have V3/ED
NEAR FUTURE (Tương lai gầ n)
FUTURE CONTINUOUS (Tương lai tiếp diễn)
S + am/is/are going to + V 1
S + will be + ving
- Diễn tả 1 kế hoạ ch, dự định. - Diễn tả 1 dự đoá n có că n cứ
- Diển tả 1 sự việc đang xả y ra ở tương lai.
PRACTICE EXERCISES VERB TENSE REVISION ❶ 1. When I last saw him, he A. has lived C. was living
in London. B. is living D. has been living
2. We Dorothy since last Saturday. A. don’t B. haven’t C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen 3. The see train _ half an hourseen ago. A. has been leaving B. left C. has left D. had left 4. My sister for you since yesterday. A. is looking B. was looking C. has been looking D. looked 5. Christopher Columbus American more than 500 years ago. A. discovered B. has discovered C. had discovered D. had been discovering 6. He fell down when he towards the church. A. run B. runs C. was running D. had run 7. I’ll come and see you before I for the States. A. leave B. will leave C. have left D. shall leave 8. John a book when I saw him. A. is reading B. read C. was reading D. reading 9. Her brother in Canada at present. A. working B. works C. is working D. work
Page 18
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. I to the same barber since last year. A. am going B. have been going C. go D. had gone 11. Her father when she was a small girl. A. dies B. died C. has died D. had died 12. Almost everyone for home by the time we arrived. A. leave B. left C. leaves D. had left 13. I couldn’t cut the grass because the lawn mower a few days previously. A. broke down B. has been broken C. had broken down D. breaks down 14. Since , I have heard nothing from him. A. he had left B. he left C. he has left D. he was left 15. After I lunch, I looked for my bag. A. had B. had had C. have has D. have had 16. By the end of next year, George English for two years. A. will have learned B. will learn C. has learned D. would learn 17. Henry into the restaurant when the writer was having dinner. A. was going B. went C. has gone D. did go 18. He will take the dog out for a walk as soon as he dinner. A. finish B. finishes C. will finish D. finishing 19. I from him since he two years ago. A. hadn't heard; disappeared B. haven't heard; disappeared C. didn't hear; has disappeared D. will not hear; disappears 20. After the guests , she back into the living-room and off the light. A. left; went; turned B. had left; had gone; turned C. have leftt; will got; turned D. had left; went; turned 21. By the time you finish cooking they their homework. A. will have finished B. will finish C. had finished D. have finished 22. I will tell John about it . A. when I will see him this afternoon. B. when I see him this afternoon. C. when I saw him this afternoon. D. after I had seen him this afternoon. 23. I have heard nothing from him since he school. A. had left B. left C. has left D. leaves 24. He fell down while he towards the church. A. run B. runs C. was running D. had run 25. Bill’s mother won’t let him go out with his friends . A. when he finished his homework B. after he had finished his homework
Page 19
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) C. once he finished his homework
D. until he has finished his homework
26. Her academic performance has greatly improved since she her study A. will change B. changed C. was changing
methods. D. would change
27. You may not see how important your family is A. after you had lived far from home
. B. when you were living far from home
C. until you live far from home
D. as soon as you lived far from home
28. The city has changed a lot since I last A. visited B. would visit
it. C. will visit
29. He will take the dog out for a walk A. as soon as he finished dinner
D. visit
. B. as soon as he will finish
C. as soon as he has finished
B. as soon as he was finishing
30. Ask her to come and see me A. when she finished her work
. B. when she has finished her work
C. after she had finished her work
D. as soon as she was finishing her work.
VERB TENSE REVISION ❷ 1. John tennis once or twice a week. A. is playing usually B. is usually playing C. usually plays D. plays usually 2. Tom his hand when he was cooking dinner. A. burnt B. was burning C. has burnt 3. Jim is away on holiday. He to Spain. A. is gone B. have been C. has been 4. Everything is going well. We any problems so far. A. didn't have B. don't have C. haven't had 5. Jane just a few minutes ago. A. left B. has left C. leaves 6. Timson 13 films and I think the latest is the best. A. made B. had made C. has made 7. Robert lately? A. Did you see B. Have you seen C. Do you see 8. When I was a child, I the violin. A. was playing B. am playing C. played 9. He for the national team in 65 matches so far. A. has played B. has been played C. played 10. I'm busy at the moment. I on the computer. A. work B. worked C. am working 11.When I looked round the door, the baby quietly. A. is sleeping B. slept C. was sleeping 12. Robert ill for three weeks. He is still in hospital.
D. had burnt D. was D. hadn't had D. had left D. was making D. Are you seeing D. play D. is playing D. working D. were sleeping Page 20
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. had been B. has been C. is D. was 13. I'm very tired. I over four hundred miles today. A. drive B. am driving C. have drived D. have driven 14. What time to work this morning? A. did you get B. are you getting C. have you got D. do you get 15. When I this man, he was running away A. see B. was seeing C. saw D. had seen 16. As soon as Martina saw the fire, she the fire department. A. was telephoning B. telephoned C. had telephoned D. has telephoned 17. Every time Parkas sees a movie made in India, he homesick. A. will have left B. felt C. feels D. is feeling 18. After the race , the celebration began. A. had been won B. is won C. will be won D. has been won 19. The earth on the sun for its heat and light. A. is depended B. depends C. is depending D. has depended 20. When I entered the room, everyone A. has been dancing B. was dancing C. had danced D. danced 21. I was very tired because I all the day. A. have worked B. have been working C. had worked D. had been working 22. How long able to drive? - Since 1990. A. could you B. have you been C. were you D. are you 23. When she the noise, she down to the kitchen and on the lights. A. hears; goes; turns B. heard; went; turned C. heard; was going; turned D. had heard; went; had turned 24. Jane and I school in 1987. A. finish B. have finished C. finishes D. finished th 25. Pasteur in the 19 century. A. was living B. lived C. had lived D. has lived 26. When he came, A. I was watching TV. B. I watched TV. C. I am watching TV D. I have watched TV. 27.Everyday, my sister the floor. A. usually clean B. cleans usually C. usually cleaned D. usually cleans 28. After they their breakfast, they shopping yesterday. A. have; go B. had had; go C. had; had gone D. had had; went 29. Father his pipe while mother a magazine. A. smoked; read B. was smoking; was reading C. had smoked; read D. smoking; reading 30. When we came to the stadium, the match A. already begins. B. had already begun. C. already began. D. have already begun.
Page 21
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
VERB TENSE REVISION ❸ Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc, dựa vào các thì động từ đã học ở trên. Exercise 1: 1. I (not hear) from him since he (disappear) two years ago. 2. After the guests (leave) , she (go) back into the living-room and (turn) off the light. 3. By the time you finished cooking they (do) their homework. 4. This time yesterday they (sit) in the train on their way to Paris. 5. I came late to class. When I (enter) the teacher (write) something on the blackboard. 6. She (get) into her shoes, (put) on her coat and (go) to the door. 7. David (be) born after his father (die) 8. When I (be) a child, I (want) to be a doctor. 9. At 4 p.m. yesterday? Well, I (work) in my office at that time. 10. The audience (listen) to everything he said last night. 11. Yesterday thieves (break) into the house and (steal) a lot of fur coats while the guests (dance) 12. He (do) his homework before he went to the cinema. 13. What you (do) after you (go) home yesterday? 14. Tom (not come) here tomorrow. 15. John (watch) TV at 8 last evening. 16. Dick (start) school before he (be) seven. 17. What you (do) when I (ring) you last night? 18. John (drive) that car ever since I (know) him. 19. Columbus (discover) America more than 400 years ago. 20. When the teacher came in, the pupils (play) games. Exercise 2: 1. My brother (join) the army when he (be) young. 2. He (lose) his job last month and since then he (be) out of work. 3. They think he (be) here last night. 4. Lien (not go) to the movie theater tomorrow. She (stay) at home and watch TV. 5. The film (end) by the time we (get) there. 6. After I (finish) all my homework, he (invite) me a drink. 7. They (go) home after they (finish) their work. 8. At 5 a.m yesterday, I (iron) my clothes. 9. My grandfather (die) many years ago. 10. They (tell) me about it last week. 11. My mother (come) to stay with us next weekend. 12. I (walk) along the beach while my sister (swim) 13. After the telephone (buzz) for a minute, the doctor (answer) it. 14. At 5 p.m yesterday, I (watch) TV. 15. Thu (look) after her little brother next Sunday.
Page 22
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 4: THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES Mộ t câ u có thể bao gồ m mộ t mệnh đề chính (main clause) và mộ t hoặ c nhiều mệnh đề phụ (subordinate clause). Khi trong câ u có hai mệnh đề trở lên, cá c độ ng từ phả i có sự phố i hợ p về thì. Một số cách hòa hợp thì giữa mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề thời gian: Main clause Adverbial clause of time (Mệnh đề chính) (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian) Hiện tạ i Hiện tạ i Quá khứ Quá khứ Tương lai Hiện tạ i 1. Sự phối hợp thì trong mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian: Trong QUÁ KHỨ : WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn) Eg: When he saw me, he smiled, at me. diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra nố i tiếp nhau Trong TƯƠNG LAI: WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai đơn) Eg: When I see him, I will remind him to call you. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ tiếp diễn) diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng Eg: When I came to see her, she was cooking dinner. đang xả y ra thì có hà nh WHEN độ ng khá c xen và o Trong TƯƠNG LAI: WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai tiếp diễn) Eg: When you come in, your boss will be waiting for you there. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) Eg: When I arrived at the airport, the plane had taken off diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng xả y ra xong trướ c mộ t Trong TƯƠNG LAI: hà nh độ ng khá c WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V(tương lai hoàn thành) Eg: When you return to the town, they will have finished building a new bridge. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : AS SOON AS + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn) Eg: As soon as she saw a mouse, she shouted and ran away. AS SOON diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y Trong TƯƠNG LAI: AS ra nố i tiếp nhau AS SOON AS + S + V (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn thành), S + V (tương lai đơn) Eg: I will call you as soon as I have finished / finish the work. S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành) + SINCE + V (quá khứ đơn) SINCE diễn tả nghĩa “từ khi’’ Eg: We have known each other since we were at high school. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : BY + trạng từ của quá khứ + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) diễn tả hà nh độ ng kết thú c tính đến mộ t điểm Eg: By last month, we had worked for the company for 9 years. BY + nà o đó trong quá TIME Trong TƯƠNG LAI: khứ /tương lai BY + trạng từ của tương lai + S + V (tương lai hoàn thành) Eg: By next month, we will have worked for the company for 9 years. AT diễn tả hà nh độ ng đang Trong QUÁ KHỨ : Page 23
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) THIS/ THAT TIME
xả y ra tạ i mộ t thờ i điểm AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của quá khứ + S + V (quá khứ tiếp xá c định trong quá diễn) khứ /tương lai Eg: At this time last week, we were preparing for Tet.
BY THE TIME
diễn tả nghĩa “và o lú c”
AFTER
diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra xong rồ i mớ i tớ i hà nh độ ng khá c
BEFORE
UNTIL/ TILL
Trong TƯƠNG LAI: AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của tương lai + S + V (tương lai tiếp diễn) Eg: At this time next week, we will be having a big party in the garden. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : BY THE TIME + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) Eg: By the time she got home, everyone had gone to bed. Trong TƯƠNG LAI: BY THE TIME + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai hoàn thành) Eg: By the time she gets home, everyone will have gone to bed. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : AFTER + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành), S + V (quá khứ đơn) Eg: After she had done her homework, she went out for a walk.
Trong TƯƠNG LAI: AFTER + S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành), S + V (hiện tại đơn) Eg: After she has done her homework, she goes out for a walk. Trong QUÁ KHỨ : BEFORE + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y Eg: Before she went to bed, she had locked all the doors. ra xong trướ c khi có Trong TƯƠNG LAI: hà nh độ ng khá c tớ i BEFORE + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai hoàn thành) Eg: Hurry up or the film will have ended before we go to the movie. S + V (tương lai đơn)/ V(bare)/DON’T + V(bare) + UNTIL/TILL + S + V diễn tả nghĩa “cho tớ i (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn thành) khi” Eg: I will wait for you until it is possible. Wait here until I come back. CHANGE INTO THE PAST SIMPLE PRESENT SIMPLE PERFECT
1.S + Last +V2/ed + time +ago/in+ mốc thời gian./when + clause => S +have/has + not + V3/ed + for +khoả ng thờ i gian. + since + mố c thờ i gian. =>It’s + time + since + S +last +V2/ed =>The last time + S + V2/ed +was+ time + ago 2. This is the first time + S + have/has + V3/ed =>S + have/has + never + V3/ed + before 3. S started/began + Ving/to V +…................+khoảng thời gian +ago +…................In + mốc thời gian./when + clause =>S + have/has + V3/ed +for + khoả ng thờ i gian +since + mố c thờ i gian 4.When + did + S + started/begin + to V/Ving…........? =>How long + have/has + S + V3/ed….?
Page 24
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. When I (come) , she was cleaning the door. 2. When I (come) , she will be cleaning the door. 3. When he went home, his mother (cook) dinner, so he took off his coat to help her. 4. When he went home, his mother fcook) . so be had a delicious meal, 5. When he went home, he (cook") because his wife were busv. 6. When he goes home, he (cook) dinner because he wants to make his wife surprised. 7. When he goes home, his mother (cook) because she always wants her son to have a delicious meal after a hard work day. 8. When I moved here, I (live) in a remote area for 5 years. 9. When she receives the letter, she (call) you. 10. When I was young, I (harbor) the dream of a famous doctor. 11. When I grow up, I (get) married you. 12. When he grew up, he (join) the army. 13. When I see him, I (remind) him to call you. 14. When I saw him, I (remind) him to call you. Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1. I your brother at Green Street yesterday afternoon. A. meet B. met C. have met D. had met 2. He a cigarette and to the window. A. light; walked B. lit; walks C. lighted; walked D. lights; walks 3. After she for help, she off her shoes and in to save him. A. shouted; took; jumped B. had shouted; took; jumped C. had shouted; had taken; jumped D. shouted; had taken; jumped 4. I can't go with you because I my homework yet. A. haven't finished B. had finished C. finished D. finish 5. He for London 2 years ago and since then I him. A. have left; didn't see B. left; haven't seen C. eft; hadn't seen D. had left; have't seen 6. The performance at 7 o'clock and for 3 hours. We all it very much. A. had started; had lasted; enjoyed B. had started; lasted; enjoyed C. started; had lasted; enjoyed D. started; lasted; enjoyed 7. Tell them to stop and take a rest. They long enough. A. have worked B. had worked C. have been working D. had been working 8. "You here before?” □ "Yes, I my holidays here last year.” A. have you been; spended B. have you been; spent C. had you been; spent D. were you; spent 9. We our housework by tomorrow evening. A. will finish B. will have finished C. will be finishing D. are going to finish 10. "Your face is dirty, Tom.” □ "All right, I it.” A. am washing B. am going to wash C. will wash D. will have washed Page 25
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 11. Coming into the room, he Mary where he her. A. see; left B. saw; had left C. had seen; left D. saw; was leaving 12. I from him since he two years ago. A. hadn't heard; disappeared B. haven't heard; disappeared C. didn't hear; has disappeared D. will not hear; disappears 13. After the guests she back into the living-room and off the light. A. left; went; turned B. had left; had gone; turned C. have leftt; will got; turned D. had left; went; turned 14. By the time you finish cooking they their homework. A. will have finished B. will finish C. had finished D. have finished 15. "You have just missed the last train.” □ "Never mind. I ” A. will be walking B. am going to walk C. will walk D. am walking 16. "I the way to the Globe Theater.” □ "OK. I you.” A. don't know; will show B. won't know; will show C. don't know; am showing D. don't know; am going to show 17. Come in, please. I for you long. A. have waited B. have been waiting C. had been waiting D. have been waited 18. Who you to the cinema with last night? A. went B. did you go C. had gone D. did you went 19. Detective: I'm afraid I must ask both of you. What at 10.20 p.m yesterday? Mr. X: I chess with my wife. Mr. Y: I to a play on the radio. A. were you doing; am playing; was listening B. did you do; played; listened C. were you doing; am playing; am listening D. were you doing; was playing; was listening 20. You my sister for a long time come to see us tonight? A. haven’t seen; Will you B. won't see; Will you C. hadn't seen; Would you D. haven’t seen; Are you going Exercise 3: Tìm và sửa lỗi sai trong câu 1. This is the most beautiful place I ever visit. 2. This time next week they will sit in the train on their way to Paris. 3. The radio has been played since 7a.m, I wish someone would turn it off. 4. I came late to class. When I entered the teacher writing something on the blackboard. 5. They will have English from nine to ten in this room. Don't annoy them then. 6. Imade cakes. That's why my hands are covered with flour. 7. Igot a sore throat because I have been speaking for 3 hours. 8. It is raining hard. We can't do anything until it stopped. 9. She had got into her shoes, put on her coat and went to the door. 10. What tune had they played when we came in? 11. That evening we stayed up to talk about the town, where he has lived for a long time. 12. I have lived in this city for 15 years. My family had moved here when I was 10 years old. 13. We are very tired. We have walk for three hours. 14. I haven't seen her since we leaved school. Page 26
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 15. I have been thought about you a lot lately and I have come to conclusion that I won't be able to live without you. 16. Coming into his room, he found that someone broke into it. 17. It always rains when they had just cleaned the windows. 18. The last time I saw him, he wore a black suit. 19. By the first of next July I had worked for this company for 20 years. 20. This is the talking between two friends who had just met up each other. Exercise 4: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. Last night, we (watch) television when the power (fail). 2. We (be) in this class for 4 years next September. 3. When we came in, they (prepare) the meal for us. 4. There (be) many changes in our village in the past few year. 5. Think carefully. I'm sure you (remember) his name. 6. After ancient Greek athletes had won a race in the Olympics, they (receive) a simple crown of olive leaves. 7. They (build) that bridge when I (be) there last year, they (not finish) it yet. 8. As soon as my parents came, we [go] out for dinner. 9. I (search) everywhere for the pen I (lose) yesterday. 10. "What you (do) at the moment, Ann?" "I (pack). I (catch) a plane to London tomorrow morning." 11. Since I left Venezuela six years ago, I (return) to visit friends and family several times. 12. When my parents (arrive) for a visit tomorrow, they will see our baby for the first time. 13. Don't worry. I (finish) the report by 10 o'clock. 14. I'll return Bob's pen to him next time I (see) him. 15. "I [go] out to buy a morning newspaper." "But it (rain) now. Why don't you wait until the rain (stop)?" 16. Whenever I travel abroad, I (forget) something I need. 17. Hurry up or you (be) late for class. 18. He (be) to the theater three times this month. 19. Hurry up or the film (be) over before we (get) home. 20. Before I (start) the car, all passengers had buckled their seat belts. Exercise 5: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc I. I'm going out for a walk. I (read) too long. 2.I (do) my homework when my mother (send) me to the chemist's with the prescription the doctor (give) her. 3.By the end of this week I (read) 200 pages of my new novel. 4.He (do) the experiment when the light (go) out. 5.At this time next week, we (live) in USA. 6.He (work) on the report at this time tomorrow. 7.Go on the next test as soon as you (finish) this one. 8.When I (look) at my suitcase, I could see that somebody (try) to open it. 9.We (be) a few minutes late, so the film (start) when we (get) to the cinema. 10. I'm going to bed now. I (work) for hours and I'm very tired. 11. I think she is the nicest person I (meet). 12. He [come] into the room after he (stand) outside for a moment. Page 27
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 13. After the telephone (buzz) for a minute, the doctor (answer) it. 14. He (have) a bad fall while he (repair) the roof. 15. Yesterday, when I (see) Tom he (sit) in a corner with a book. I (tell) him that he (read) in very bad light. 16. James (weed) while Alex (cut) the grass in the garden this time yesterday. 17. Susan (wait) for you at 9 o'clock tomorrow. 18. By next summer, she (finish) her 3rd novel. 19. This is the first time we (see) the Statue of Liberty. 20. By the time Anne graduated from high school, she (attend) seven different schools because her parents moved frequently.
Page 28
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 5: SUBJECT AND VERB AGREEMENTS Quy tắc chung: Chủ ngữ là danh từ số ít hoặ c danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c đi cù ng độ ng từ số ít và chủ ngữ số nhiều đi cù ng độ ng từ số nhiều. Tuy nhiên, đôi khi chủ ngữ còn hoà hợp với động từ tuỳ theo ý tưởng diễn đạt hoặc danh từ/đại từ đứng trước theo các quy tắc nhất định. Sau đây là một số quy tắc cơ bản về sự hoà hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ: Chủ ngữ là danh từ và cụ m danh từ số ít. Chủ ngữ là cá c đạ i lượ ng chỉ thờ i gian, khoả ng cá ch, tiền bạ c, hay sự đo lườ ng. Chủ ngữ là cá c đạ i từ bấ t định: someone, anything, nothing, eve-eryone, another… Chủ ngữ là mệnh đề danh từ Ex: All I want to do now is to sleep. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “to infinitive” hoặ c “V-ing”. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng cụ m từ “Many a”. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u là mộ t phâ n số có tử số là 1. Ex: 1/2 is larger than 1/3. Chủ ngữ là mộ t số danh từ đặ c biệt có hình thứ c số nhiều: mô n họ c (Physics, Maths), mô n thể thao (billards, athletics…), tin tứ c (news), cá c loạ i bệnh (rabies, measles…) , tên 1 số quố c gia và tổ chứ c (UN, the United States, the Philipines…), loà i độ ng vậ t (ants, elephants…) V (số ít) Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng: Most of/All of/Plenty of/ + N (không đếm được/số ít). Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “The number of + N (số nhiều)”. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “None of + N (số nhiều)/ No + N (số ít)”. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng N1 (số ít) of N2. Chủ ngữ là cụ m danh từ chỉ nhó m độ ng vậ t (số ít) mang nghĩa “bầy, đàn”: flock of birds/sheep, school of fish, pride of lion, pack of dogs, herd of cattle… A large amount/A great deal + N (không đếm được/ số ít). Neither (of)/Either of + N (số nhiều) Ex: - Neither restaurants is expensive. - Either of them works in this company. Chủ ngữ là mộ t tự a đề. Ex: “Chi pheo” is a famous work of Nam Cao. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “A pair of + N (số nhiều)”. Ex: A pair of pants is in the drawer. Chủ ngữ là danh từ và cụ m danh từ số nhiều. Ex: Oranges are rich in vitamin C Mộ t số danh từ kết thú c bằ ng “s” nhưng dù ng số nhiều: people, police, cattle, children, geese, mice… Ex: People are searching for something to eat. Hai chủ ngữ nố i nhau bằ ng “and” và có quan hệ đẳ ng lậ p Ex: Jane and Mary are my best friends. Tuy nhiên, nếu 2 danh từ cù ng chỉ mộ t ngườ i, mộ t bộ phậ n hoặ c 1 mó n ă n… thì độ ng từ chia ở số ít. (Lưu ý: khô ng có “the” ở trướ c danh từ sau “and”.) V (số nhiều) Ex: Bread and butter is their daily food. Cấ u trú c “both N1 and N2” Ex: Both Betty and Joan are cooking for their dinner party. Chủ ngữ là 1 đạ i từ : several, both, many, few, all, some + N (số nhiều). Page 29
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Ex: Several students are absent. Chủ ngữ là “The + adj”, chỉ mộ t tậ p hợ p ngườ i Ex: The poor living here need help. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u là mộ t phâ n số có tử số từ 2 trở lên. Ex: 2/5 are smaller than 1/2. Cá c danh từ luô n dù ng dạ ng số nhiều (thườ ng đi theo cặ p): trouser, eyeglasses, jeans, tweezers, shorts, pliers, pants, tongs… Ex: The pants are in the drawer. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng: Most of/All of/ Plenty of/Some of/Majority of/ The last of/ One of/Half of/Part of/The rest of/Percentage of/A lot of/Lots of/A third of/Minority of + N (số nhiều). Ex: Most of people in the factory are male. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “A number of + N (số nhiều). Ex: A number of students going to class decrease. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “No + N (số nhiều). Ex: No people understand what he says. Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “N1 (số nhiều) of N2”. Ex: The studies of how living things work are called philosophy. Chủ ngữ là cụ m danh từ chỉ nhó m độ ng vậ t (số nhiều) mang nghĩa “bầ y, đà n”: flocks of birds/sheep; schools of fish; prides of lion; packs of dogs; herds of cattle… Ex: Flocks of birds are flying to its destination.
V chia theo chủ ngữ đầu tiên
V chia theo các danh từ thứ 2
Chủ ngữ đượ c nố i vớ i nhau bở i cá c liên từ : “as long as, as well as, with, together with, along with, in addition to, accompanied by”. Ex: - She, along with her classmates, is going to university this year. - Mrs. Smith together with her sons is going abroad. Either …or… Neither … nor… Not only … but also… … or… … nor… Not… but…
Page 30
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. The trousers you bought for me (doesn't/ don't) fit me. 2. Physics (was/ were) my best subject at school. 3. Fortunately the news (wasn't/ weren't) as bad as we had expected. 4. The police (wants/ want) to interview Fred about a robbery. 5. Three days (isn't/ aren't) long enough for a good holiday. 6. Where (does/ do) your family live? 7. England (have/ has) lost all their football matches this season. 8. (Does/ Do) the police know about the stolen money? 9. Can I borrow your scissors? Mine (isn't/ aren't) sharp enough, 10. I'm going to take a taxi. Six miles (is/ are) too far for me to walk. 11. John, along with twenty friends, (is/ are) planning a party. 12. The picture of the soldiers (bring/ brings) back a lot of memories. 13. If the duties of these officers (isn't/ aren't) reduced, there will not be enough time to finish the project. 14. Advertisem*nts on television (is/ are) becoming more competitive than ever before. 15. Living expenses in this country, as well as in many others, (is/are) at an all-time high. 16. Mr. Jones, accompanied by several members of the committee, (have/ has) proposed some changes of the rules. 17. The levels of intoxication (vary/ varies) from subject to subject. 18. Neither Bill nor Mary (is/ are) going to the play tonight. 19. Anything (is/ are) better than going to another movie tonight. 20. Skating (is/ are) becoming more popular every day. Exercise 2: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. A number of reporters (be) at the conference yesterday. 2. Anybody who (have) a fever must go home immediately. 3. Your glasses (be) on the bureau last night. 4. There (be) some people at the meeting last night. 5. The committee already [reach) a decision. 6. A pair of jeans (be) in the washing machine this morning. 7. Each student (answer) the first three questions. 8. Either John or his wife (make) breakfast every morning. 9. After she had perused the material, the secretary thought that everything (be) in order. 10. The crowd at the basketball game (be) wild with excitement. 11. A pack of wild dogs (frighten) all the ducks away. 12. The jury (be) trying to reach a decision. 13. The army (have) eliminated this section of the training test. 14. The number of students who have withdrawn from class this quarter (be) appalling. 15. There (have) been too many interruptions in this class. 16. Every elementary school teacher (have) to take this examination. 17. Neither Jill nor her parents (see) this movie before. 18. There (be) no girls in this class. 19. There (be) no key for this door. Page 31
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 20. 80% of the students (have) voted. Exercise 3: Trong mỗi câu sau có một lỗi sai, tìm và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. Geography are fascinating. 2. Where is my gloves? 3. Each ticket costed $5. 4. The boy with his dog are here. 5. John or Tom are bringing the car. 6. His hair are turning gray. 7. Are there anybody at home? 8. Neither praise nor blame seem to affect him. 9. Three fourths of his fortune were devoted to scientific research. 10. Two-thirds of these books is novels. 11. There are a car and two vans in front of my house. 12. Why is the police standing there? 13. So far everything is all right. 14. More men than women is left-handed. 15. Fifty minutes are the maximum length of time allotted for the exam. 16. None of my classmates speaks Arabic. 17. Every student are tested twice a year. 18. Each of the items in the bill are correct. 19.10 years in prison were too long for him. 20. None of the children were awake. Exercise 4: Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống sau một động từ thích hợp 1. No smoking or drinking allowed during work time. 2. Indians a lot of junk food. 3. More than one student late for class this morning. 4. The United Nations found in 1945. 5. A number of boys swimming in the lake, but I didn't know the exact number of them. 6. One and a half day what I need. 7. There still the possibility of heavy rain and high winds. 8. Politi cs a constant source of interest to me. 9. The pilot as well as all the passengers rescued from the crash. 10. Half of the cookies been eaten.
Page 32
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 6:MODAL VERBS I. Định nghĩa - Độ ng từ khuyết thiếu là độ ng từ nhưng lạ i khô ng chỉ hà nh độ ng mà nó chỉ giú p bổ nghĩa cho độ ng từ chính. - Nhữ ng độ ng từ khuyết thiếu nà y có thể dù ng chung cho tấ t cả cá c ngô i và khô ng chia theo thì. Cá c độ ng từ theo sau độ ng từ khuyết thiếu nà y đượ c giữ nguyên thể. - Cá c độ ng từ khuyết thiếu thườ ng dù ng là : can, could, may, might, shall, should, will, would, must, ought to, need, have to. II. Cách dùng 1. Modal verb + V1 Modal Verbs Cách dùng Ví dụ Chú ý Diễn tả khả nă ng hiện - I can swim - Tô i có thể Can và Could cò n đượ c dù ng tạ i hoặ c tương lai mà bơi. trong câ u hỏ i đề nghị/xin phép, mộ t ngườ i có thể là m Can - It can rain - Trờ i có thể yêu cầ u. đượ c gì, hoặ c mộ t sự mưa. Ví dụ : việc có thể xả y ra. - Could you please wait a moment? - Bạ n có thể đợ i mộ t - My brother could speak English when he was five - lá t đượ c khô ng? Diễn tả khả nă ng xả y ra Anh trai tô i đã có thể nó i - Can I sit here? - Tô i có thể ngồ i Could trong quá khứ . tiếng Anh khi anh ấ y 5 đâ y đượ c khô ng? tuổ i.
Must
Diễn đạ t sự cầ n thiết, bắ t buộ c ở hiện tạ i hoặ c tương lai. Đưa ra lờ i khuyên hoặ c suy luậ n mang tính chắ c chắ n, yêu cầ u đượ c nhấ n mạ nh.
- You must get up early in the morning - Bạ n phả i dậ y sớ m và o buổ i sá ng. - You must be tired after work hard - Bạ n chắ c chắ n sẽ mệt sau khi là m việc chă m chỉ. - You must be here before 8 a.m - Bạ n phả i có mặ t ở đâ y trướ c 8 giờ .
Have to
Diễn tả sự cầ n thiết phả i là m gì nhưng là do khá ch quan (nộ i quy, quy định…).
I have to wear helmets when driving a motorbike. - Tô i phả i độ i mũ bả o hiểm Don't have to = Don't need to/ needn't (chỉ sự khô ng cầ n thiết) khi đi xe má y. (Luậ t quy định như vậ y)
May
Diễn tả điều gì có thể xả y ra ở hiện tạ i nhưng khô ng chắ c.
It may be a bomb - Nó có thể là mộ t quả bom.
Might
Diễn tả điều gì có thể xả y ra ở quá khứ . Might đượ c dù ng khô ng phả i là quá khứ củ a
- She might not be in his house. - Cô ấ y có lẽ khô ng ở nhà anh ta nữ a. - Where is John? I don't
Mustn't - chỉ sự cấ m đoá n Ví dụ : You mustn't smoke here Bạ n khô ng đượ c hú t thuố c ở đâ y.
- May và might dù ng để xin phép nhưng có tính chấ t trang trọ ng hơn can/ could. Nhưng might ít đượ c dù ng trong vă n nó i, chủ yếu trong câ u giá n tiếp: - May I turn on TV? - I wonder if he might go there Page 33
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) May.
Will
Would
Shall
Should
Ought to
know. He may/might go alone. out with his friends. - John ở đâ u rồ i? - Tô i khô ng biết. Có lẽ anh ấ y ra ngoà i vớ i bạ n.
- Tomorrow will be sunny. - Ngà y mai trờ i sẽ nắ ng. - Did you buy sugar? Oh, sorry. I'll go now. - Bạ n có Dù ng Will hay Would trong câ u mua đườ ng khô ng? - Ồ , xin đề nghị, yêu cầ u, lờ i mờ i. lỗ i. Giờ mình sẽ đi mua. Will you have a cup of coffee? Diễn tả mộ t giả định xả y He was so tired. He would Would you like a cake? ra hoặ c dự đoá n sự việc get up late tomorrow có thể xả y ra trong quá Anh ấ y rấ t mệt. Ngà y mai, khứ . chắ c anh ấ y sẽ dậ y muộ n. Diễn đạ t, dự đoá n sự việc xả y ra trong tương lai. Đưa ra mộ t quyết định tạ i thờ i điểm nó i.
Dù ng để xin ý kiến, lờ i khuyên. "Will" đượ c sử dụ ng nhiều hơn
Where shall we eat tonight? - Tố i nay chú ng ta ă n ở đâ u?
Chỉ sự bắ t buộ c hay bổ n phậ n nhưng ở mứ c độ nhẹ hơn "Must". Đưa ra lờ i khuyên, ý kiến. Dù ng để suy đoá n.
- You should send this report by 8th September. - Bạ n nên gử i bá o cá o nà y trướ c ngà y 8 thá ng Chín. - You should call her. - She worked hard, she should get the best result. - Cô ấ y họ c rấ t chă m, cô ấ y sẽ đạ t đượ c kết quả cao nhấ t
Chỉ sự bắ t buộ c. Mạ nh hơn "Should" nhưng chưa bằ ng "Must".
You ought not to eat candy at night. - Bạ n khô ng nên ă n kẹo và o buổ i tố i.
Chỉ dù ng vớ i hai ngô i "I" và “We”.
Page 34
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 2.Modal perfect ( khiếm khuyết hoàn thành ) : Modal + have + V3/ed
MUST + HAVE + VP2: chỉ sự suy đoá n logic dự a trên nhữ ng hiện tượ ng có thậ t ở quá khứ SHOULD + HAVE + VP2: chỉ mộ t việc lẽ ra đã phả i xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng vì lý do nà o đó
CAN’T + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc khô ng thể đã xảy ra vì có că n cứ , cơ sở rõ rà ng Modal perfect NEEDN’T + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc lẽ ra đã khô ng cầ n thiết phả i là m nhưng đã là m. MAY/ MIGHT + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc có thể đã xảy ra nhưng khô ng chắ c chắ n. COULD + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc lẽ đã xảy ra nhưng trê n thự c tế thì khô ng Một số cách biến đổi tương đương: be necessary (for O) + to–V = need / have to be unnecessary (for O) + to– V = don’t need / don’t have to Ex: It is unnecessary for him to study many subjects. He needn’t study many subjects He does not have to study many subjects. be possible / impossible + to-V = can/ cannot + V hoặc may/might Ex: It is impossible for me to finish it now. I can't finish it now perhaps( có lẽ) = may/might it’s better/it’s time …..= should be not permited /be not allowed = mustn’t
Page 35
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1. You don't look well. You see a doctor. A. could B. need to C. are to D. should 2. She home yesterday because her little son was sick. A. could have stayed B. must have stayed C. had to stay D. should have stayed 3. You disturb him during his work! A. should not B. needn't C. mustn't D. don't have to 4. Whose car is this? – It be Anton's. I think I saw him driving a red car like this one. A. could B. might C. must D. would 5. Though he was ill and weak, he get out of the burning building. A. was able to B. might C. could D. should 6. lending me your CD player for a couple of days? A. Can you B. Would you mind C. Would you D. Could you 7. The windows look clean. You wash them. A. are not to B. needn't C. don't have to D. mustn't 8. I don't believe it. It be true. A. can't B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. wouldn't 9. Young people obey their parents. A. must B. may C. will D. ought to 10. Jenny's engagement ring is enormous! It have cost a fortune. A. must B. might C. will D. should 11. You to write them today. A. should B. must C. had D. ought 12. " you hand me that pair of scissors, please?" A. May B. Will C. Shall D. Should 13. Jeanette did very badly on the exam. She harder. A. must have studied B. could have studied C. should have studied D. must studied 14. Marcela didn't come to class yesterday. She an accident. A. should have had B. must have C. might have D. may have had 15. John still hasn't come out. He everything for the trip now. A. must have been preparing B. must be preparing C. will be preparing D. will have prepared 16. Thomas received a warning for speeding. He so fast. A. shouldn't have driven B. should have C. would have driven D. might have driven 17. The photos are black. The X-ray at the airport them. A. should have damaged B. would have damaged C. would damage D. must have damaged 18. Tom didn't do his homework, so the teacher became very angry. He his homework. A. must have done B. should have done Page 36
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) C. might have D. will have done 19. My car stopped on the high way. It out of gas. A. may runB. must be C. may have run D. should have run 20. I be here by 6 o'clock? - No, you A. Shall; mightn't B. Must; needn't C. Will; mayn't D. Might; won't Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1. “Where do you think Rooney is today?". "I have no idea. He late." A. should have left B. would sleep C. would have sleep D. may have slept 2. Barbate painted his bedroom black. It looks dark and dreary. He a different color. A. had to choose B. must have chosen C. should have chosen D. could have been choosing 3. The children "thank you" to you when you gave them their gifts. A. will have said B. should have said C. must say D. should say 4. If we had known your new address, we to see you. A. came B. will come C. would have come D. would come 5. These two boys look identical. They twins. A. must have been B. should be C. must be D. should have been 6. You've been working non-stop for ten hours. You be really tired. A. should B. must C. would rather D. ought to 7. The fortune teller predicted that inherit a big fortune before the end of this year. A. will B. she will C. would D. she would 8. I'm feeling very tired this morning. I have stayed up late last night. A. couldn't B. shouldn't C. mustn't D. to stopping 9. He helped her, but it was not necessary. He needn't her. A. help B. to help C. be helping D. have helped 10. " you like to play a game of tennis?" "I'd love to." A. Could B. Will C. Do D. Would 11. His letter is full of mistakes. He the mistakes carefully before sending it. A. must have checked B. should have checked C. could have checked D. can have checked 12. "I bought two bottles of milk." "You have bought milk; we have heaps of it in the house." A. couldn't B. needn't C. mustn't D. hadn't 13. When I first went to England, I English, but I it. A. can read; can't speak B. can read; couldn't speak C. could read; couldn't speak D. could read; can't speak 14. The car plunged into the river. The driver out but the passengers were drowned. A. is able to get B. could get C. was able to get D. can get 15. I got lost and ask a policeman the way. A. have to B. must have to C. had to D. would 16. We have some days off after the exam spend some time together? A. Let B. Shall I C. Shall we D. Would you like Page 37
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 17. You ring the bell; I have a key. A. may not B. needn't C. mustn't 18. You drink this; it's poison. A. must B. needn't C. mustn't 19. Nobody knows how people first came to these islands. They South America. A. might B. must C. should 20. She felt ill and leave early. A. has to B. must C. had to
D. couldn't D. shouldn't have sailed from D. had D. ought
Exercise 3: Chọn phương án đúng 1. The man was found unconscious at the foot of the cliff. He have fallen 200 meters. A. needn’t B. must C. should D. mustn't 2 When the fog lifts, we where we are. A. could see B. will be able to see C. must have seen D. are seeing 3. The swimmer was very tired, but he the shore before he collapsed. A. was able to reach B. can reach C. could reach D. has reached 4. If a letter comes for me, you please forward it to this address. A. shall B. could C. must D. should 5. I don't believe it. It be true. A. can't B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. wouldn't 6. Laura, you and the kids just have dinner without waiting for me. I work very hard today. A. can B. may C. should D. would 7. Leave early so that you miss the bus. A. didn't B. won't C. shouldn't D. mustn't 8. He was very lucky when he fell off the ladder. He himself. A. could have hurt B. should have hurt C. must have hurt D. will have hurt 9. Robert arrived without his book. He it. A. might have lost B. should have lost C. would have lost D. will have lost 10. Twenty years ago, David speak Arabic fluently. Now he's forgotten a lot. A. could B. might C. needed D. must 11. Jessica hasn't made up her mind about where to go to school. She attend Duke University. She just doesn't know yet. A. mustn't B. may not C. needn't D. can't 12. This box isn't as heavy as it looks. You help me with it. Thanks anyway for offering to help. A. must B. mustn't C. might D. needn't 13. Yesterday everyone in the office leave the building for a fire drill. I am glad it wasn't a real fire. A. may B. might C. must D. mustn't 14. You play loud music at night. The neighbors will call the police. A. mustn't B. needn't C. might not D. couldn't Page 38
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 15. You stand up. There are a lot of seats available on the bus. A. couldn’t B. mustn't C. needn't D. might not 16. People who use public parks clean up after themselves. A. must B. may C. ought D. might 17. This library book is overdue. I better return it today. A. need B. must C. might D. had 18. Our company provides free advice on the use of our products. You pay us. A. must B. have to C. needn't D. mustn't 19. Whatever come, I will always be by your side. A. must B. may C. could D. need 20. " you hand that book, please?" "Sure. Here it is." A. Could B. Should C. Must D. May Exercise 4: Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống sau bằng một động từ khuyết thiếu đã học. 1. I left my bike here and now it's gone. Someone have borrowed it. 2. "The door was open." "It have been open. I had looked it myself and the key was in my pocket." 3. I want this letter typed, but you do it today. Tomorrow you will do. 4. We forget to shut the gates. 5. If you go to a dentist with a private practice, you pay him quite a lot of money. 6. You talk to other candidates during the exam. 7. "Have you seen John?" "No. But he be studying in the library". 8. As I won't be at home tonight, I do my homework during my lunch break. 9. Passengers smoke until the signs have been switched off. 10. There are a lot of tickets left, so you _ pay for the tickets in advance. 11. I have worn my best suit to the party yesterday; everyone else was very casually dressed. 12. "What are you doing this weekend?" "I haven’t decided yet. I go on a picnic with my family." 13. Can you repair my bicycle? -Oh, yes, I do it now. 14. It's a secret. You let anyone know about it. 15. I'm not sure. I come a few minutes late. 16. Secondary school students nowadays wear uniform. 17. I had read the book last night before I went to bed. 1 never took it out of this room. It be lying around here somewhere. Where it be? 18. When you have a small child in the house, you leave small objects lying around. Such objects be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death. 19. You take your umbrella along with you today. It rain later on this afternoon. 20. I be at the meeting by 10 pm I will probably take a taxi if I want to be on time.
Page 39
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
Page 40
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 7: THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD I. Định nghĩa Câu giả định hay cò n gọ i là câ u cầ u khiến là loạ i câ u đố i tượ ng thứ nhấ t muố n đố i tượ ng thứ hai là m việc gì. Câ u giả định có tính chấ t cầ u khiến chứ khô ng mang tính ép buộ c như câ u mệnh lênh. II. Cách sử dụng Câu giả định chủ yếu đượ c sử dụ ng để nó i đến nhữ ng sự việc khô ng chắ c chắ n sẽ xả y ra. Ví dụ , chú ng ta sử dụ ng khi nó i về nhữ ng sự việc mà mộ t ai đó : + Muố n xả y ra. + Dự đoá n sẽ xả y ra. + Xả y ra trong tưỏ ’ĩig tượ ng. III. Phân loại Thứ c giả định đượ c chia thà nh ba loạ i sau: Thức giả định:
Present Subjunctive (hiện tại giả định). Past Subjunctive (quá khứ giả định). Past perfect Subjunctive (quá khứ hoàn thành giả định).
HIỆN TẠI GIẢ ĐỊNH
Present Subjunctive Form : S1 + V + that + S2 ( not ) + V (bare)
Dùng trong một số câu thành ngữ/ câu cảm thán để thể hiện một ao ước, hi vọng hay một lời cầu chúc. (God) Bless you! (Chú a phù hộ cho con) Heaven/God help sb! (Cầ u chú a phù hộ cho ai) Long live Vietnam! (Việt Nam muô n nă m) Heaven forbid! (Lạ y trờ i!) Success attend you! (Chú c bạ n thà nh cô ng) Dùng sau một sô các động từ đê thể hiện ý muốn, yêu cầu, đề nghị, gợi ý, ra lệnh: advise,demand,prefer,require,insist,propose,stipulate,command,move,recommend,suggest,dec ree,order.. Dùng sau một sô tính từ sau: important,necessary,urgent,obligatory,essential,advisory,recommended,required,mandatory,p roposed.. It + be (any tense) + Adj + that + s + (not) + V (present subjunctive) Những danh từ: demand,recommendation,insistence,request,proposal,suggestion,preference ,importance Dùng trong cấu trúc với “would rather" có hai chủ ngữ S1 + would rather that + S2 + (not) + V (present subjunctive)
Page 41
QUÁ KHỨ GIẢ ĐỊNH Past Subjunctive Dù ng trong câ u điều kiện loạ i 2: If + S + V (quá khứ đơn) +..., S + would/could + V (nguyên dạng) Dù ng trong câ u ướ c khô ng có thự c ở hiện tạ i (wish = If only) (S + wish)/if only + S + V (quá khứ đơn) Đượ c sử dụ ng sau "as if / as though" S1 + V (hiện tại đơn) + as if/ as though + S2 + V (quá khứ đơn) Dù ng trong mẫ u câu “would rather" để chỉ mộ t ao ướ c đố i lậ p vớ i hiện tạ i. S1 + would rather that + S2 + V (quá khứ đơn)
Dù ng trong cấ u trú c "it's time..." It's (high/about) time + S + V (quá khứ đơn) = It's time for sb to do st: (đã đến lúc cho ai đó làm gì)
QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH GIẢ ĐỊNH Past perfect Subjunctive Dù ng trong mệnh đề điều kiện củ a câ u điều kiện loạ i 3 If + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)+..., S + would/ could + have + Vp2 Dù ng sau "wish/ If only" để diễn đạ t ý cầ u mong hoặ c giả định đã khô ng xảy ra trong quá khứ (S + wish)/if only + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) Dù ng sau "as if / as though" để chỉ mộ t giả định khô ng có thậ t trong quá khứ . S1 + V (quá khứ đơn) + as if/as though + S2 + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) Dù ng vớ i cấ u trú c would rather (hai chủ ngữ ) để chỉ mộ t mong muố n đã khô ng xả y ra trong quá khứ . S1 + would rather that + S2 + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng để hoàn thành những câu sau đây: 1. It is necessary that children of their old parents. A. takes care B. to take care c. take care D. took care 2. I wish you complaining about the weather. A. would stop B. stop c. stopped D. had stopped 3. It is essential that every student to learn English at university. A. had B. have c. has D. to have 4. We wish we a large house but we can't afford it now. A. have B. had c. can have D. will have 5. My friend won't lend me his car. I wish A. he lent me his car B. he didn't lend me his car C. he would lend me his car D. he will lend me his car 6. I'm sorry I haven't got any money on me. I wish A. I have got no money on me B. I have some money on me C. I had some money on me D. I had got no money on me 7. My friends didn’t take part in the game. I wish A. my friends took part in the game B. my friends had taken part in the game C. my friends would take part in the game D. my friends did take part in the game 8. It wasn't fine yesterday. I wish A. it was fine yesterday B. it would fine yesterday C. it will fine yesterday D. it had been fine yesterday 9. I wish I Psychology when I was a college student. A. had studied B. would study C. studied D. studied 10. I wish someone to help me with that work tomorrow. A. offer B. offered C. would offer D. had offered 11. If only I play the guitar as well as you! A. would B. should C. could D. might 12. When I saw Tom, he looked he had been ill. A. so B. such as C. the same D. as if 13. Mrs White always talks to her baby as though he an adult. A. is B. were C. had been D. will be 14. When he came out of the room, he looked he had seen a ghost. A. as B. as though C. when D. if 15. Susan's doctor insists for a few days. A. that she is resting B. her resting C. that she rest D. her to rest 16. The doctor suggested that his patient A. stop smoking B. stops smoking C. stopped smoking D. to stop smoking 17. It is necessary that he the books. A. find B. doesn't find C. don't find D. did not find 18. It has been proposed that we the topic. A. to change B. changed C. changing D. change 19. It's important that every student all the lectures. A. attends B. attend C. has attended D. attended 20. It's time we all now. Page 43
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. leave B. to leave C. left D. have left 21. He acts as if he English perfectly. A. know B. knew C. have known D. had known 22. She acted as though she him before. A. knew B. know C. had known D. has known 23. I would rather that I him to my birthday party yesterday. A. invited B. have invited C. had invited D. invite 24. She would rather Mary here right now. A. be B. were C. was D. were/ was 25. I suggest that he harder A. should study B. study C. studied D. should study/ study The older........................................................................................................................................ Exercise 2: Biến đổi câu 1. Please don't tell anyone about it. - I'd rather you ................................................................................................................................ 2. I would prefer you deliver the sofa this afternoon. - I'd rather you ................................................................................................................................ 3."Why don't you ask her yourself?” - My friend suggests that................................................................................................................ 4. She urged her husband to apply for the post in the government. - She urged that her husband ........................................................................................................ 5. They insisted on my coming early. - They insisted that......................................................................................................................... 6. An accountant needs to master computer science. - It is necessary that....................................................................................................................... 7. It's time for us to leave now. - It's time we .................................................................................................................................. 8. What a pity! Your sister can't come with us. - If only ........................................................................................................................................... 9. Everyone finds it important for us to do something save the environment. - It is important that we................................................................................................................... 10. Michael lost his job last month, so he cannot buy a car. - If Michael ..................................................................................................................................... 11. He regrets applying for the job in that company. - He wishes .................................................................................................................................... 12. The headmaster insists on every schoolgirl's wearing ao dai every Monday. - The headmaster insists that......................................................................................................... 13. They advise her to eat less meat and fat to keep herself healthy. - It is advisable that she ................................................................................................................. 14. Naturally, a child had better respect his parents. - It is natural that ............................................................................................................................ 15. He needs to come to the interview early. - It is necessary that....................................................................................................................... 16. She must find it important to take two medicines every day. - It is important that ........................................................................................................................ Page 44
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 17. It's too late. He must go home. - It's high time he............................................................................................................................ 18. Every student must wear uniform. It is obligatory. - It is obligatory that........................................................................................................................ 19. They recommended her to go to the best doctor in town. - They recommended that she ....................................................................................................... 20. The man demanded to be told everything about the accident. - The man demanded that.............................................................................................................. Exercise 3: sửa lỗi sai trong những câu sau đây (nếu cân thiết): 1. The teacher demanded that the student left the room. 2. It was urgent that he called her immediately. 3. It was very important that we delay discussion. 4. She intends to move that the committee suspends discussion on this issue. 5. The King decreed that the new laws took affect the following month. 6. I propose that you should stop this rally. 7. It is of great importance that he speaks to the Dean before leaving for his location. 8. It’s time we come back home. 9. The child ate as though he was hungry for days. 10. It's time for you went to bed. 11. I would rather that the weather is fine tomorrow morning. 12. I'd rather she not go with you now. 13. She walks as if she had a wooden leg. 14. I wish I finished my work last night. 15. Minh's Mother would rather that she met her friend last week.
Page 45
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 8:GERUND AND INFINITIVE VERB GERUND ( DANH ĐỘNG TỪ ) Chức năng của danh động từ
Làm chủ ngữ
Làm tân ngữ
Làm bổ ngữ
Làm ngữ đồng vị
Làm danh từ ghép
PRESENT PARTICIPLE ( HIỆN TẠI PHÂN TỪ ) Dùng trong các thì tiếp diễn: be + Present participle (V-ing)
Dùng như một tính từ (mang nghĩa chủ động và thường miêu tả vật)
Thay cho một mệnh đề: Mệnh đề độc lập trong câu ghép, Mệnh đề phụ trong câu, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lí do: hai mệnh đề phải cùng chủ từ Chức năng của hiện tại phân từ Cấu trúc câu: S + sit/ stand /lie/come /run (cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn) + present participle Cấu trúc: There + be + Noun + present participle
Sau một số động từ trí giác (see, hear, smeỉl, feel, taste, overhear...), catch, find, spend, waste
Page 46
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
TO INFINITIVE VERB ( ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU CÓ TO ) Chức năng của động từ nguyên mẫu có TO
Làm chủ ngữ
Làm tân ngữ
Làm bổ ngữ
Trong các cấu trúc
BARE INFINITIVE VERD ( ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU KHÔNG TO ) Sau các trợ động từ tình thái (modal verbs). Chức năng của động từ nguyên mẫu không TO
Sau các động từ: let, make, help, see, hearề, feel, watch, notice + tân ngữ.
Sau các cụm động từ had better, would rather, had sooner và sau why hoặc why not.
Page 47
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
VERB FORM (BẢNG DẠNG CỦA ĐỘNG TỪ ) V-ing 1. Giớ i từ : in, on,at.. 2. love , like , enjoy, prefer >< hate, dislike 3. start , begin, give up >< stop , finish 4. suggest 5. consider : xem xét 6. mind 7. imagine 8. avoid 9. risk 10. miss 11. practice 12. postpone 13. involve 14. admit 15. deny 16. quit = give up 17. keep 18. spend 19. waste 20. fancy 21. can’t help 22. can’t stand 23. can’t bear 24. be busy 25. be worth 26. continute 27. It’s no use 28. It’s no good 29. have trouble 30. have difficulty 31. be / get used to 32. go 33. appreciate
To-V
V1
Ving & To-V
1. agree 2. ask / told / warn 3. choose 4. decide 5. demand 6. expect 7. hope 8. manage 9. offer 10. plan 11. promise 12. refuse 13. seem 14. suppose 15. tell 16. want 17. tend 18. threaten 19. would like 20. would love 22. be able 23. wish 24. too….to 25. enough to 26. It + be + adj+To-V 27. It takes 28. Sau cá c nghi vấ n từ how , what , where… 29. sau đạ i từ bấ t định Someone , something, anything…. 30. Câ u bị độ ng 31. only, first, last
1. Sau khiếm khuyết độ ng từ can - could will – would have to – had to may – might must ought to
1.allow permit recommend + O + To-V advise encourage ----------------------------------allow permit recommend + V-ing advise encourage => Be + V3/ed + To-V ----------------------------------2.Stop + V-ing : ngừ ng hẳ n ( từ bỏ thó i quen ) Stop + To-V : ngừ ng để là m việc khá c
2. Sau V tri giác See Look Listen Notice Watch Observe Feel Taste Smell 3. Let Make + O Have Help => Bị độ ng ta dù ng “ To-V” 4. had better would rather had sooner 5. do nothing but 6. cannot but
3.remember forget + V-ing regret ( diễn tả 1 hđộ ng đã xả y ra trong quá khứ ) ----------------------------------remember forget + To-V regret (diễn tả 1 hđộ ng sắ p xả y ra) 4.Try + V-ing : thử Try + to V : cố gắ ng 5.Consider + V-ing: xem xét Consider + to V : quan tâ m 6.like start + V-ing / To-V begin ( khô ng thay đổ i nghĩa )
Page 48
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
Lối nói phụ họa
1. Phụ hoạ khẳng định: Đi với TOO (mang nghĩa CŨNG VẬY) (and) + S + am/is/are/ was /were + too S +V…. (and) + S + do/does/did +too (and) + S + modals + too My sister is a doctor I am too (tô i cũ ng vậ y) I work two hours a day She does too Đi với SO (mang nghĩa CŨNG VẬY nhưng có đả o ngữ ) (and) + so + am/is/are/ was /were + S S +V…. (and) + so + do/does/did +too + S (and) + so + modals + S My sister is a doctor So am I (tô i cũ ng vậ y) I work two hours a day So does she I can sing So can he 2. Phụ hoạ phủ định: Đi với EITHER (mang nghĩa CŨNG KHÔNG) (and) + S + am/is/are/ was /were + NOT + either S +V(NOT)…. (and) + S + do/does/did +NOT + either (and) + S + modals + NOT + either My sister isn’t a nurse I am not either (tô i cũ ng khô ng) I doesn’t work on sunday She doesn’t either I can’t dance He can’t either Đi với NEITHER (mang nghĩa CŨNG KHÔNG nhưng có đả o ngữ , khô ng có NOT) (and) + neither + am/is/are/ was /were + S S +V(NOT)…. (and) + neither + do/does/did +too + S (and) + neither + modals + S My sister isn’t a nurse Neither am I (tô i cũ ng khô ng) I doesn’t work on sunday Neither does she I can’t dance Neither can he Lưu ý: Trong câ u có chứ a “NEVER, NO, RARELY, SELDOM , HARDLY” => dù ng phụ hoạ phủ định
Page 49
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. I'd rather (stay) home tonight. 2. He keeps (hope) and (pray) that things will get better. 3. I don't know why he avoids (meet) me. 4. The boy admitted (break) my ancient flower vase. 5. I promise (not tell) you a lie. 6. The students stopped (talk) when the teacher came in. 7. I'll try (not make) the same mistake again. 8. Would you mind (give) me a hand? 9. Have you ever watched people (try) (catch) fish? 10. Do you have any money (pay) for the book? 11. After (hear) the conditions, I decided (not enter) for the competition. 12. Imagine (have) (get) up at 4 a.m every day. 13. There were some people (row) on the river. 14. Your hair needs (cut) You'd better (have) it done tomorrow – unless you'd like me (have) a go at it for you. 15. The children prefer (watch) TV to (read) 16. She has something (tell) you. 17. It took me three days (find) out the old photograph. 18. Do you remember (read) about it? No, at that time I was too young (read) newspaper. 19. My brother is a stamp collector. He started (collect) stamps when he was 15 years old. 20. It's difficult (get) used to getting up early. Exercise 2: Chọn đáp án đúng 1. I couldn't help at his jokes. A. laugh B. laughing C. to laugh D. laughed 2. Tom offered Jane a ticket to the theater, but she refused to take it. A. to give B. give C. giving D. to be given 3. Those workers stopped their coffee because they felt tired of their new work. A. drink B. drank C. drinking D. to drink 4. He asked them A. help him B. should help him C. to help him D. help to him 5. Mr Minh advised my family leaving Vietnam. A. to think B. not to think C. against D. against to 6. I hope that woman again. A. to see B. of seeing C. seeing D. have seen 7. She wasted much time her old pair of shoes. A. mend B. to mend C. mending D. to be mended 8. He regrets lazy last year. He lost his job. A. to be B. be C. been D. being 9. She remembered that woman last month. A. of seeing B. to see C. seeing D. have seen Page 50
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. David tried his best , but his girlfriend refused A. explaining; to listen B. explaining; listening C. to explain; to listen D. to explain; listening 11. We heard a baby in a neighbouring village. A. cry B. to cry C. cried D. to crying 12. Willy denied a whole bag of chocolate chip cookies before lunch. A. eat B. to eat C. having eaten D. eaten 13. I was delighted my old friends again. A. to see B. seeing C. seen D. to be seen 14. We regret you that we cannot approve your suggestion. A. inform B. to inform C. informing D. informed 15. Have you ever considered a pharmacist? A. become B. becoming C. to become D. became 16. You had better at home until you feel better. A. staying B. stayed C. to stay D. stay 17. I remember my mother said the grass in the garden needed . A. to hear; cutting B. hear; cut C. heard; to cut D. hearing; cutting 18. My teacher doesn't allow us while he is explaining the lesson. A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked 19. We have plenty of time. We needn't A. hurry B. to hurry C. hurrying D. hurried 20. I promised on time. I mustn't late. A. be; be B. to be; to be C. to be; be D. be; to be Exercise 3: Tìm lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng 1.She likes her job but does not like wear uniforms. A B C D 2.They speak English well because they practise speak it everyday. A B C D 3.Lan was in a difficult situation, so I agreed lending her some money. A B C D 4.Don't forget attending our meeting next month on time. A B C D 5.I spent most of time in the train read my favorite book. A B C D 6.I heard him talked about you this morning. A B C D 7.I enjoy watching the sun to rise slowly in the morning. A B C D 8.Why should you to carry this box? It's too heavy for you. A B C D 9.She said the letter was personal and wouldn't let me to reach it. A B C D 10. It’s impossible for me being there before 8 p.m. A B C D 11. I saw a man to jump through the window 5 minutes ago, but I couldn't remember his face.
Page 51
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A B C D 12. She suggested taking the plane this evening or go by train tomorrow. A B C D 13. Could you please stop to make so much noise? A B C D 14. It was very kind of you to showing me the way. A B C D 15. I'm glad hearing that you have made much progress in your study. A B C D
Page 52
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 9: TAG QUESTIONS Câ u hỏ i đuô i (tag question) là dạ ng câ u hỏ i rấ t hay đượ c sử dụ ng trong tiếng Anh, đặ c biệt là tiếng Anh giao tiếp. Câ u hỏ i đuô i là cấ u hỏ i ngắ n ở cuố i câ u trầ n thuậ t. Câ u hỏ i nà y đượ c dù ng khi ngườ i nó i muố n xá c minh thô ng tin là đú ng hay khô ng hoặ c khi khuyến khích mộ t sự hồ i đá p từ phía ngườ i nghe. Ví dụ:She is learning English now, isn't she? (Cô ấy đang học tiếng Anh bây giờ phải không?) B. Công thức chung: S + V +…........................,trợ động từ + S( ĐẠI TỪ ) -Nếu câ u nó i trướ c dấ u phẩ y là khẳ ng định thì câ u hỏ i đuô i là phủ định và ngượ c lạ i.
Dưới đây là bảng tóm tắc cách thành lập câu hỏi đuôi. Statement
Tag questions
I am……… aren’t I ? I am not……… am I ? Động từ khiếm khuyết Can’t/couldn’t/shouldn’t/won’t………+ S + can/could/should/will……… S? Động từ thường Sử dụng trợ động từ: Do/does/did Don’t + S? S + V1…................, Doesn’t + S? S + Vs/es................, Didn’t + S? S + V2/ed….........., S + have/has/had + V3/ed….............., Haven’t/hasn’t/hadn’t + S ? S + is/are/was/were….................., Isn’t/aren’t/wasn’t/weren’t + S? S + used to + V………, Didn’t + S ? S +’d better/had better + V….........., Hadn’t + S? S +’d rather/would rather/would like + V….........., Would + S? There + is/are/was/were…..............., Isn’t/aren’t/wasn’t/weren’t + S? Let’s + V………, Shall we+? Chủ từ là : No one/nobody/anyone/anybody/ ……………..+ they ? everyone/everybody/someone/somebody Chủ từ là : nothing/anything/something/ ………………+ it? Everything………….. Chủ từ là this/that………….. ………………+ it? Chủ từ là these/those………. ……………..+ they ? Trong câ u có cá c từ phủ định:no/none/without Câ u hỏ i đuô i khẳ ng định không có N’T Neither/hardly/seldom/rarely/little/never/few. S + ought to………, Shouldn’t + S? Câu mệnh lệnh Will you? => cấu trúc:" I + think/believe/suppose/…." + mệnh đề phụ thì ta dùng động từ trong mệnh đề phụ để xác định động từ cho câu hỏi đuôi. Ex: I think she will meet him, won't she? Cũng mẫu cấu trúc này nhưng nếu chủ từ không phải là "I" thì dùng động từ chính trong câu (think/believe/suppose/. .) để xác định động từ cho câu hỏi đuôi. Ex: She thinks he will come, dosen’t she? Page 53
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES EXERCISES❶ 1. No one is better cook than his mother, ? A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they 2. Do it right now, ? A. will you B. shall you C. do you 3. There are no easy ways to learn a foreign language, A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they 4. He seldom goes to the library, ? A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he 5. Let’s go for a long walk, ? A. will we B. shall we C .don’t you 6. I think he will join us, ? A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he 7. The film is good, ? A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it 8.
D. aren’t they D. don’t you ? D. aren’t there D. isn’t he D. do you D. don’t I D. aren’t they
You are going to the party, A. is you B. are you
? C. aren’t you
D. were you
He can speak English, A. can he B. can’t he
? C. can’t him
D. could he
10. You don’t know him, A. do you B. don’t you
? C. are you
D. aren’t you
11. Lan speaks Chinese very well, A. does she B. doesn’t she
? C. is she
D. was she
12. John has worked hard, A. does he B. did he
? C. has he
D. hasn’t he
13. They invited him to the party, A. do they B. don’t they
? C. did they
D. didn’t they
C. aren’t they
D. did they
9.
14. They are leaving here tomorrow A. do they B. are they
?
15. I’m a bit late, ? A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you 16. No one is indifferent to praise, ? A. is one B. isn’t one C. is he 17. Somebody has left these socks on the bathroom floor, A. have they B. haven’t they C. has he 18. James owns a restaurant, ? A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he 19. You aren’t too busy to talk, ? A. are you B. have you C. aren’t 20. The ticket to London doesn’t cost a lot, ? A. do they B. does it C. is it 21. You don’t need me any more, ? A. do I B. don’t I C. do you
D. aren’t I D. are they ? D. hasn’t he D. didn’t he D. do you D. isn’t it D. don’t you Page 54
22. Nobody knows who invited the wheel, ? A. do they B. don’t they C. does it 23. Harry was working in Bristol then, ? A. was Harry B. wasn’t he C. was he 24. You’ll be home before midnight, ? A. will you B. won’t you C. are you 25. David is bringing some wine, ? A. is he B. isn’t he C. is David 26. Don’t leave anything behind, ? A. do you B. don’t you C. will you 27. That isn’t Bill driving, ? A. is it B. is that C. isn’t that 28. Nobody likes the play, ? A. do they B. don’t they C. didn’t they
D. doesn’t it D. didn’t he D. won’t you be D. isn’t David D. shall we D. isn’t it D. did they
29. The children can read English, A. can’t they B. can they
? C. they can
D. they can’t
30. Your grandfather was a millionaire, A. was he B. is he
? C. wasn’t he
D. isn’t he
EXERCISES❷ Hoàn thành những câu sau bằng dạng thức của hỏi đuôi đã học Exercise 1 1. Let's go shopping at Saigon Coop Mart, ? 2. Children should drink a lot of milk and fruit juice, 3. Bring your camera with you to the party,
? ?
4. Remember to buy your mother some sugar on your way home, 5. You think Internet is a means of education, 6. You ought go now,
?
?
7. I think she won't come to your party, 8. What a nice dress,
?
?
9. I think it is going to rain,
?
10. He said that his father was a doctor, 11. Everything is all right,
?
?
12. She met nobody at the party,
?
13. Don't forget to turn off the lights before going out, 14. Be careful with that man,
?
15. Someone had come to our room,
?
16. She likes nobody to help her,
?
17. Everybody realized the danger, 18. Nobody complained,
?
19. Mary hardly ever cooks, 20. Nothing went wrong, 21. He never takes advice,
? ?
? ?
?
?
22. I am too impatient,
?
23. Don't drop that vase,
?
24. Let's go out tonight,
?
25. Open the door,
?
Exercise 2 1. I'm late,
?
2. Let's have a party,
?
3. Don't smoke,
?
4. He'll never know,
?
5. I think he's from India,
?
6. They must have stayed up late last night, 7. Let's go out,
?
?
8. That is your umbrella,
?
9. Those aren't Fred's books,
?
10. Something is wrong with Jane today,
?
11. Everyone can learn how to swim,
?
12. Nobody cheated in the exam,
?
13. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, 14. I am invited to your party,
?
?
15. He'd better come to see me,
?
16. He seldom visits you,
?
17. You’ve never been in Italy,
?
18. No one died in the accident,
?
19. Going swimming in the summer is never boring, 20. What nice gifts,
?
21. Don't talk in class, 22. Sit down,
?
? ?
23. Nobody called the phone,
?
24. Everything is okay,
?
25. You have to leave early,
?
Exercise 3 1. Hoa never comes to school late,
?
2. He hardly ever makes a mistake,
?
3. Nobody liked the play,
?
4. She'd saved money when she bought it, 5. They think he's funny,
?
6. He ought to have made a note of it, 7. She must be here,
? ?
?
8. I remember you said she would come the next day,
?
9. I don' think he will come,
?
10. One can leave it,
?
11. What a beautiful house,
?
12. What handsome boys,
?
13. How lovely the baby is,
?
14. How interesting the games are,
?
15. People think she tell lie,
?
16. It seems that you are right,
?
17. What you have said is wrong,
?
18. Why he killed himself seems a secret, 19. I wish to study English,
?
?
20. One can be one's master,
?
21. What a long river,
?
22. How intelligent you are,
?
23. Nobody has arrived yet,
?
24. Everybody looked so miserable,
?
25. Nobody's got to leave early,
?
Exercise 4 1. Everybody will be there,
?
2. You'd rather not tell me,
?
3. He'd better try harder,
?
4. There’s nothing on TV tonight, 5.You must give up smoking, 6. I didn't do anything wrong, 7. No one can help you,
?
8. She must be tired now,
?
9. Get out of my sight, 10. It seldom barks,
? ? ?
? ?
11. There are many girls here,
?
12. I think they failed to reach the top,
?
13. The men never killed children, 14. Wash the dishes,
?
?
15. The actress must have taken that role, 16. Let's drink wine,
?
?
17. Everyone was disappointed,
?
18. Your aunt must be happy with the gift, 19. That wasn't my fault,
?
?
20. My uncle hardly gets up late, 21. The islands must be very beautiful,
? ?
22. I am cowardly, 23. No one likes the girl,
? ?
24. Nothing wrong has happened, 25. I'm not supreme of all reality,
?
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 10: COMPARISONS EQUALITY S1 + V + as + ADJ / ADV + as + S2. S1 + V + as + much/many +as + S2 S1 + V + the same (+Noun) + as + S2 COMPARATIVE S1 + V + short adj + ER + THAN + S2 S1 + V + MORE + long adj + THAN + S2 * MUCH + SO SÁNH HƠN
Page 61
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
CÁC LOẠI SO SÁNH
DOUBLE COMPARISON 1. Càng ngày càng ( So sánh hơn and so sánh hơn ) - Short adj + ER and short adj + ER ( hotter and hotter ) - more and more + long adj ( more and more beautiful 2. Càng …..càng The + so sánh hơn + S V , The + so sánh hơn + S V ) SUPERLATIVE S1 + V + THE + short adj + EST + N S1 + V +THE MOST + long adj + N COMPARE LESS S + V + less + adj + than …. SO SÁNH KÉM NHẤT S + V + the least + adj…. MULTIPLE NUMBERS COMPARISON S1 + V + twice/ three time..+ as much as + S2 S1 + V + twice/ three time..+ as many as + S2
THẾ NÀO LÀ TÍNH TỪ NGẮN,TÍNH TỪ DÀI từ ngắn ) : 1 âm tiết ( hot, cold ) hoặc 2 âm tân cùng là y, er, et, ow từ dài ) : từ 2 âm trở lên Cách chuyển các tính từ/ trạng từ sang dạng so sánh hơn/ so sánh nhất: - Thêm “ er”/ “est” và o tính từ /trạ ng từ có mộ t hoặ c hai â m tiết. Dù ng “ more/most + adj/adv” có ba â m tiết trở lên. Dù ng “ more + tính từ kết thú c bằ ng cá c tiếp vĩ ngữ : “ ed, ful, ing, ish, ous” Gấ p đô i phụ â m cuố i củ a tính từ mộ t â m tiết kết thú c bằ ng 1 phụ â m đơn( trừ w, x, z) và đứ ng trướ c mộ t nguyên â m đơn. Khi tính từ có 2 â m tiết nhưng kết thú c bằ ng mộ t phụ â m “y” thì ta đổ i “y” => “ I” và thêm “ er”/ “est” - Khi adj có 2 âm tiết là “er, y, le, et và ow” => thêm “er/est” như adj/adv 1 âm tiết.
Page 62
Adj/adv 1. good/well 2. bad/badly 3. many/much 4. little 5. far 6. near 7. late 8. old
CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP NGOẠI LỆ so sánh hơn so sánh nhất better best worse worst more most less least farther farthest (về khoả ng cá ch) Further furthest (về thờ i gian) nearer nearest (về khoả ng cá ch) next (về thứ tự ) later latest (về thờ i gian) last (về thứ tự ) older oldest (về tuổ i tá c) eldest (về cấ p bậ c hơn là tuổ i tá c)
ADJ tận cùng bằng “ED” và “ING” ADJ –ED ADJ –ING ( chỉ cảm xúc , trạng thái của con người ) ( mô tả tính chất , đặc điểm sự vật ) Ex: Jane is bored because her job is boring Ex: The news was shocking Ex: We were shocked when we heard the news 1. surprised (ngạ c nhiên, số c) 1. Surprising (tuyệt vờ i, bấ t ngờ ) 2. disappointed (vỡ mộ ng, thấ t vọ ng) 2. Disappointing (thấ t vọ ng) 3. tired (mệt mỏ i, kiệt sứ c) 3. Tiring (tẻ nhạ t, mệt mỏ i) 4. fascinated (thờ ơ, Enchanted) 4. Fascinating (duyên dá ng, quyến rũ ) 5. mused (ngạ c nhiên, vui vẻ) 5. Amusing (funny, funny) 6. astonished (ngạ c nhiên, số c) 6. Astonishing (tuyệt vờ i, tuyệt vờ i) 7. shocked (số c, số c) 7. Shocking (mộ t khủ ng khiếp, gâ y số c) 8. disgusted (kinh tở m) 8. Disgusting (kinh tở m, xấ u xí) 9. embarrassed (xấ u hổ , bố i rố i) 9. Embarrassing (vụ ng về, nhú t nhá t) 10.confused (hoang mang, nhầ m lẫ n) 10.Confusing (bố i rố i, khô ng chắ c chắ n) 11.terrified (chết lặ ng, sợ hã i) 11.Terrifying (đá ng sợ , đá ng sợ ) 12.frightened (sợ hã i, chết lặ ng) 12.Frightening (đá ng sợ , khủ ng khiếp) 13.depressed (trầ m cả m, bị á p bứ c) 13.Depressing (buồ n, buồ n tẻ) 14.worried (lo lắ ng, lo lắ ng) 14.Worrying (lo lắ ng, tình cả m) 15.và nnoyed (bự c mình, khó chịu) 15.Annoying (xâ m nhậ p, gâ y phiền nhiễu) 16.satisfied (mã n, hà i lò ng) 16.Satisfying (thú vị)
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Cho dạng đúng của tính từ trong ngoặc 1. This chair is than that one. (comfortable) 2. Your flat is than mine, (large) 3. The weather today is than it was yesterday, (hot) 4. The Nile is the river in the world, (long) 5. Chinese bicycles are than Japanese ones, (bad) 6. Mathematics is than English, (difficult) 7. Ho Chi Minh is the city in Vietnam, (big) 8. He drives than his friend, (careful) 9. She sings in this school, (beautiful) 10. I read than my sister, (slow) 11. Grace is girl in our class, (old) 12. This exercise is than that one. (easy) 13. He is twice as you. (fat) 14. Nam is student of all. (noisy) 15. My cold is today than it was yesterday, (good) 16. This exercise is (easy) of all. 17. This flower is (beautiful) than that one. 18. He has twice as (many) books as his sister. 19. Which is the (dangerous) animal in the world? 20. English is not so (difficult) as Chinese. Exercise 2: Hoàn thành các câu sử dụng cấu trúc: "COMPARATIVE + AND + COMPARATIVE": 1. This subject gets (hard) all the time. 2. I'm just getting (confused). 3. It's becoming (difficult) for me to keep up. 4. The textbook just gets (complicated). 5. I spend (much) time on my work. 6. My list of things to do gets (long). 7. My problem are just getting (bad). 8. I feel happy as my happy is coming (close). 9. Eating and traveling in this city is getting (expensive). 10. Your English is OK now, your pronunciation has got (good). Exercise 3: Chọn câu trả lời đúng 1. In Vietnam, it is normally in the South than in the North. A. hot B. hotter C. hottest 2. The food is than the last time I ate it. A. badder B. bad C. worse 3. Ho Chi Minh city is than Hanoi. A. big B. bigger C. biggest 4. Her voice is than her sister’s.
D. hoter D. worst D. biger Page 64
A. beautiful
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) B. more beautiful c. beautifully
D. more beautifully
Page 65
5. Her literature result is much than it was last year. A. good B. well C. more well D. better 6. Cinderella danced than any other girls at the ball. A. more graceful B. gracefuler C. gracefully D. more gracefully 7. This book is the of all. A. bored B. boring C. more boring D. most boring 8. Mary speaks English very A. fluent B. fluently C. more fluently D. most fluently 9. Tom runs faster than John and David runs the in the group. A. fast B. most fast C. fastest D. most fastly 10. There is nothing than going swimming in hot weather. A. gooder B. good C. better D. best 11. Mary is responsible as Peter. A. more B. the most C. much D. as 12. She is student in my class. A. most hard-working B. more hard-working C. the most hard-working D. as hard-working 13. He drives his brother. A. more careful than B. more carefully C. more carefully than D. as careful as 14. Tuan writes more with fewer mistakes than the previous term. A. careless B. careful C. carefully D. carelessly 15. My father is happy because I get results at school. A. bad good C. intelligent D. well 16. Peter does better at school because he works A. harder B. more carelessly C. more lazily D. worse 17. He can do sums more and read faster. A. badly B. quickly C. difficultly D. fastly 18. Jane is not her brother. A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent that. 19. She is a very pupil. She spends most of her time studying. A. hard- working B. difficult C. hard D. easy 20. My English this term is than that of last year. A. good B. gooder C. better D. best 21. you study for these exams, you will do. A. The harder / the better B. The more / the much C. The hardest / the best D. The more hard / the more good, 22. My neighbor is driving me mad! It seems that it is at night, plays his music! A. the less / the more loud B. the less / less C. the more late / the more loudlier D. the later / the louder 23. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, our lives have become A. more and more good B. better and better C. the more and more good D. gooder and gooder 24. The Sears Tower is building in Chicago.
A. taller B. the more tall C. the tallest D. taller and taller 25. Peter is John. A. younger and more intelligent than B. more young and intelligent than C. more intelligent and younger than D. the more intelligent and younger than 26. San Diego is town in Southern California. A. more nice and nice B. the nicer C. the nicest D. nicer and nicer 27. It gets when the winter is coming. A. cold and cold B. the coldest and coldest C. colder and colder D. more and more cold 28. The faster we finish, A. the sooner we can leave B. we can leave sooner and sooner C. the sooner can we leave D. we can leave the sooner 29. Of all athletes, Alex is A. the less qualified B. the less and less qualified C. the more and more qualified D. the least qualified 30. The faster Thanh walks, A. more tired B. the more tired he gets C. he gets tired D. he gets more tired Exercise 4: Viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi 1. No one in my class is taller than Peter. Peter......................................................................................................................................... 2. According to me, English is easier than Maths. According to me, Maths............................................................................................................ 3. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary. Mary ......................................................................................................................................... 4. No river in the world is longer than the Nile. The Nile .................................................................................................................................... 5. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. No mountain ............................................................................................................................. 6. This is the first time I have ever met such a pretty girl. She is ...................................................................................................................................... 7. He works much. He feels tired. The more .................................................................................................................................. 8. This computer works better than that one. That computer .......................................................................................................................... 9. The apartment is big. The rent is high. The bigger ................................................................................................................................ 10. We set off soon. We will arrive soon. The sooner ............................................................................................................................... 11. The joke is good. The laughter is loud. The better .................................................................................................................................. 12. She gets fat. She feels tired. The fatter .................................................................................................................................. 13. As he gets older, he wants to travel less.
The older .................................................................................................................................. 14. The children are excited with the difficult games. The more .................................................................................................................................. 15. I meet him much. I hate him much The more .................................................................................................................................. 16. My boss works better when he is pressed for time. The less.................................................................................................................................... 17. If you read many books, you will have much knowledge. The more .................................................................................................................................. 18. He speaks too much and people feel bored. The more .................................................................................................................................. 19. The growth in the economy makes people's living condition better. The more ................................................................................................................................... 20. People learn a lot of things as they travel far. The farther................................................................................................................................ 21. Her old house is bigger than her new one. Her new house ......................................................................................................................... 22. I can't cook as well as my mother. My mother can cook ................................................................................................................. 23. The black dress is more expensive than the white one. The white dress ......................................................................................................................... 24. There isn't anybody as kind-hearted as your mother. Your mother is .......................................................................................................................... 25. The black car is cheaper than the red car. The red car ................................................................................................................................ 26. This film is more interesting than that one. That film is ................................................................................................................................ 27. This is the most interesting film of all. No other films are ..................................................................................................................... 28. No cars in the world are more expensive than Japanese ones. Japanese cars .......................................................................................................................... 29. Other oceans in the world aren’t as large as the Pacific one. The Pacific Ocean is................................................................................................................. 30. No hotel in the city is as comfortable as this. This hotel is the ........................................................................................................................ Exercise 5: Khoanh vào chữ cái chỉ lỗi trong các câu sau 1.This girl is the most beautiful of the two daughters that he has. A B C D 2.Frank plays tennis worse of all the players. A B C D 3.The most he tries, the more he succeeds. A B C D 4.She can pronounce English words more correct than she could last term. A B C D
5.In this class, the students are talking more loudlier than the teacher. A B C D 6.This summer is hotter and winder than last summer. A B C D 7.You should practise English oftener to be a better speaker of English. A B C D 8.Ha Anh can now speak English more well than the last time I met him. A B C D 9. She is much more intelligent than Nam does. A B C D 10. The more rich he is, the more miserable he gets. A B CD
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 11:THE ORDERS OF THE ADJECTIVES I. Quy tắc Khi dù ng từ hai tính từ trở lên để miêu tả cho mộ t danh từ , nếu cá c tính từ cù ng loạ i thì ta phâ n cá ch chú ng bằ ng dấ u phẩ y, cò n nếu khá c loạ i thì ta xếp chú ng cạ nh nhau. Trậ t tự cá c tính từ đượ c quy định theo thứ tự sau:Mẹo ông sáu ăn súp của ông mập phì. Useful (hữ u ích), beautiful (đẹp), interesting (thú vị), lovely (đá ng yêu), delicious (ngon miệng), handsome (đẹp trai), glorious (lộ ng lẫ y), luxurious (sang trọ ng)
Page 70
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
OSASCOM P
Opinion
Size
Age
Shape
Color
Origin
Material
Purpose
big (to), small (nhỏ ), large (lớ n), huge (khổ ng lồ ), tiny (bé xíu), long (dà i), short (ngắ n), tall (cao)... old (già , cũ ), young (trẻ), new (mớ i), brandnew (mớ i toanh), ancient (cổ đạ i), modern (hiện đạ i),... round (trò n), triangle (tam giá c), cubic (hình hộ p), heart-shaped (hình trá i tim), flat (bằ ng phẳ ng), square (hình vuô ng)... black (đen), red (đỏ ), white (trắ ng), blue (xanh), yellow (và ng), cream (mà u kem), violet (tím), purple (đỏ tía), navy blue (xanh hả i quâ n.
Vietnamese, English, Indian, Thai, German, American,...
Silk (lụ a), gold (và ng), silver (bạ c), wooden (gỗ ), metal (kim loạ i), plastic (nhự a), leather (da), glass (thuỷ tinh), concrete (bê tô ng), ivory (ngà )...
sitting, sleeping, wedding, waiting...
Page 71
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: sắp xếp theo đúng trật tự tính từ 1. My sister lives in a (new/ nice/wooden/ black) house. 2. We are happy today because today is a (memorable/ training/ long) day. 3. My collogue has a (white/ Korean/ small/ old) car. 4. My friend and I often go home on (shopping/ new/ narrow/ crowed) street. 5. Mrs. Navy likes wearing a (red/ long/ lovely/ cotton) dress on special occasions. 6. The flower girl wore a (silk pretty white) dress at the wedding ceremony last night 7. She has (blue/ big/ glassy) eyes, so she is really different from others. 8. The little boy is wearing a (nice/ old/ blue/ big) pullover. 9. My grandparents live in a (magnificent/ two-storey/ spacious/ old) house during their lifetime. 10. My mother often wears a pair of (small/ comfortable/ black/ leather/ Chinese) gloves when she washes the dishes. 11. Mikes loves watching (old/ American/ successful) films in his free time. 12. She has a (pretty/ happy/ oval) face, so she is quite beautiful. 13. In the kitchen is a (round/ large/ wooden/ beautiful) table. 14. My friend bought a (brown/ nice/ leather/ Channel) belt from a shop on Tran Phu street. 15. Mrs. Annie looks so graceful because she has (black/ long/ beautiful) hair. 16. Her father spent money on (interesting/ Vietnamese/ oil/ old) paintings. 17. We bought some (German/ lovely/ old) glasses. 18. My teacher is a (Japanese/ tall/ kind/ middle-aged) man, so a lot of students love him. 19. We usually throw trash into (plastic/ black/ small/ convenient) bags. 20. My father wore a (cotton/ white/ new/ collarless) shirt to my cousin's wedding. Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1.They take their children to the park every day. A. lovely African small young B. African small young lovely C. small young lovely African D. young lovely African small 2.At first sight I met her. I was impressed with her . A. big beautiful round black eyes B. beautiful black big round eyes C. beautiful big round black eyes D. beautiful round big black eyes 3.This is a picture of a bus. A. red bright London B. bright red London C. London bright red D. London red bright 4. Lara goes to a temple every week. A. great big ancient Buddhist B. Buddhist great big ancient C. ancient great big Buddhist D. big great ancient Buddhist 5.There are some pictures in this newspaper. A. white interesting computer-generated new B. computer-generated white interesting new C. interesting new white computer-generated D. new interesting computer-generated white 6.She is doing extremely well in her graduate course. A. intensive one -year English B. one -year English intensive Page 72
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) C. intensive English one-year D. English intensive one-year 7.During the winter I like having a house. A. pretty small red wooden B. wooden pretty small red C. small pretty red wooden D. red wooden pretty small 8.I would like to have sports shoes to run in the park. A. grey medium leather comfortable B. comfortable medium grey leather C. comfortable leather grey medium D. medium leather comfortable grey 9.They say he's a student for his age. A. tall mature brilliant B. mature brilliant tall C. brilliant tall mature D. tall brilliant mature 10. The speaker is a professor. A. old short Spanish kind B. kind short old Spanish C. Spanish kind old short D. kind Spanish short old 11. My sister lives in a apartment. A. nice wooden new B. new nice wooden C. nice new wooden D. wooden nice new 12. My cousin bought a bowl. A. blue ancient lovely small B. lovely blue small ancient C. small blue ancient lovely D. lovely small ancient blue 13. They cook a meal for their children. A. delicious big traditional Vietnamese B. Vietnamese delicious big traditional C. traditional delicious big Vietnamese D. big delicious traditional Vietnamese 14. They are trying to build a house. A. four-bedroom elegant modern Italian B. modern elegant four-bedroom Italian C. Italian elegant four-bedroom modern D. elegant four-bedroom modern Italian 15. His brother presented her a clock. A. oval nice Japanese digital B. nice oval digital Japanese C. digital oval Japanese nice D. digital Japanese oval nice 16. The old man owns a coffee table. A. French beautiful round old B. beautiful French old round C. old round beautiful French D. beautiful old round French 17. My father has a box. A. old small black Turkish B. small old Turkish black C. small old black Turkish D. small Turkish old black 18. Jack’s father bought him a(n) bike as a birthday gift. A. blue Japanese expensive B. expensive Japanese blue C. Japanese expensive blue D. expensive blue Japanese 19. She is good at creating paintings. A. interesting Vietnamese new square B. square Vietnamese new interesting C. Vietnamese interesting square new D. interesting square new Vietnamese 20. My mother would like to buy a bag. A. big plastic blue Russian B. big Russian blue plastic Page 73
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) C. big blue Russian plastic D. Russian plastic big blue
Page 74
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 12: ARTICLES 1. Indefinite articles :A/ AN dùng trước danh từ số ít , đếm được => có nghĩa là “ một” CÁCH DÙNG MẠO TỪ A
Dùng trong 1 số cụm từ chỉ số lượng : a great number of...
Dùng khi tình huống được nhắc đến lần đầu tiên
Dùng với danh từ chỉ nghề nghiệp
Dù ng "a" trướ c danh từ bắ t đầ u bằ ng mộ t phụ âm
Đứng trước một danh từ mở đầu bằng "uni..." (a university/ a uniform)
CÁCH DÙNG MẠO TỪ AN
Page 75
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Trướ c mộ t danh từ bắ t đầ u bằ ng: 5 nguyên â m U, E, O, A, I
Nhữ ng từ mở đầ u bằ ng mộ t chữ viết tắ t (an S.O.S/ an M.P)
Nhữ ng danh từ bắ t đầ u bằ ng "h" câ m an heir/ hour/ herbal (Adj: thả o mộ c)/ honor/ honest
Page 76
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
2. Definite article :THE Dùng trước 1 danh từ đã được xác định, hoặc nhắc đến lần thứ 2 In the 1990s, in the summer, in the morning, the holiday Vật duy nhất trong vũ trụ : The earth, the moon, the sun, the sky, the sea, the stars, the equator 1. Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông ngòi, biển, vịnh và các hồ (ở sn) Ex: The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the Persian Gufl, the Great Lakes, the Netherlands ( Hà Lan ) 2. Trước tên các dãy núi Ex: The Hoang Lien Son Mountains 3. Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ Great Britain) Ex: The United States, The United
CÓ THE
4. Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần đảo hoặc một quần đảo Ex: The Philipines, The Hawaii 5. The + tên vùng nổi tiếng Ex: The Sahara dessert Nhạc cụ: play the piano , play the violin, on the radio
Các lực lượng: the army, the police
The + schools, the colleges, the universities + of + danh từ riêng Ex: The University of Florida - So sánh nhất - The + adj = Ns - The + số thứ tự + N Ex: The third chapter - The + tên họ số nhiều Ex: The Smiths
Page 77
in 2000, in June, On Friday, at night, during Christmas Trước các danh từ trừu tượng Ex: freedom, happiness, independence, honesty 1. Trước tên một hồ : Ex: Hoang Kiem lake 2. Trước tên một ngọn núi : Ex: Mount Vesuvius 3. Trước tên các nước có 1 từ: Ex: Laos, Vietnam 4. trước tên các nước bắt đầu bằng “New” hoặc chỉ hướng Ex: New Zealand, North Korean KHÔNG THE
5. Trước tên hành tinh, chòm sao Ex: Venus. Mars 6.Tỉnh, thành phố, quận , huyện Môn thể thao: play football, play sports, play music Trước tên các môn học: physics, maths On foot, by bus, by car - N đi với số đếm: chapter three - bữa ăn , món ăn : breakfast, dinner, lunch, rice, fish. - màu sắc, vật liệu Ex: red, white, steel, iron - Các loại bệnh : Cold - Khi DT có tính từ hoặc đại từ sở hữu
PRACTICE EXERCISES Fill in the blanks with a, an, the or (zero article) Exercise 1: 1. My sister often goes to church by bus. 2. Mel's mother is in hospital, so we went to visit her last night. 3. Rita is studying English and Maths this semester. 4. Do you know man who is waiting for the bus over there? 5. Please give me cup of coffee with cream and sugar. 6. big books which are on table are for my history class. 7. My car is four years old, and it still runs well. 8. There are only few seats for tonight's musical. 9. chair that you are sitting in is broken. 10. The Civil War was fought in United States between 1861 and 1865. 11. We went by train to the west of England. 12. people who live in Scotland are called the Scots. 13. This house is very nice. Has it got garden? 14. There isn't airport near where I live. nearest airport is 70 miles away. 15. Did you have nice holiday? Yes, It was best holiday I've ever had. 16. Mai always plays piano whenever she has free time. 17. My daughter was born on fifth of January. 18. Yesterday I went to school by bus because my bike had been broken down. 19. It takes me hour to finish my work. 20. She used to have cat and dog but dog died. Exercise 2: 1. English is spoken all over world. 2. deaf are unable to hear anything. 3. I like studying Maths best. 4. People all over the world like football. 5. tea is produced in Thai Nguyen. 6. I wish today were on Sunday. 7. I often have breakfast at 6:00 pm and lunch at 11:00 pm. 8. She gave me apple and gave Lan 2 apples. 9. Smiths are going to Halong Bay next summer. 10. If I won the lottery, first I would buy piece of land in the country. 11. This morning I bought a newspaper and magazine. newspaper is in my bag but I. don't know where I put magazine. 12. Wayle is small river that cuts across park near my house. 13. Maria comes from United States. She is American girl. 14. The boy said: " Moon is bigger than Earth." 15. I bought car last week. car is over there. 16. I need few apples but lot of suggar. 17. Where is nearest shop? There is one at end of this street.
18. There are 2 cars parked outside: blue one and grey one. one belongs to my neighbours and I don't know who owner of is. 19 My friends live in old house in small village. There is garden behind house. I would like to have garden like that. 20. What did you eat for breakfast this morning?
blue grey one beautiful
Exercise 3: 1.John and Mary went to school yesterday and then studied in library before returning home. 2.On our trip to Spain, we crossed Atlantic Ocean. 3.Rita plays violin and her sister plays guitar. 4. farmers who are working hard on their land almost get nothing for their lifetime. 5.David played basketball and baseball at Boy's club this year. 6.The political science class is taking trip to France in Spring. 7.Last night there was bird singing outside my house. 8.She would like to enjoy Sun rising, so she often gets up early. 9.He is honest person. 10. My father went to sea when he was 14. 11. When do you hope to go university? to 12. He is one-eyed man. 13. There is useful method of learning English. 14. I've got uncle. 15. Your shoes are under bed. 16. There is a strike at hospital. 17. There is onion left in the fridge. 18. There is a splendid (long lay) view of Lake Geneva from his hotel. 19. She is nurse, so her work is to take care of sick. 20. Summer is warmest season but summer of 1971 was unusually cool. Exercise 4: 1. blind are people who can't see anything. 2. deaf are people who can't hear anything. 3. My hometown is on the bank of Hong river. 4. Tung's father bought him bicycle that he had wanted for his birthday. 5. My mother goes to church in morning. 6. I eat banana every day. 7. Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at sea. 8. There are billions of stars in space. 9. He tried to park his car but the space wasn't large enough. 10. We had dinner in a restaurant. 11. We had meal in a restaurant. 12. rose is my favourite color. 13. When was computer invented? 14. My daughter plays piano very well.
15. Mary loves
flowers.
16. Jill went to hospital to see her friend. 17. Mrs. Lan went to school to meet her son's daughter. 18. Carol went to prison to meet her brother. 19. Sandra works at a big hospital. She's nurse. 20. She works six days week. Exercise 5: 1. Sun is a star. 2. What did you have for breakfast this morning? 3. London is capital of England. 4. When was telephone invented? 5. We visited Canada and United States two years ago. 6. We haven't been to cinema for years. 7. Do you need umbrella? 8. injured man was taken to hospital. 9. She went out without money. 10. Toshi speaks Japanese at home. 11. A man and a woman were standing outside my house man looked English but I think woman was foreign. 12. The Soviet Union was first country to send a man into space. 13. Did you watch "Titanic" on television or at cinema? 14. After lunch, we went for a walk by sea. 15. Peru is country in South America. capital is Lima. 16. It was a beautiful day. sun shone brightly in sky. 17. It is said that Robin Hood robbed rich and gave the money to poor. 18. Life is not so easy for unemployed. 19. Many people were killed in the accident. The bodies of dead were taken away. 20. The butler (người quản gia) was last person I suspected.
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 13: WORD FORMATION A. CÁCH CẤU TẠO CỦA TỪ I. Cách cấu tạo của danh từ STT Quy tắc Ví dụ 1 develop (v) + ment = development (n): sự phá t triển V + ment N entertain (v) + ment = entertainment (n): sự giả i trí 2 attend (v) + ance = attendance (n): sự tham dự V + ance N perform (v) + ance = performance (n): sự thự c hiện, sự biểu diễn 3 invent (v) + ion = invention (n): sự phá t minh V + ion/ation N inform (v) + ion = information (n): thô ng tin 4 marry (v) + age = marriage (n): hô n nhâ n V + age N carry (v) + age = carriage (n): sự chuyên chở hà ng hoá , xe ngự a 5 survive (v) + al = survival (n): sự số ng só t V + al N arrive (v) + al = arrival (n): sự đến, tớ i 6 teach (v) + ing = teaching (n): cô ng việc dạ y họ c V + ing N train (v) + ing = training (n): cô ng việc đà o tạ o 7 V + er ^ N work (v) + er = worker (n): cô ng nhâ n employ (v) + er = employer (n): ô ng chủ 8 V + or N act (v) + or = actor (n): diễn viên 9 act (v) + ress = actress (n): nữ diễn viên V + ress N wait (v) + ress = waitress (n): nữ bồ i bà n 10 assist (v) + ant = assistant (n): trợ lí V + ant N depend (v) + ant = dependant (n): ngườ i phụ thuộ c 11 employ (v)+ ee = employee (n): cô ng nhâ n V + ee N interview (v) + ee = interviewee (n): ngườ i đi phỏ ng vấ n 12 know (v) + ledge = knowledge (n): sự hiểu biết, kiến thứ c V + ledge N 13 type (v) + ist = typist (n): ngườ i đá nh má y V + ist N 14 lie (v) + ar = liar (n): kẻ nó i dố i V + ar N 15 depend (v) + ence = dependence (n): sự phụ thuộ c V + ence N 16 rich (a) + ness = richness (n): sự giàu có Adj + ness N polite (a) + ness = politeness (n): sự lịch sự 17 able (a) + ity = ability (n): khả nă ng, nă ng lự c Adj + ity N responsible (a) + ity = responsibility (n): trách nhiệm 18 honest (a) + y = honesty (n): sự thậ t thà Adj + y N 19 certain (a) + ty = certainty (n): sự chắ c chắ n Adj + ty N 20 short (a) + age = shortage (n): sự thiếu hụ t Adj + age N 21 proficient (a) + cy = proficiency (n): sự giỏ i, sự thà nh thạ o Adj + cy N 22 free (a) + doom = freedom (n): sự tự do Adj + dom N 23 social (a) + ism = socialism (n): chủ nghĩa xã hộ i Adj + ism N terror (n) + ism = terrorism (n): chủ nghĩa khủ ng bố N1 + ism N2 24 warm (a) + th = warmth (n): sự ấ m á p, sự niềm nở Adj + th N wide (a) + th = width (n): bề rộ ng, bề ngang 25 child (n) + hood = childhood (n): thờ i thơ ấu N1 + hood N2
Page 83
26
N1 + ship N2
II. Cách cấu tạo của động từ STT Quy tắc 1 Adj + en V 2
En + Adj V
3 4
N + en V Adj + ise/ize V
5 N + fy V III. Cách cấu tạo của tính từ STT Quy tắc 1
N + ly Adj
2
N + fill Adj
3
N + less Adj
4
N + ic Adj
5
N + able Adj
6
N + ous Adj
7
N + some Adj
8
N + al Adj
9
N + ing/ed Adj
10
N + ern = Adj
11
N + y = Adj
12 13 14
N + ible = Adj V + ent Adj V + ive Adj N + ive Adj
15
N + like Adj
16
N + ish Adj
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) neighbor (n) + hood = neighborhood (n): vù ng lâ n cậ n friend (n) + ship = friendship (n): tình bạ n member (n) + ship = membership (n): tư cá ch hộ i viên, số hộ i viên Ví dụ wide (a) + en = widen (v): mở rộ ng short (a) + en = shorten (v): thu ngắ n, rú t ngắ n en + rich (a) = enrich (v): là m già u en + large (a) = enlarge (v): tă ng lên, phó ng to length (n) + en = lengthen (v): là m dà i ra, kéo dà i ra social (a) + ise/ize = socialize (v): xã hộ i hoá , hoà nhậ p industrial (a) + ise/ize = industrialize (v): cô ng nghiệp hoá beauty (n) + fy = beautify (v): là m đẹp
Ví dụ friend (n) + ly = friendly (adj): thâ n thiện love (n) + ly = lovely (a): đá ng yêu care (n) + ful = careful (a): cẩ n thậ n success (n) + ful = successful (a): thà nh cô ng home (n) + less = homeless (a): vô gia cư hope (n) + less = hopeless (a): vô vọ ng economy (n) + ic = economic (a): thuộ c về kinh tế history (n) + ic = historic (a): có tính chấ t lịch sử reason (n) + able = reasonable (a): có lí, hợ p lí comfort (n) + able = comfortable (a): thoả i mái danger (n) + ous = dangerous (a): nguy hiểm industry (n) + ous = industrious (a): chă m chỉ trouble (n) + some = troublesome (a): gâ y rắc rố i, khó chịu hand (n) + some = handsome (a): đẹp trai nation (n) + al = national (a): thuộ c quố c gia nature (n) + al = natural (a): thuộ c về tự nhiên interest (n) + ing/ed = interesting /interested (a): thú vị/thích thú bore (n) + ing/ed = boring/ bored (a): tẻ nhạ t/buồ n chá n west (n) + ern = western (a): về phía tâ y, ở phía tâ y south (n) + ern = southern (a): về phía nam, ở phía nam rain (n) + y = rainy (a): có mưa sun (n) + y = sunny (a): có nhiều á nh nắ ng response (n) + ible = responsible (a): có trá ch nhiệm depend (v) + ent = dependent (a): phụ thuộ c impress (v) + ive = impressive (a): ấ n tượ ng invent (v) + ive = inventive (a): có tà i phá t minh, có ó c sá ng tạ o expense (n) + ive = expensive (a):.đắ t child (n) + like = childlike (a): như trẻ con, ngâ y thơ, thậ t thà god (n) + like = godlike (n): như thầ n, như thá nh fool (n) + ish = foolish (a): dạ i dộ t, ngu xuẩ n
Page 84
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) self (n) + ish = selfish (a): ích kỉ IV. Cách cấu tạo của trạng từ STT Quy tắc 1 Adj + ly Adv
Ví dụ slow (a) + ly = slowly (adv): mộ t cá ch chậ m chạ p rapid (a) + ly = rapidly (adv): mộ t cá ch nhanh chó ng
* Lưu ý: STT Quy tắc 1 N + ly Adj
Ví dụ like + ly = likely (a) quick + ly = quickly (adv) arrive + al = arrival (n) nation + al = national (a) teach + ing = teaching (n) bore + ing = boring (a) honest + y = honesty (n) wind + y = windy (a)
Adj+ ly Adv V + al = N N + al = Adj V + ing = N N + ing= Adj Adj + y = N N + y = Adj
2 3 4
- Fast vừ a là tính từ vừ a là trạ ng từ . Do đó , khô ng có dạ ng "fastly". - Hard (chă m chỉ, vấ t vả, cự c nhọ c) vừ a là tính từ , vừ a là trạ ng từ . + Hardly mang nghĩa là hiếm khi, hầ u như khô ng chứ khô ng mang nghĩa là chăm chỉ, vấ t vả . - Trạ ng từ củ a tính từ "good" là từ "well". Do đó , khô ng có dạ ng "goodly". Vị trí từ loại trong cấu trúc câu 1. Noun = N ( Danh từ ) - Sau Adj + N - Sau giớ i từ ( in, on.. from, at , with..) + N - Sau tính từ sở hữ u ( my/ your/ their/ his / her..) + N - a / an + adj + N - The + N - This / That + Nit - These / Those + Ns - One of ……+ N số nhiều - Trước V làm chủ từ trong câu - Sau enough (enough + N) 3 . Verb = V ( Động từ )
- S + V ( chia theo thì )
2 . Adj ( Tính từ ) - Trướ c N - Sau be / look / feel / seem / make / become / find/ get / keep - Sau Trạ ng từ - Sau too (be + too + adj) - Trước enough (be + adj + enough) - Trong cấu trúc: be + so + adj + that - A, an, the, this, that, his, her, their, my,... + (Adj) + Noun . Trong câu cảm thán: - How + adj + S + V! - What + (a/an) + adj + N! 4. Adv ( Trạng từ ) - Sau Vthườ ng ( S + V thườ ng + Adv) - Trước Adj - Adv, S + V (Đầu câu hoặ c trước dẩ u phẩ y) - Be + adv + V3 / Ved - S + trợ độ ng từ + adv + V
Xem phía sau khoả ng trố ng nếu là N thì ta dù ng Adj Be + adj V thườ ng + Adv Á p dụ ng tiếp cá c trườ ng hợ p cò n lạ i Page 85
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1.Faraday made many in the field of physics and chemistry. A. discover B. discoveries C. discovered D. discovering 2.Faraday was an in Davy's laboratory. A. assistance B. assist C. assistant D. assisted 3.The generator is one of Faraday's most important . A. achievements B. achievement C. achieve D. achieving 4.His of the generator is very famous. A. invent B. inventive C. invention D. inventor 5. We will our English vocabulary if we read English books every day. A. rich B. richness C. enrich D. richly 6.You study very well. It's that you will fail the exam. A. possible B. impossible C. possibility D. impossibility 7.Lan always shares her with me. A. sadness B. sad C. sadly D. unsad 8.These children have the to imitate animals' voice. A. able B. ability C. disable D. disability 9.Money doesn't bring to man. A. happy B. happiness C. happily D. unhappy 10. Good students aren't intelligent students. A. necessary B. necessity C. necessarily D. unnecessary Exercise 2: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1. I don't believe what he has just said. It is A. reason B. unreasonable C. reasonably D. reasoning 2. The teacher does everything in order to her students. A. courage B. encourage C. encouragement D. encouraged 3. What is his ? Is he American or English? A. national B. nationality C. nationalize D. international 4. You should spend your free time . A. useful B. useless C. usefully D. uselessly 5. Please decide what you want to do. You must make a A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decisively 6. He is interested in the of old buildings. A. preserve B. preservation C. preservative D. preserved 7. He has very high of his only son. A. expect B. expectation C. expected D. expectedly 8. All of us need the of fresh air. A. provide B. provided C. provision D. provisions 9. Farmers need to crops. A. rotation B. rotate C. rotational D. rotationally Page 86
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. We are discussing about a problem of great A. important B. importance C. importantly
D. import
Exercise 3: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1.He doesn't have a job. He is A. employed B. unemployed C. employer D. employee 2.The cost of must be paid by the buyer. A. carry B. carriage C. carrying D. carried 3.We have to the natural resources of our country. A. conservation B. conserve C. conserved D. conservational 4.The industrial will lead to the country's prosperity. A. develop B. development C. developing D. developed 5.Forests must be managed A. careless B. careful C. carefully D. care 6.Her from school without any excuse made the teacher angry. A. absent B. absence C. absently D. absences 7. The little boy felt very because his parents did not let him go with them. A. disappoint B. disappointment C. disappointed D. disappointing 8.Your new dress makes you more A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautify D. beautifully 9.There are a lot of differences in England. A. region B. regional C. regionally D. regions 10. The surgeons tried their best to save his life, but unfortunately the operation was A. success B. successful C. unsuccessful D. sucsessfully Exercise 4: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1. During his the family lived in Cornwall. A. child B. childlike C. childish D. childhood 2. How many were there in all? A. compete B. competitions C. competitive D. competitors 3. We won't buy the car until the arises. A. necessary B. necessity C. necessarily D. unnecessary 4. waste is one of the causes of air pollution. A. Industrious B. Industrial C. industry D. industrialization 5. Mount Vesurius is an volcano. A. act B. active C. action D. activity 6. He is confident enough to express his opinion A. comfortable B. comfort C. comfortably D. uncomfortable 7. She is so busy with activities that she has no time for entertainment. A. society B. social C. sociable D. socialization 8. One day, young Faraday attended a lecture given by a scientist, Sir Humphry Davy. A. famous B. fame C. famously D. infamous 9. He has been very interested in doing research on since he was at high school. A. Biology B. biological C. biologist D. biologically Page 87
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. You are old enough to take for what you have done. A. responsible B. responsibility C. responsibly
D. irresponsible
Exercise 5: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1. These quick and easy can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost. A. solve B. solvable C. solutions D. solvability 2. He was looking at his parents , waiting for recommendations. A. obey B. obedience C. obedient D. obediently 3. The interviews with parents showed that the vast majority were of teachers. A. support B. supportive C. supporter D. supporting 4. It is of you to leave the medicine where the children could reach it. A. care B. caring C. careless D. careful 5. For reasons, passengers are requested not to leave any luggage unattended. A. secure B. securely C. security D. securing 6. The leader of the explorers had the great in his native guide. A. confident B. confidence C. confidential D. confidentially 7. We are impressed by his to help us with the hard mission. A. will B. willing C. willingness D. willingly 8. Although they are twins, they have almost the same appearance but they are seldom in A. agree B. agreeable C. agreement D. agreeably 9. The more and positive you look, the better you will feel. A. confide B. confident C. confidently D. confidence 10. It is reported that humans are the main reason for most species' declines and habitat and degradation are the leading threats. A. destroy B. destructive C. destructor D. destruction Exercise 6: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1. Many Vietnamese people their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation. A. sacrifice B. sacrificed C. sacrificial D. sacrificially 2. They had a candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage. A. romance B. romantic C. romantically D. romanticize 3. Are there any between Vietnamese and American culture? A. differences B. different C. differently D. differential 4. Some people are concerned with physical when choosing a wife or husband. A. attractive B. attraction C. attractiveness D. attractively 5. What could be more than a wedding on a tropical island? A. romance B. romantic C. romanticize D. romanticism 6. In my hometown, many people still believe in marriage. A. contract B. contractual C. contracts D. contracting 7. Though their performance was not perfect yet, the students held the audience's until the end. A. attentive B. attention C. attentively D. attentional
Page 88
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 8. The survey will cover various ways of the different attitudes toward love and marriage of today's youth. A. determination B. determine C. determined D. determining 9. Both Asian and Western students seem about how to answer the questionnaire of the survey. A. confusedly B. confused C. confusing D. confusion 10. She was unaware of the embarrassing situation due to her different cultural background. A. complete B. completed C. completing D. completely Exercise 7: Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 1.What is more important to you, intelligence or ? A. attraction B. attractiveness C. attractive D. attract 2. They started, as gatherings but they have become increasingly formalized in the last few years. A. informal B. informally C. informalize D. informality 3.Children who are isolated and lonely seem to have poor language and A. communicate B. communication C. communicative D. communicator 4.There is a wide range of in the education system of the USA. A. select B. selective C. selected D. selection 5.As an , Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency. A. educate B. education C. educator D. educative 6.He did not do well at school and left with few qualifications. A. academic B. academy C. academician D. academically 7. The Minister of the Education and Training Department appeared on TV last night to his new policy. A. public B. publicly C. publicize D. publicizing 8.He owed his success not to privilege but to self-education and a driving desire for . A. achieve B. achiever C. achievement D. achievable 9. To Vietnamese students, the examination to university is very difficult. A. require B. requirement C. requisite D. required 10. Despite many recent advances, there are parts where schools are not equipped with computers. A. technology B. technological C. technologically D. technologist
Page 89
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 14:EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY
Thường nằm trong phần gap filling Cách dùng MANY MUCH Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là - MANY = a large number of/a MUCH = a great deal of/a large amount great many/ a majority of/ a of... “NHIỀU” wide variety of/ a wide range of - Dù ng vớ i danh từ không đếm được. - Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm được. MANY + MUCH = A lot of/lots of/plenty of/a (large) quantity of (Dù ng vớ i cả danh từ cả đếm được và không đếm được). Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là A FEW A LITTLE “MỘT ÍT” - Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c. - Dù ng vớ i danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c. Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là FEW LITTLE “HẦU NHƯ KHÔNG/ RẤT - Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c. - Dù ng vớ i danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c. ÍT” Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là SOME ANY “MỘT VÀI” - Dù ng trong câ u khẳng định và - Dù ng trong câ u phủ định, nghi vấn và trong câ u nghi vấ n khi mang ý dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định khi nó mang ý mờ i/đề nghị. nghĩa là “bấ t cứ ”. Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là ALL BOTH “TẤT CẢ” - Dù ng để chỉ từ ba người/vật - Dù ng để chỉ cả hai người/vật (cả hai). (tấ t cả ) trở lên. Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là NONE NEITHER/EITHER “KHÔNG” - Dù ng để chỉ từ ba người/vật - Dù ng để chỉ cả hai người/vật đều khô ng. trở lên đều khô ng. Trong đó : + Neither: dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định. + Either: dù ng trong câ u phủ định. Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là MOST MOST OF “HẦU HẾT” Most + N = most of + the/tính từ sở hữu + N Most people Most of the Vietnamese people Lưu ý: MOSTLY (chủ yếu là ): dù ng như mộ t trạng từ ALMOST (gầ n như): dù ng như mộ t trạ ng từ bổ trợ cho độ ng từ , tính từ , danh từ . Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là “MỖl/MỌI”
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là “CÁI KHÁC/NGƯỜI KHÁC”
EACH EVERY EACH/EVERY: dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c số ít - Dù ng vớ i danh từ số nhiều khi có số lượ ng cụ thể. OTHER ANOTHER - Other + danh từ khô ng đếm - Another + danh từ số ít đượ c. - Another + one - Other + danh từ số nhiều - Another + số đếm + danh từ số nhiều Page 90
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) - Other + ones - Others đượ c sử dụ ng như đạ i từ . Lưu ý: Phân biệt “other” và “others”: - Theo sau “other” thườ ng là mộ t danh từ hoặ c đạ i từ . - Mặ t khá c “others”, bả n thâ n nó là mộ t đạ i từ và theo sau nó khô ng có bấ t kì mộ t danh từ nà o cả . Sự khác nhau giữa THE OTHER - THE OTHERS: - The other: cá i cò n lạ i trong hai cá i, hoặ c ngườ i cò n lạ i trong hai ngườ i,... - The others: nhữ ng cá i cò n lạ i hoặ c nhữ ng ngườ i cò n lạ i trong mộ t nhó m có nhiều thứ hoặ c nhiều ngườ i.
- Another đượ c sử dụ ng như đạ i từ
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn một trong hai từ thích hợp để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau l. He doesn't have (many/much) money. 2. I would like (a few/a little) salt on my vegetables. 3. There are (less/fewer) boys than girls in this class. 4. I don't want (some/any) eggs but I want (some/any) cheese. 5. They have given (a large number of/a great deal of) time on training. 6. This jacket costs too (much/many). 7. (Most/Most of) the students know the answer to that question. 8. There (are too many/is too much)traffic on the street at rush hours. 9. He bought (much/many) furniture for her new apartment which she has bought recently. 10. (Some/Some of) the people I work with are very friendly. 11. Both men (was/were) interested in this job in the interview yesterday. 12. There are four books on the table. (Each/All) has a different colour. 13. He has two bookstores. One is in Thac Mo. (The other/Another) is in Phuoc Binh. 14. (Neither/None) restaurant is expensive. 15. Did you take (any/some) photographs when you were on holiday? 16. The news has (many/plenty of) important information. 17. (Neither/Neither of) the restaurants we went to were expensive. 18. Every seat in the theater last night (was/were) taken. 19. The Olympic games are held (every/many) four years. 20. They went from one shop to (another/other). Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau 1.I’m afraid we no longer sell that model of laptop because we had a lot of complaints. A. so B. such C. enough D. too 2.There was hardly money left in the bank account. A. no more B. some C. no D. any Page 91
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 3.Gardeners transplant bushes and flowers by moving them from one place to . A. other B. others C. another D. each other 4. In developed world, there are not jobs left which don’t use computers to carry out many daily tasks. A. some B. any C. none D. much. 5.She spent her free time watching TV. A. a few B. most of C. a lot D. most 6.Unfortunately, we've made A. little progress B. a few progresses C. little progresses D. few progress 7. students in our class is 45. A. A large amount of B. A lot of C. A number of D. The number of 8.The two cars for sale were in poor condition, so I didn't buy A. neither of them B. either of them C. each of them D. none of them 9. The pair of jeans I bought for my son didn't fit him, so I went to the store and asked for A. the other ones B. others ones C. another pair D. another jeans 10. This winter wasn't as difficult as last winter. A. almost B. nearly C. closely D. just 11. If you book in advance you will certainly have a better table at our restaurant. A. mostly B. almost C. most D. the most 12. Our village had money available for education that the schools had to close. A. so little B. such little C. so much D. such much 13. I had a red pen but I seem to have lost it; I think I'd better buy one. A. the other B. another C. others D. the 14. companies have announced economic losses recently. A. A large number of B. A several of C. A great deal of D. Plenty of the 15. In life, can make a mistake; we're all human. A. anyone B. someone C. some people D. not anybody 16. Peter has been studying for almost three years and he will have this degree and return to his country in six months. A. others B. the other C. other D. another 17. John contributed fifty dollars, but ho wishes he could contribute . A. more fifty dollars B. one other fifty dollars C. the same amount also D. another fifty 18. In the United States, the states but Hawaii is an island. A. all of B. neither of C. none of D. no of 19. of transportation has given someone the idea for a new type of toy. A Mostly forms B. Most every form C. Almost forms D. Almost every form 20. Joanne has only one eye, she lost A. other B. other ones C. another one D. the other 21. her fiction describes women in unhappy marriages. A. Many of B. A large number of C. A great volume of D. Much of 22. Is there at all I can help? A. everything B. anything C. something D. one thing 23. John paid $2 for his meal, he had thought it would cost. A. not as much B. not so much as C. less as D. not so many as Page 92
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 24. He has money in the bank. A. a large number of B. lot of C. a lots of D. a lot of 25. Nuclear engines operate without air and consume fuel than other engines do. A. much less B. much fewer C. a lot higher D. far more 26. Only three of students in my class are girls, are all boys. A. the other B. others C. other student D. the others 27. Researchers have discovered 2,000 types of new plants but also say are at risk. A. many B. much C. the other D. variety 28. There is too bad news on TV tonight. A. many B. much C. a few D. a little 29. He bought three shirts; one for him and for his children. A. others B. the other C. another D. the others 30. study hard before an examination. A. Most the students B. Most of the students C. Most of students D. Almost students 31. There are several means of mass communication. The newspaper is one. Television is A. another B. other C. the another D. the other 32. They asked me a lot of questions, I couldn't answer. A. much of which B. both of them C. neither of which D. most of which 33. Actors and pop stars are known for their extravagant spending habits and end up broke. A. them all B. many of whom C. many of them D. many of which 34. He had spent time writing an essay on his childhood. A. a few B. a large number of C. a great deal of D. many 35. The writer has finished his new novel. A. most of B. most C. all most D. almost 36. Unemployment is a serious problem in the area; there are jobs for the people there. A. a little B. a few C. few D. little 37. All the boys are good at cooking, but is as good as the girls. A. either B. neither C. every D. none 38. Scandinavia consists of four countries. One is Denmark, are Finland, Norway and Sweden. A. others B. the other C. the others Đ. other 39. People usually can get sufficient of the calcium their bodies need from the food they consume. A. variety B. source C. amount D. number 40. They have considered all the 100 applications, seem suitable for the position. A. neither of them B. neither of which C. none of them D. none of which Exercise 3: Tìm lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng. 1.She had so many luggage that there was not enough room in the car for it. A B C D 2.There are such many planets in the universe that we cannot count them. A B C D 3.Many hundred years ago, there were many villages and little towns in England. Page 93
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A B C D 4.Almost medical doctors have had some training in psychology and psychiatry. A B C D 5. Good scientists always cooperate with each others no matter what their nationalities are. A B C D 6. Tom said that if he had to do another homework tonight, he would not be able attend the concert. A B C D 7.In Canada much people speak English because they also came from England many years ago. A B C D 8.We didn't have many knowledge about physics. A B C D 9. Neither of the scout leaders know how to trap wild animals or how to prepare them for mounting. A B C D 10. The Earth is the only planet with a large number of oxygen in its atmosphere. A B C D
Page 94
MODULE 15: PASSIVE VOICES Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
A. LÍ THUYẾT Câu bị động là loạ i câ u đượ c sử dụ ng khi chú ng ta muố n nhấ n mạ nh và o bả n thâ n mộ t hà nh độ ng, chủ thể thự c hiện hà nh độ ng hay tá c nhâ n gâ y ra hà nh độ ng dù là ai hay vậ t gì đó khô ng quá quan trọ ng. Điều kiện để có thể biến đổ i mộ t câ u từ chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng là độ ng từ trong câ u chủ độ ng phả i là ngoạ i độ ng từ (Transitive Verb). Ngoại động từ (Transitive Verb) là gì? Nội động từ (Intransitive Verb) là gì? Ngoạ i độ ng từ diễn tả hà nh độ ng tá c độ ng trự c Nộ i độ ng từ diễn tả hà nh độ ng dừ ng lạ i vớ i tiếp lên ngườ i hoặ c vậ t, nó luô n đượ c theo sau ngườ i nó i hay ngườ i thự c hiện nó . Nộ i độ ng từ bở i mộ t tâ n ngữ . Nếu thiếu tâ n ngữ , câ u sẽ khô ng khô ng cầ n có tâ n ngữ trự c tiếp đi kèm theo. Nếu hoà n chỉnh. có tâ n ngữ thì phả i có giớ i từ đi trướ c; tâ n ngữ Ví dụ :He bought a bunch of flowers. (Anh ta mua nà y đượ c gọ i là tâ n ngữ củ a giớ i từ mộ t bó hoa hồ ng.) (prepositional object), khô ng phả i là tâ n ngữ (Ngoạ i độ ng từ luô n cầ n thêm yếu tố bên ngoà i là trự c tiếp. mộ t danh từ hay đạ i từ theo sau để hoà n tấ t Ví dụ :He has just left. (Anh ta vừ a đi rồ i.) nghĩa củ a câ u. Trong câ u trên, chú ng ta khô ng We were at home last night. (Chú ng tô i ở nhà tố i thể nó i "He bought” rồ i ngừ ng lạ i. Danh từ đi qua.) theo ngay sau ngoạ i độ ng từ đượ c gọ i là tâ n ngữ .) Ngoại động từ có dạng: S + V + O…. Nội động từ có dạng : S + V/ S + V + A 1. Quy tắc chuyển đổi từ chủ động sang bị động: Để chuyển từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng, cầ n nắ m chắ c cá c bướ c chuyển sau: + Bướ c 1: Xá c định tâ n ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng (tâ n ngữ đứ ng sau độ ng từ chính củ a câ u). + Bướ c 2: Lấ y tâ n ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng xuố ng là m chủ ngữ củ a câ u bị độ ng. + Bướ c 3: Độ ng từ ở câ u bị độ ng chia giố ng thì vớ i độ ng từ ở câ u chủ độ ng, theo cô ng thứ c (BE + VP2). + Bướ c 4: Đặ t "by" trướ c chủ ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng rồ i đặ t chú ng xuố ng cuố i câ u bị độ ng hoặ c trướ c trạ ng từ thờ i gian. S V O
S V(be + V3/ed) (by +O) + Nếu chủ ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng là : people, everyone, someone, anyone, no one, ... thì đượ c bỏ đi trong câ u bị độ ng. + Nếu chủ ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng là : I, you, we, they, he, she thì có thể bỏ đi trong câ u bị độ ng nếu ta khô ng muố n đề cậ p tớ i chủ thể gâ y ra hà nh độ ng. + Nếu chủ ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng là ngườ i hoặ c vậ t trự c tiếp gâ y ra hà nh độ ng thì dù ng "by" nhưng giá n tiếp gâ y ra hà nh độ ng thì dù ng "with".
Page 95
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 2. Bảng công thức các thì ở thể bị động:
TENSES
ACTIVE VOICES
PASSIVE VOICES
1. Present simple tense (hiện tạ i đơn) 2. Past simple tense (quá khứ đơn) 3. Present continuous tense (hiện tạ i tiếp diễn) 4. Past continuous tense (quá khứ tiếp diễn) 5. Present perfect tense (hiện tạ i hoà n thà nh) 6. Past perfect tense (quá khứ hoà n thà nh) 7. Simple future tense (tương lai đơn) 8. near future tense (tương lai gầ n) 9. Modal verbs (độ ng từ khuyết thiếu)
S + Vs/es
S + am/is/are + V3/ed
S + Ved/2
S + was/were + V3/ed
S + am/is/are + V-ing
S + had + V3/ed
S + am/is/are + being + V3/ed S + was/were + being + V3/ed S + have/has + been + V3/ed S+ had + been + V3/ed
S + Will + V(bare)
S + will + be + V3/ed
S + was/were + V-ing S + have/has + V3/ed
S + am/is/are + going to + V(bare) S +modal verbs + V(bare)
S + am/is/are + going to + be + V3/ed S +modal verbs + be + V3/ed
SPECIAL FORMS: ( DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT ) 1. BỊ ĐỘNG CỦA CÂU HỎI Để chuyển từ câu chủ động sarag câu bị động của câu hỏi, ta làm theo các bước sau: - Bướ c 1: Chuyển từ câ u hỏ i sang câ u khẳ ng định. Ví dụ :Did you buy the shirt two days ago? You bought the shirt two days ago. - Bướ c 2: Chuyển câ u khẳ ng định trên sang câ u bị độ ng. Ví dụ :You bought the shirt two days ago. The shirt was bought two days ago. - Bướ c 3: Chuyển câ u bị độ ng trên về dạ ng nghi vấ n bằ ng cá ch chuyển từ ngay sau chủ ngữ lên trướ c chủ ngữ . Ví dụ :The shirt was bought two days ago. Was the shirt bought two days ago? 2.BỊ ĐỘNG KÉP VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ CHỈ QUAN ĐIỂM Active( chủ động) Passive ( bị động) S1 + V1 + (that) + S2 + V2 C1: It+be(thì củ a V1)+ V3/ed( V1)+ that+S2+ V2 C2: To V ( cùng Thì) (Know/think/Believe/report/say) S2+be(thì củ a V1)+V3/ed( V1)+ To + have + V3/ed (#thì) Ex: They think that she is innocent => It is thought that she is innocent => She is thought to be innocent Ex:The rumored he was living there => It was rumored thet he was living there => He was rumored to be living there
Page 96
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Gợi ý các nhóm cùng bậc thì và khác bậc thì Cùng Thì Khác thì HTĐ-HTĐ HTĐ-QKĐ HTĐ-HTTD HTĐ-HTHT HTĐ-TLĐ QKĐ-QKHT QKĐ-QKĐ QKĐ-QKTD Hoặc hiểu cách chính xác hơn -Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra trướ c hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t ta dù ng : to have + V3/ed -Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra đồ ng thờ i vớ i hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t Ta dù ng : to + V1 -Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra sau hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t 3.BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI TO-V/V-ING Bị động của động từ TO V a. S + V + TO + V + O Câ u chủ độ ng: S+V + TO + V + O Câ u bị độ ng: S + V + TO BE + VP2 They began to plant rubber trees long ago. Rubber trees began to be planted long ago. b. S + V+O1 + TO + V + O2 * Nếu S = O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau: Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + TO + V + O2 Câ u bị độ ng: S + V + TO BE + VP2 + BY + O1 He expected his family to pick him up at the airport. He expected to be picked up at the airport by his family. Nếu S O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau: Câ u chủ độ ng: S+V+O1 + TO + V + O2 Câ u bị độ ng: S + V + O2+ TO BE + VP2 + BY + O1 He expected someone to repair his computer. He expected his computer to be repaired. Bị động của V-ING a. Nếu S= O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau: Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + V-ING + O2 Câ u bị độ ng: S + V + BEING + VP2 + BY + O1 He likes people speaking well of him. He likes being spoken well of. b. Nếu S O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau: Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + V-ING + O2 Câ u bị độ ng: S + V + O2+ BEING + VP2 + BY + O1 He hates non-professional people criticizing his work. Page 97
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) He hates his work being criticized by non-professional people. 4.CAUSATIVE ( THỂ NHỜ BẢO )Have / has / had / Get / got Khi diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng mà chú ng ta khô ng tự là m lấ y, mà để ngườ i khá c là m, chú ng ta dù ng cấ u trú c: Dạ ng chủ độ ng: S + HAVE + SB + V(bare) or S + GET + SB + TO V(bare) Dạ ng bi đô ng: S + HAVE/GET + ST + VP2 - The painter finished my father's portrait yesterday. My father had the painter finish his portrait yesterday. My father had his portrait finished by the painter yesterday. 5.BỊ ĐỘNG CHỈ GIÁC QUAN( see/hear/smell/feel/taste/watch/notice/make/help….) a. Dạng 1 Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O + V(bare) Câ u bị độ ng: S + be + Vp2 + to + V(bare) I saw him pass my house. He was seen to pass my house. b. Dạng 2 Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O + V -ing Câ u bị độ ng: S + be + Vp2 + V -ing I saw him passing my house. He was seen passing my house. 6.BỊ ĐỘNG 2 TÂN NGỮ Active : S + V + O1 + O2 Ex:The student gave me a book Passive : S + be + V3/ed + O2 + (by O) => I was given a book by the student Passive : S + be + V3/ed + to/for + O1 + ( by O) => A book was given to me by the student Notes:Các động từ thường đi với giới từ “to”give/hand/lend/offer/send/show/pay/promise/read/throw/wish/owe……… “for” : buy/do/get/leave/make/order/save/spare…………. 7. CÂU MỆNH LỆNH Câ u chủ độ ng: V/DONT’T + V + O Câ u bị độ ng: S + SHOULD/ MUST + (NOT) + BE + VP2 LET/DONT’T LET + O + BE + VP2 8.MỘT SỐ CẤU TRÚC BỊ ĐỘNG a. Bị động với cấu trúc câu "It's one's duty to V" (bổn phận là) Câ u chủ độ ng: IT'S + ONE'S DUTY + TO + V Câ u bị độ ng: S + BE + SUPPOSED + TO + V Ví dụ:It's everyone's duty to keep the environment clean. Everyone is supposed to keep the environment dean.
Page 98
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) b. Bị động với cấu trúc câu 'It's (im)possible to V' (không/có thể làm gì) Câ u chủ độ ng: IT + IS / WAS + (IM)POSSIBLE + TO + V + O Câ u bị độ ng: S + CAN/COULD + (NOT) + BE + VP2 Ví dụ:It is possible to type the letter now. The letter can be typed now. It was impossible to start the machine by electricity then. The machine couldn't be started by electricity then c. Bị động với 7 động từ đặc biệt Cá c độ ng từ : suggest, require, request, order, demand, insist(on), recommend. Công thức: Câ u chủ độ ng:S + suggest/ recommend/ order/ require... + that + S + V(bare) + O Câ u bị độ ng:It +(be) + suggested/ recommended/ ordered/ required…+that+O+should+be +Vp2 Ví dụ:He suggested that we organize a warm party. It was suggested that a warm party should be organized. d. Bị động của động từ NEED Công thức: Câ u chủ độ ng: Sb + need + to V Câ u bị độ ng: St + need + V-ing = St + need + to be + Vp2 Ví dụ:She needs to type the report The report needs typing/to be typed.
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chuyển các câu sau sang câu bị động 1. Our teacher wants us to prepare our lessons carefully. Our teacher ................................................................................................................................... 2. They expected me to finish my work early. They expected .............................................................................................................................. 3. Is she making big cakes for the party? Are ................................................................................................................................................. 4. The house needs cleaning. The house ..................................................................................................................................... 5. It was impossible to preserve river water in the past. River ............................................................................................................................................. 6. He made me stay outside yesterday. I ..................................................................................................................................................... 7. The teacher let us go home early last week. We ................................................................................................................................................. 8. He had the waiter carry the luggage home. He had .......................................................................................................................................... 9. I got the postman to post the letter for me. I got ............................................................................................................................................... 10. Turn on the lights! Page 99
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) The lights ...................................................................................................................................... 11. They know that English is an international language. English .......................................................................................................................................... 12. Don't do that silly thing again. Don't let ......................................................................................................................................... 13. We'll continue to use this phone. This phone .................................................................................................................................... 14. Did people make jeans two hundred years ago? Were................................................................................................................................................? 15. They opened the road 10 years ago. The road ........................................................................................................................................ 16. We expected them to forgive us. We. ............................................................................................................................................... 17. You should open the wine 3 hours before you use it. The ................................................................................................................................................ 18. It's your duty to make tea for the party. You ............................................................................................................................................... 19. The man gave me a piece of paper with his address on it. I ..................................................................................................................................................... 20. The teacher is watching them work. They .............................................................................................................................................. 21. What subjects have people discussed today? What ............................................................................................................................................. 22. The boy broke the window and took away some pictures. The window ................................................................................................................................... 23. It is impossible to solve this problem immediately. This problem ................................................................................................................................. 24. She wishes someone to carry her luggage to the hotel. She wishes .................................................................................................................................... 25. They are going to repair the bridge next month. We are .......................................................................................................................................... 26. They enjoy their parents taking them to the zoo. They enjoy .................................................................................................................................... 27. People supposed that the lion had escaped from the cage. The lion ......................................................................................................................................... 28. I saw them playing football in the park. They .............................................................................................................................................. 29. The teacher is correcting her essay. She ............................................................................................................................................... 30. I remembered Nam offering me a beautiful present on my birthday. I remembered ................................................................................................................................ Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau đây 1. When in international trade, letters of credit are very convenient. A. using B. are used C. used D. they used Page 100
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 2. The 26th Annual Meeting of the Asia-Pacific Parliamentary Forum (APPF) in Hanoi, th st our beautiful and peaceful capital city, from January 18 to 21 , 2O18. A. was held B. is held C. is being held D. will be held 3. We were made hard when we were at school. A. to study B. study C. studying D. studied 4. Her fiance is said from Harvard University five years ago. A. having graduated B. to have graduated C. being graduated D. to be graduated 5. Only one of our gifted students to participate in the final competition. A. was choosing B. chosen C. has been chosen D. have been chosen 6. They cancelled all flights because of fog. A. All flights were cancelled by them of fog. B. All flights were because of fog were cancelled. C. All flights were because of fog cancelled. D. All flights were cancelled because of fog. 7. This building finished by the end of last year but there have been so many strikes that it isn't finished yet. A. will have been B. should have been C. was to have been D. may not have been 8. As a small boy, he was used to alone in the house for an hour or two. A. being left B. leaving C. be left D. leave 9. DNA tests accepted in court eases. A. are known B. were used C. have been D. will have 10. Ann hoped to join the private club. She could make important business contact here. A. being invited B. to invite C. to be invited D. inviting 11. Despite their normal cylindrical form, some of the documents on silk that were found at Mawangdui, an archaeological site in southeastern China, were folded into rectangles. A. wrote B. written C. were written D. be written 12. The boy by the teacher yesterday. A. punished B. was punished C. punish D. punishing 13. Robots will even everywhere in factories, schools, offices, hospitals, shops, and homes. A. seen B. see C. saw D. be seen 14. We don't allow anyone to use their cell phones during the examination. A. Nobody is allowed to use their cell phones during the examination. B. Nobody is allowed using their cell phones during the examination. C. Nobody isn't allowed to use their cell phones during the examination. D. Nobody isn't allowed using their cell phones during the examination. 15. Everyone likes when they have got some success. A. to be congratulated B. being congratulated C. to be congratulating D. to congratulate 16. This is the latest news from earthquake site. Two- thirds of the city in a fire. A. has been destroyed B. have been destroyed C. were destroyed D. was destroyed 17. References in the examination room. A. not are used B. is not used C. didn't used D. are not used Page 101
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 18. Her watch needs A. repairing B. to be repaired 19. There's somebody behind us. I think we are A. being followed B. are followed 20. Have you by a dog? A. bite B. bit 21. The room is being at the moment. A. was cleaned B. cleaned 22. It that the strike will end soon. A. is expected 23. I'll get Minh
B. expected this for you.
C. repaired
D. repairing/to be repaired
C. follow
D. following
C. ever been bitten
D. ever been bit
C. cleaning
D. clean
C. are expected
D. was expected
A. do B. done C. did 24. Those letters now. You can do the typing later. A. need typing B. needn't be typed C. need to type 25. “What a beautiful dress you are wearing"- “Thanks, it _ tailor." A. is made B. has made C. made
D. to do D. needn’t to typing especially for me by a French D. was made
Exercise 3: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. She expects (promote) soon, but things seem to go wrong. 2. The children were made (go) to bed at 10:00 pm. 3. The parcel is supposed (deliver) this evening. 4. The children agreed (divide) the candy equally. 5. I expected (invite) to the party, but I wasn't. 6. The man was heard (say) goodbye to the host in Chinese. 7. A strange man (watch) coming into your house at the time. 8. I don't enjoy (laugh) at by other people. 9. I don't appreciate (interrupt) when I'm speaking. 10. Trees (plan) since it stopped raining. 11. The house (build) two years ago. 12. We can't go along here because the road (repair) now. 13. We (wake) by a loud noise last night. 14. Today, many serious childhood diseases (can prevent) by early immunization. 15. The telephones (invent) by Alexander Graham Bell. 16. Lots of houses (destroy) by the earthquake last week. 17. Gold (discover) in California in the 19th century. 18. The preparation (finish) by the time the guests arrived. 19. He had the chair (mend) by the neighbors. 20. Let your book (open) 21. It's impossible (rebuild) the school. 22. They suggested that the test (make) easier. 23. I wish traffic regulation (obey) 24. It (think) that she will win the contest. 25. The man is rumored (steal) money from the bank 2 days ago Page 102
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 16: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
AND WISHS
A.TYPES OF CONDITIONAL SENTENCES If + S + V-hiện tại đơn,S + will/can + ( not) + V1 (is/am/are/V/Vs/es) LOẠI 1 Đảo ngữ (not đặt sau chủ từ) Should + S + V, S + will/can + ( not) + V1
If + S + V-quá khứ đơn),S +would/could +(not) + V1 (were/V2/ed) LOẠI 2
Page 103
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Đảo ngữ Were + S, S +would/could +(not) + V1 (not đặt sau chủ từ) Were + S + to V1, S +would/could +(not) + V1
CÁC LOẠI CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN
If + S + had (not) + V3/ed,S + would/could + have +V3/ed LOẠI 3 Đảo ngữ Had + S + V3/ed,S + would/could + have +V3/ed
If + S +had (not) + V3/ed,S + would/could + V1
LOẠI HỔN HỢP If + S + V ( quá khứ đơn ),S + would/could + have + Vp2
Page 104
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
B.MỘT SỐ CÁCH DIỄN ĐẠT CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN KHÁC 1. OTHERWISE: NẾU KHÔNG THÌ Ex: My teacher helped me. Otherwise, I wouldn’t have passed the exam. ( L3 ) 2. Without : Nếu không Ex: Without the sun, life on Earth wouldn’t exit ( L2 ). 3 . BUT FOR = WITHOUT Ex: But for the sun, life on Earth wouldn’t exit ( L2 ). 4. UNLESS = IF…… NOT = TRỪ KHI, NẾU KHÔNG Ex: Don’t call me unless you need help.( L1 ) 5 . Provided that/ supposing that = if (I, II)= Nếu như, cho rằng là. 6 . As long as/ So long as: miễn là, với điều kiện là 7. Or / or else= nếu không thì... Ex: Hurry up! Or/Or else you’ll be late for school. 8. In case + clause: phòng khi Ex: Bring umbrella in case it rains In case of + Noun: trong trườ ng hợ p Ex: In case of emergency, call 115.
Các trường hợp sau viết câu luôn viết bằng câu điều kiện loại 1 1/Câu mệnh lệnh + “or” + mệnh đề => “or” = “ not” V1 + O …………….or + S + will + V1 => If you + don’t + V1 ,S + will + V1 Ex: Keep silent or you will go aways => If you don’t keep silent,you will go aways 2/Câu mệnh lệnh + “and” + mệnh đề => If you + V1 ,S + will not + V1 Ex: Crash my car and I will never forgive you=> If you crash my car ,I will never forgive you WISH = IF ONLY
TYPE 1/Future wish(điều ướ c ở tương lai)
FORM S + wish + S + would / could + V
2/Present wish( điều ướ c khô ng có thậ t ở hiện tạ i ) 3/Past wish (điều ướ c khô ng có thậ t ở quá khứ
S + wish + S + V2/ Ved/were
S + wish + S + had + V3/ed
MARKET Tomorrow ,next,in the future Ex: I wish I would go with you tomorrow. Now,right now,at present,at the moment,at once,today Ex:I wish I were on the beach now Yesterday/last/in the past Ex:He wish Lan had invited him to her party
Page 105
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Kết hợp câu dùng câu điều kiện 1. He can't go out because he has to study for his exam. If ............................................................................................................................................... 2. She is lazy so she can't pass the exam. If ................................................................................................................................................ 3. He smokes too much; that's why he can't get rid of his cough. If ............................................................................................................................................... 4. I can't play football this afternoon because I felt tired. If ................................................................................................................................................ 5. Olga and Ivan weren't paying attention, so they didn't see the sign marking their exit from the highway. If ................................................................................................................................................ 6. She can't be employed because she doesn't have a college degree. If ................................................................................................................................................ 7. She walked to the meeting. She was late. If ............................................................................................................................................... 8. Unless you promise to return back, I won't lend you. If ............................................................................................................................................... 9. We put off our trip because the weather was terrible. If ............................................................................................................................................... 10. Sally doesn't know what she has to do for homework because she was absent from school on Friday. If ................................................................................................................................................ 11. If you do not like this one, I'll bring you another. Unless ....................................................................................................................................... 12. Martin failed his driving test last week because he was very nervous. But for........................................................................................................................................ 13. He will pay me tonight; I will have enough money to buy a car. If ............................................................................................................................................... 14. Leave me alone or I'll call the police. If ............................................................................................................................................... 15. If you arrive at the office earlier than I do, please turn on the air-conditioner. Should ....................................................................................................................................... 16. He died so young; otherwise, he would be a famous musician by now. Had it ......................................................................................................................................... 17. The car breaks down so often because you don't take good care of it. Were you .................................................................................................................................. 18. Don’t tell lies to your boss or you'll be fired at once. If ................................................................................................................................................ 19. He didn't revise all his lessons, so he failed the exam. Had .......................................................................................................................................... 20. Rita is exhausted today because she didn't get any sleep last night. If ................................................................................................................................................ Page 106
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1. George wouldn't have met Mary to his brother's graduation party. A. if he has not gone B. had not he gone C. had he not gone D. if he shouldn't have gone 2. ten minutes earlier, you would have got a better seat. A. Were you arrived B. If you arrived C. If you hadn't arrived D. Had you arrived 3. If she a car, she would go out in the evening. A. have B„ has C. has had D. had 4. Without your help, I the technical problem with my computer the other day. A. can't solve B. couldn't have solved C. Couldn't solve D. Weren't solved 5. The joke would not be funny if it into French. A. has been translated B. be translated C. was be translated D. were translated 6. We on the beach now if we hadn't missed the plane A. might have lain B. would lie C. could be lying D. would have lain 7. I think you should stop smoking. A. If I am you, I will stop smoking. B. If I had been you, I would stop smoking, C. If I were you, I would stop smoking. D. If I were you, I will stop smoking. 8. If he had been more careful, he A. won't fall B. wouldn't fall C. wouldn't have fallen D. would haven't fallen 9. His health would be improved A. if he continued to smoke heavily B. unless he stopped smoking heavily C. if he gave up smoking D. if only he doesn't smoke any more. 10. He was driving very fast because he didn't know the road was icy. A. If he knew the road was icy, he wouldn't drive so fast. B. He hadn't been driving very fast if he would have known the road was icy. C. If he had known the road was icy, he wouldn't have been driving so fast. D. He wasn't driving very fast if he would know the road was icy. 11. I didn’t know that you were at home. I didn't visit you. A. If I knew that you were at home, I would visit you. B. If I had known that you were at home, I would have visited you. C. If I knew that you had been at home, I would have visited you. D. If I would know that you were at home, I visited you. 12. If Nam had passed the GCSE examination, he to take the entrance examination to the university. A. would have been allowed B. would have allowed C. will have allowed D. would allow 13. If it had not rained last night, the roads in the city so slippery now. A. would not be B. must not be C. could not have been D. would not have been 14. She helped us a lot with our project. We couldn't continue without her. A. Unless we had her contribution, we could continue with the project. B. But for her contribution, we could have continued with the project. C. If she hadn't contributed positively, we couldn't have continued with the project. D. Provided her contribution wouldn't come, we couldn't continue with the project. Page 107
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 15. What noisy neighbors you've got! If my neighbors as bad as yours, I crazy. A. are; will go B. were; would go C. had been; would have gone D. are; would go 16. If he the lesson yesterday, he could do the test better today. A. has reviewed B. had reviewed C. will review D. reviewed 17. If I hadn't had so much work to do, I would have gone to the movies. A. I never go to the movies if 1 had work to do. B. Because I had to do so much work, I couldn't go to the movies. C. I would go to the movies when I had done so much work. D. A lot of work couldn't prevent me from going to the movies. 18. Unless you well-trained, you to the company. A. aren't; will never be admitted B. aren't; will never admit C. are; will never be admitted D. are; will never admit 19. If the prisoners attempt to escape from prison, immediately. A. they will have caught B. they will catch C. they will be caught D. they would be caught 20. If it warm yesterday, we would have gone to the beach. A. was B. were C. had been D. could be. Exercise 3: Tìm lỗi sai và sửa cho đúng 1.If Lucia had been here now, she would find out the truth about her uncle's accident. A B C D 2.Unless we leave a bowl of water under the sun, it will evaporate. A B C D 3.If I had knew the time when the match started, I would have told you. A B C D 4.If I am 10 centimeters taller, I would play basketball. A B C D 5.If the doctors could find in the remedy, a lot of people would be saved. A B C D 6.If I had realized that the traffic lights were red, I would stop. A B C D 7.What you would do if you could speak French well? A B C D 8.If I had known he is not at home, I wouldn't have gone all the way to his house. A B C D 9.If had I known you were in financial difficulty, I would have helped you. A B C D 10. If I were you, I will go to the dentist's and have the tooth checked. A B C D 11. If you hadn't left the car unlocked, it wouldn't have be stolen. A B C D 12. What would happen because I pressed that red button? A B C D 13. If the weather is fine today, we would go to the beach.
Page 108
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A B C D 14. If you will study harder, you will surely pass the coming exams with good results. A B C D 15.If the weather weren't too bad, we would to go swimming. A B C D 16. If he weren't too old, he would apply to the job as a war reporter. A B C D 17. If drivers obeyed the speed limit, fewer accidents occur. A B C D 18. If I would have studied Russian at school, I would have understood him easily. A B C D 19. If tomorrow the weather will be bad, the match will be postponed. A B C D 20. If you saw Mike today, please ask him to phone me. A B C D
Page 109
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 17: REPORTED SPEECH ĐTNX ( S) O ( sau V ) TTSH + N I me my We us our You you your They them their He him his She her her It it its * Câ u tườ ng thuậ t là câ u thuậ t lạ i ý củ a ngườ i nó i * Khi độ ng từ tườ ng thuậ t ở thì quá khứ, để đổ i từ câ u trự c tiếp sang câ u tườ ng thuậ t => ta dù ng độ ng từ giớ i thiệu là “ said” hoặ c “told” và đổ i BA yếu tố chính là : THÌ, NGÔI , TRẠNG NGỮ I. THÌ ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) CÂU TRỰC TIẾP CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT 1. Hiện tạ i đơn => Quá khứ đơn V/ Vs/ Ves / am / is / are / don’t + V1 / doesn’t V1 V2 / Ved / was / were / didn’t + V 2. Hiện tạ i tiếp diễn => Quá khứ tiếp diễn am / is / are + V-ing Was / were + V-ing 3. Hiện tạ i hoà n thà nh => Quá khứ hoà n thà nh Have / has + V3/ed Had + V3/ed 4. Quá khứ đơn => Quá khứ hoà n thà nh Was / were / V2 / Ved Had + V3/ed 5. Quá khứ tiếp diễn => QKHTTD Was / were + V-ing Had + been + V-ing 4. Tương lai đơn => Tương lai trong quá khứ will + V would + V 5. can => could 6. may => might 7. must / need => had to Thì QKHT , ought to, could , should, might, used to, would rather, had better… => giữ nguyên II.NGÔI - Đổi Ngôi thứ nhất (I,We, me , us , my , our , mine , ours ) phù hợ p vớ i CHỦ NGỮ trong mđ chính - Đổ i Ngô i thứ hai ( you , your , your ) phù hợ p vớ i TÂ N NGỮ trong mệnh đề chính - Ngô i thứ BA ( he, she , it , him, her , his, they, them, their ) => khô ng đổ i Note! ( Đổi ngôi thứ nhất số ít và số nhiều sang câu gián tiếp ) TRỰC TƯỜNG THUẬT TRỰC TƯỜNG TRỰC TƯỜNG THUẬT TIẾP TIẾP THUẬT TIẾP I He ( nam)/She(nữ ) We they You I/he/she/we us them You Me/him/her/us me my him / her his / her our their Your My/his/her/our mine ours theirs myself his / hers himself / herself ourselves themselves
Page 110
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) III. TRẠNG TỪ TRỰC TIẾP 1. This 2. These 3. Now 4. Here 5. Today 6. Tonight 7. ago 8. yesterday 9. tomorrow 10. last…. 11. next…..
TƯỜNG THUẬT => That => Those => Then => There => That day => That night => before => the previous day / the day before => the following day / the day after => the previous….. => the following
IV. CÁC MẪU CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT CÁC LOẠI CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT CÂU PHÁT BIỂU S + said/ said to O/ told O+ that + S + V ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) + adv
CÂU HỎI S + asked + ( O) / wondered/ wanted to know +( if / whether) or (Wh- ) + S+ V ( lùi thì )
CÂU MỆNH LỆNH
Yêu cầu : asked + O + to-V Mời : invited + O + To-V Khuyên: advised + O + ToV Nhắc nhở: reminded + O + ToV Ra lệnh : ordred + O + To-V Đồng ý: agreed + To-V Hứa:promised + To-V Khuyến khích:encouraged + O + To-V Cảnh báo:warned + O + ToV Muốn : wanted + O + To-V Từ chối:refused + to V Mong đợi: hoped + to V Yêu cầu :demaded + to V Quyết định:decided + to V Đe dọa:threatened + to V Xung phong:offered + To V Mệnh lệnh: commanded + O + To V Giới thiệu:Recommended + O + to V Chỉ dẩn: instructed + O + To V Thuyết phục: persuded + O + To V
Cám ơn: S + thanked + O + for V-ing Xin lỗi: S + apologized ( to O ) + for Ving Buộc tội: S + accused + O + of V-ing Chúc mừng : S + congratulated + O + on V-ing Cảnh báo: S + warned + O + against + V-ing Ngăn ngừa: S + stopped / prevented + O + from V-ing Đề nghị: S + suggested + V-ing S + suggested that + S + ( should ) + V Khăng khăng: S + insisted + on/upon + Ving Phủ nhận : S + denied + V-ing Thừa nhận : admitted + Ving admitted + having + V3/ed Đổ lỗi :Blamed + O + for V-ing Hối hận: regreted + Ving Mơ về: dreamed of + Ving Phản đối : objected to + Ving Than phiền : complained about + Ving Nghĩ về : thought of + V3/ed Mong mỏi đến :looking forward to + Ving Thú nhận : confessed to + Ving Chỉ trích ai đó : criticized/reproach + O + for + Ving Tha Thứ cho ai :forgive + O + for + Ving
Page 111
V.NO CHANGES IN VERBS IN REPORTED SPEECH ( KHÔNG THAY ĐỔI THÌ ) Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại hoặc tương lai ( say, tell, have told, will say...)
Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ ,cũng không thay đổi thì trong các trường hợp sau
CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP KHÔNG THAY ĐỔI THÌ KHI CHUYỂN TỪ TRỰC TIẾP SANG GIÁN TIẾP
Diễn tả 1 chân lý, sự thật hiển nhiên,câu điều kiện loại 2 và 3
Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp có các thì :quá khứ tiếp diễn kết hợp với quá khứ đơn,quá khứ đơn với quá khứ hoàn thành ,quá khứ đơn đi kèm thời gian cụ thể
Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp có used to,should,would, could,might, ought to,had better,would rather
Khi tường thuật mệnh đề ước muốn với “ wish” và “ if only “
Lưu ý: không dùng dấu ngoặc kép, dấu chấm hỏi, dấu chấm than, dấu hai chấm trong lời nói tường thuật
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Viết lại câu bằng cách chuyên từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp 1. Nam said: "I am told to be at school before 7 o'clock". .................................................................................................................................................. 2. Thu said: "All the students will have a meeting next week". .................................................................................................................................................. 3. Phong said: “My parents are very proud of my good marks". .................................................................................................................................................. 4. The teacher said: "All the homework must be done carefully". .................................................................................................................................................. 5. Her father said to her: "You can go to the movie with your friend". .................................................................................................................................................. 6. "Do you enjoy reading?", Phong asked Peter. .................................................................................................................................................. 7. "Do your sister and brother go to the same school?", she asked Nam. .................................................................................................................................................. 8. "Are there any oranges in the fridge?", she asked her mom. .................................................................................................................................................. 9. "Were you reading this book at 8 o'clock last Sunday?", she asked Ba. .................................................................................................................................................. 10. "Will it rain tomorrow morning?", he asked his friend. .................................................................................................................................................. 11. "Where does your father work?" the teacher asked me. .................................................................................................................................................. 12. "How many people are there in your family?" she asked Lan. .................................................................................................................................................. 13. Tam's friend asked him: "How long will you stay in England?" .................................................................................................................................................. 14. The teacher said to Lien: "What's your hobby?" .................................................................................................................................................. 15. "How do you go to the airport?" his friend asked him. .................................................................................................................................................. 16. "I wish I hadn't gone to the party last night" she said. .................................................................................................................................................. 17. " The Earth moves around the Sun", my teacher said. .................................................................................................................................................. 18. Peter said: "I want to tell you the news. You must be surprised" .................................................................................................................................................. 19. The woman said: “When I was walking on the pavement, a strange man stopped and asked me the way to the nearest bank." .................................................................................................................................................. 20. "How many lessons are you going to learn next month?", he asked me. ..................................................................................................................................................
Exercise 2: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 1. Jack asked his sister where she (go) the following day. 2. The mother told her son (behave) so impolitely 3. She asked why Mathew (look so embarrassed when he saw Carole. 4. The boy admitted (not do) the homework. 5. Our grandparents used to suggest (wear) sunglasses when we were out on bright sunny days. 6. Robert offered (help) Carlo do the dishes. 7. The captain ordered his men (abandon) the ship immediately. 8. Tom promised (give) Janet the answer by the end of the week. 9. Jane criticized Frank for (disclose) their confidential report to the press. 10. The team leader reminded us (tidy up) the final draft before submission. 11. The kidnappers threatened (kill) our boy if we did not pay the ransom. 12. Bill said that he never (be) to Russia and he thought he (go) there the next year. 13. John apologized to his Mum for (break) his promise. 14. Steve warned Mike (touch) the wires as it might be deadly. 15. The police asked Mr John what he (do) the night before. 16. The doctor strongly advised Jasmine (take) a few days' rest. 17. Mary said if she (be) rich, she (travel) around the world. 18. He said that English (be) very useful for my future job and I (must) master it 19. He said they (play) games in the bedroom then. 20. She said that I had better (go) home early. Exercise 3: Viết lại câu bằng cách chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp 1. She said to him: "Give me another glass of wine". She told .................................................................................................................................... 2. She said to me: "Bring me a book". She asked ................................................................................................................................. 3. The mother said to him: "Open the window please!". The mother told ......................................................................................................................... 4. The captain said to them: "Wait here until I come back". The captain asked .................................................................................................................... 5. "Do come and enjoy tea with my family" she said. She invited us............................................................................................................................ 6. "Why don't we come to visit our teacher today?" he said. He suggested ............................................................................................................................ 7. "My advice to you is to do morning exercises" she said. She advised me......................................................................................................................... 8. "I'm sorry I broke the glass", said Peter. Peter apologized ...................................................................................................................... 9. "Why don't you put your luggage under the seat?" he asked, He suggested ........................................................................................................................... 10. "It's true that I broke your old vase", she said in tears. She admitted .............................................................................................................................
11. "Don't move or I'll shoot", said the bank robber to the clerk. The bank robber threatened .................................................................................................... 12. "Don't forget to phone the police", she told him. She reminded ........................................................................................................................... 13. "Don't swim out too far, boys", said the coach. The coach warned ..................................................................................................................... 14. Linh said, "If my father repairs the bike now, I will ride the bike to school." Linh said ................................................................................................................................... 15. "I would have passed the exam if I had tried my best” Binh said. Binh said .................................................................................................................................. Exercise 4: Chọn phương án đúng 1.The interviewer asked me what experience for the job. A. do you get B. did I get C. I got D. you got 2.They asked me whether I was working A. next day afternoon B. the afternoon followed C. the following afternoon D. tomorrow afternoon 3. "Where have you been hiding?", she asked. She asked me where hiding. A. I have been B. have I been C. had I be D. I had been 4.He asked me home the day before. A. what time I leave B. what time I will leave C. what time I had left D. what time I left 5.John asked me in English. A. what does this word mean B. what that word means C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant 6.She said I an angel. A. am B. was C. were D. have been 7.Laura said she had worked on the assignment since A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day 8.John asked me interested in any kind of sports. A. if I were B. if were I C. if was I D. if I was 9.John asked me that film the night before. A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had D. if had I seen 10. She asked me the seat or not. A. if / had occupied B. whether / was occupied C. if / has been occupied D. whether / occupied 11. The policeman asked us A. had any of us seen the accident happen B. if had any of us seen the accident happen C. whether any of us had seen the accident happen D. that if any of us had seen the accident happen 12. I asked him but he said nothing. A. what the matter was B. what was the matter C. the matter was what D. what's the matter was 13. James him up when the bus reached the square.
A. told me wake
B. asked me to wake
C. said me to wake D. requested me waking 14. I wonder we'll catch the bus we'll take a taxiể A. if / and whether B. whether / or that C. if / or that D. whether / or whether 15. Excuse me. Could you tell me ? A. what time is it B. what is the time C. what time it is D. it is what time 16. We wonder from his office after that scandal. A. why did he not resign B. why he did not resign C. why he not resign D. why didn't he resign 17. Jeff wanted to know . A. that why were his friends laughing B. why were his friends laughing C. why his friends were laughing D. the reason why his friends laughing 18. Mr Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the day. A. previous B. following C. before D. last 19. She him whether he liked the steak she cooked. A. asks B. wondered C. wanted to know D. asked 20. His neighbours sometimes wondered he did for a living. A. why B. when C. where D. what
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 18 : RELATIVE CLAUSES A. CÁCH SỬ DỤNG ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ 1. 4 trường hợp sử dụng MĐQH có dấu phẩy Danh từ riêng ( Viết hoa ) : Mary, Peter this, that, these, those + N(s) : This book ... Tính từ sỡ hữ u + N : my, his, her, our, their, its, your + N Sỡ hữ u cá ch ( N’s N ) : Hoa’s book 2. Cách sử dụng đại từ quan hệ trong mệnh đề không dấu “,” N chỉ người + who / that +V N chỉ người + whom / who / that +S+V N chì người và vật + that +S+V N chỉ vật + which / that +V/SV N chỉ người / vật + whose +N+SV Thời gian + when = in, on , at + which + S V Nơi chốn + where= in,on,at + which + S V Lý do + why = for which +SV THAT: thay thế cho WHO/ WHOM/ WHICH trong MÐQH không dấu phẩy 3. Các trường hợp dùng “ That” hình thứ c so sá nh nhấ t ( the most , the adj-est ) đi sau cá c từ : only, the first, the last danh từ chỉ ngườ i và vậ t sau cá c đạ i từ bấ t định, đạ i từ phủ định, đạ i từ chỉ số lượ ng: no one, nobody, something, somebody, all, some, any, little, none. B. BÀI TẬP TRẮC NGHIỆM VỀ “ WHO / WHOM / WHICH/ WHOSE.. .) - N chỉ ngườ i thườ ng tậ n cù ng bằ ng gố c “ or, er, ist, ian - N chỉ vậ t thườ ng tậ n cù ng bằ ng gố c “ ion, ment, .. - Phía sau là N thường dùng “ Whose” -> 1 số N thường gặp như: car, son, daughter, outlook, book, houses, mother, father, brother, parents - Nơi chốn dùng “ where” , thời gian dùng “ when”, lý do = “ why” - So sánh nhất ( the most. . ., the + adj-est) dùng “ That” C. NỐI 2 CÂU DÙNG ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ (Đầu câu là Người dùng Who giữa và cu ối dùng Whom) Ex: Mary, is a good teacher. I saw her last B1: Xác định 2 từ giống ở câu 1 và câu 2 week Câu 1 : Xá c định từ giố ng Xem có dù ng dấ u “,” khô ng Câu 2: Thay từ giố ng bằ ng “who / whom = ngườ i”/ “which = vậ t” , “ where= nơi chố n” , “ when= t.gian” “whose = sở hữ u” B2: Đem “ Who/ which..” ra đầu câu 2 Mary is a good teacher. Whom I saw last week Mary, whom I saw last week, is a good B3. Đem ca câu 2 đặt sau từ giống ở câu 1 và ghi teacher phần còn lại câu 1 ( nếu có )
Page 118
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) RELATIVE PRONOUNS FOLLWED BY A PREPOSITION
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ có giới từ thì giới từ có 2 vị trí đứng: - Giới từ đứng trướ c đạ i từ quan hệ hoặ c giớ i từ đứ ng sau độ ng từ . - Lưu ý: Giới từ không đứng trước đại từ quan hệ “ who và that” - Khi giớ i từ là thà nh phầ n củ a cụ m độ ng từ thì khô ng thể đem giớ i từ ra trướ c “whom, which, whose” - Giớ i từ “ WITHOUT”khô ng đượ c đặ t sau độ ng từ mà phả i đặ t trướ c đạ i từ quan hệ.
Ex1: She is the woman about whom I told you She is the woman who/whom/ that I told you about. Ex2:Did you find the world which you were looking up ? (NOT : the world up which you were looking ? ) Ex3: The woman without whom I can’t live is Jane ( NOT : The woman whom can’t live without is Jane )
REDUCTION RELATIVE CLAUSES
Khi động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ ở thể chủ động + am/is/are/was/were + V-ing +V1/Vs/es +V2/ed +has/have + V3/ed => Bỏ ĐTQH,Bỏ trợ độ ng từ nếu có ,Động từ chính => V-ing Khi động từ trong ,mệnh đề quan hệ ở thể bị động +am/is/are/was/were + V3/ed +have/has + been + V3/ed => Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ trợ độ ng từ nếu có ,Động từ chính => V3/ED Khi đạ i từ quan hệ là m chủ ngữ đứ ng sau “first/last/second/only/next/one/dạng so sánh nhất hoặc để chỉ much đích,sự cho phép => Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ trợ độ ng từ nếu có Động từ chính => To-V( chủ động) Động từ chính => to be V3/ed ( bị động)
E.g: That man,who is standing over there,is my best friend. => That man,standing over there,is my best friend
E.g: The boy who was injured in the accident was taken to the hospital =>The boy injured in the accident was taken to the hospital E.g: He was the last man who left the burning building. => He was the last man to leave the burning building. E.g This is the second person who was killed in that way => This is the second person to be killed in that way
Rút gọn mệnh đề bằng cụm danh từ có dạng: S + Be + N /cụ m N/cụ m giớ i từ => Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ be
E.g: Football,which is a popular sport,ivery good for health. => Football, a popular sport,ivery good for health.
Mệnh đề quan hệ chứa tobe và tính từ/cụm tính từ => Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ be giữ nguyên tính từ phía sau
E.g:My grandmother,who is old and sick,never goes out of the house. => My grandmother, old and sick,never goes out of the house.
Page 119
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES PRACTICE ❶ 1. The young man was released after the court was found innocent of all the charges against him. A. who B. who he C. which D. whose 2. Is that the same film we watched last year? A. when B. which C. why D. who 3. The girl I borrowed the dictionary asked me to use it carefully. A. whose B. from whom C. from whose D. whom 4. The first television picture John Logie Baird transmitted on 25 November, 1905 was a boy worked in the office next to Baird's workroom in London. A. which; whom B. who; which C. that; whose D. that; who 5. Joyce Bews, was born and grew up in Portsmouth on the south coast of England, A. that; in which B. who; where C. that; where D. who; that 6. The pollution they were talking is getting worse. A. that B. about which C. which D. whom 7. Robert Riva, an Italian player used to play for Cremonese, now coaches the Reigate under 11’s football team. A. when B. which C. where D. who 8. When I was at school, there was a girl in my class skin was so sensitive that she couldn't expose her skin to the sun even with cream on. A. where B. whose C. whom D. that 9. Unfortunately, the friend with I intended to go on holiday to Side is ill, so I'll have to cancel my trip. A. who B. whom C. where D. that 10.The new stadium, will be completed next year, will seat 30,000 spectators. A. what B. where C. when D. which 11.Blenheim Palace, Churchill was born, is now open to the public. A. when B. where C. which D. whose 12.The man I introduced you to last night may be the next president of the university. A. which B. whom C. whose D. why 13.Cathy is trustworthy. She's a person upon you can always depend. A. who B. whom C. that D. ∅ 14.Your career should focus on a field in you are genuinely interested. A. which B. what C. that D. ∅ 15.People outlook on life is optimistic are usually happy people. A. whose B. whom C. that D. which 16.The girl dress you admire has been working for an export company since she left school. A. who B. what C. whose D. whom 17.One of the people arrested was Mary Arundel, is a member of the local council. A. that B. who C. whom D. ∅ 18.The Titanic, Gsank in 1922, was supposed to be unsinkable. A. whose B. that C. which D. who 19.The Newspaper is owned by the Mearson Group, chairman is Sir James Bex. A. which B. that C. who D. whose 20. Genghis Khan, name means "very mighty ruler", was a Mongol emperor in the
she stil
Page 120
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Middle Ages. A. whom B. whose C. who D. how 21.She has two brothers, are engineer. A. whom both B. both who C. both of whom D. both whom 22.Extinction means a situation a plant, an animal or a way of life stops existing. A. to which B. for which C. on which D. in which 23.The party, I was the guest of honor, was extremely enjoyable. A. at that B. at which C. to that D. to which 24.Ann has a lot of books, she has never read. A. most of that B. most of these C. most of which D. which most of them 25.We have just visited disadvantaged children in an orphanage in Bac Ninh Province. A. located B. locating C. which locates D. to locate 26. An endangered species is a species population is so small that it is in danger of becoming extinct. A. whose B. which C. what D. who 27.Pumpkin seeds, protein and iron, are a popular snack. A. that B. provide C. which D. which provide 28.He lives in a small town A. Where is called Taunton B. which is called Taunton C. is called Taunton D. that called Taunton 29.The scientists on this project try to find the solutions to air pollution. A. working B. worked C. are working D. who working 30.The girl is our neighbor. A. talks to the lady over there C. was talking to the lady over there B. is talking to the lady over there D. talking to the lady over there 31.She didn’t tell me the reason she came late. A. when B. for which C. for why D. both B and C 32.This is the best play I have ever seen. A. which B. what C. whom D. that 33.Taj Mahal, by Shah Janhan for his wife, is thought to be one of the great architectural wonders of the world. A. building B. to build C. built D. to be built 34.Mr.Jones, I was working, was generous about overtime payments. A. he B. for whom C. for him D. whom 35.Is this the address to you want the package sent ? A. where B. which C. that D. whom 36.He was the last man the ship. A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left 37.The nurse from Japan can speaking English well. A. which comes B. who come C. coming D. came 38.More than a mile of roadway has been blocked with trees, stones and other debris, the explosion. A. causing B. caused by C. which caused by D. which caused 39.I have a message for people by the traffic chaos. A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying 40.Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is the 8th World Heritage in Viet Nam by UNESCO. A. to be recognised B. to recognise C. recognising D. recognised 41.Tom was the last the classroom yesterday. A. to leave B. leaving C. left D. leaves Page 121
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 42.The palace many centuries ago remains practically intact. A. building B. to build C. built D. people build 43.Many of the pictures from outer space are presently on display in the public library A. sending B. sent C. which sent D. which is sending 44.The house in the storm has now been rebuilt . A. destroyed B. destroying C. which destroyed D. that is destroyed 45.The man at the blackboard is our teacher . A. stood B. stands C. standing D. to stand
PRACTICE ❷ Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1. The young man against him. A. who
was released after the court was found innocent of all the charges B. who he
2.Is that the same film A. when 3.The girl
C. which
D. whose
we watched last year? B. which
C. why
D. who
I borrowed the dictionary asked me to use it carefully.
A. whose
B. from whom
C. from whose
D. whom
4. The first television picture John Logie Baird transmitted on 25 November, 1905 was a boy worked in the office next to Baird's workroom in London. A. which; whom B. who; which C. that; whose D. that; who 5.Joyce Bews, was born and grew up in Portsmouth on the south coast of England, she still lives, was 100 last year. A. that; in which 6.The pollution A. that
B. who; where
C. that; where
they were talking is getting worse. BL about which
7. Robert Riva, an Italian player under 11’s football team. A. when B. which
C. which
9. Unfortunately, the friend with cancel my trip. A. who B. whom A. what 11. Blenheim Palace, A. when 12. The man A. which
D. whom
used to play for Cremonese, now coaches the Reigate C. where
8. When I was at school, there was a girl in my class couldn't expose her skin to the sun even with cream on. A. where B. whose C. whom
10. The new stadium,
D. who; that
D. who skin was so sensitive that she D. that
I intended to go on holiday to Side is ill, so I'll have to C. where
D. that
will be completed next year, will seat 30,000 spectators. B. where
C. when
D. which
Churchill was born, is now open to the public. B. where
C. which
D. whose
I introduced you to last night may be the next president of the university. B. whom
13. Cathy is trustworthy. She's a person upon
C. whose
D. why
you can always depend.
Page 122
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. who
B. whom
C. that
14. Your career should focus on a field in A. which
you are genuinely interested.
B. what
15. People
D. ∅
C. that
D. ∅
outlook on life is optimistic are usually happy people.
A. whose
B. whom
16. The girl school. A. who
C. that
D. which
dress you admire has been working for an export company since she left B. what
C. whose
17. One of the people arrested was Mary Arundel, A. that
B. who
18. The Titanic,
D. whom is a member of the local council.
C. whom
Gsank in 1922, was supposed to be unsinkable.
A. whose
B. that
C. which
19. The Newspaper is owned by the Mearson Group, Bex. A. which B. that C. who 20. Genghis Khan, Middle Ages. A. whom
D. who chairman is Sir James D. whose
name means "very mighty ruler", was a Mongol emperor in the B. whose
21. She has two brothers, A. whom both
C. who
B. both who
A. to which
D. how
are engineer.
22. Extinction means a situation 23. The party,
D. ∅
C. both of whom
D. both whom
a plant, an animal or a way of life stops existing.
B. for which
C. on which
D. in which
I was the guest of honor, was extremely enjoyable.
A. at that
B. at which
24. Ann has a lot of books, A. most of that
C. to that
D. to which
she has never read. B. most of these
C. most of which
D. which most of them
25. We have just visited disadvantaged children in an orphanage A. located
B. locating
26. An endangered species is a species becoming extinct. A. whose B. which 27. Pumpkin seeds, A. that
C. which locates
in Bac Ninh Province. D. to locate
population is so small that it is in danger of C. what
D. who
protein and iron, are a popular snack. B. provide
C. which
D. which provide
28. He lives in a small town
29.
A. Where is called Taunton
B. which is called Taunton
C. is called Taunton
D. that called Taunton
instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview. A. Jonh Robbins to that I spoke by telephone B. Jonh Robbins, that I spoke by telephone C. Jonh Robbins I spoke to telephone Page 123
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) D. jonh Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone, 30. The scientists A. working
on this project try to find the solutions to air pollution. B. worked
C. are working
D. who working
Exercise 2: Kết hợp câu dùng từ gợi ý 1. France is the country. The best wine is produced there. (WHERE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 2.1945 was the year. The Second World War ended then. (WHEN) ....................................................................................................................................................... 3. That's the hotel. I stayed there last summer. (AT WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 4. July is the month. Most people often go on holiday then. (IN WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 5. The books are very interesting. They were bought long ago. (WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 6. My uncle bought a boat. The boat costs thirty thousand dollars. (WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 8. He often tells me about his village. He was born in that place. (WHERE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 9. The man is our English teacher. He comes from Australia. (COMING) ....................................................................................................................................................... 10. I found a man's wallet. He gave me a reward. (WHOSE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 11. This is the book. I'm looking for it. (FOR WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 12. The lady gave me good advice. I spoke to her an hour ago. (TO WHOM) ....................................................................................................................................................... 13. Who was the last person who saw the young man alive? (TO SEE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 14. Sai Gon Times was the only newspaper which appeared that day. (TO APPEAR) ....................................................................................................................................................... 15. This is the second person who was killed in that way. (BE) ....................................................................................................................................................... Exercise 3: Viết lại câu bằng cách rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ hoặc lược bỏ đại từ quan hệ 1. The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting. ....................................................................................................................................................... 2. She is a woman whom I told you about. Page 124
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) .......................................................................................................................................................
Page 125
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 3. He was the first man who flew into space. ....................................................................................................................................................... 4. John was the last man who reached the top of the mountain. ....................................................................................................................................................... 5. The song which we listened to last night was interesting. ....................................................................................................................................................... 6. The sport games which were held in India in 1951 were the first Asian Games. ....................................................................................................................................................... 7. The girl who was injured in the accident is in the hospital now. ....................................................................................................................................................... 8. Stop the man who stole my wallet. ....................................................................................................................................................... 9. Sometimes life is very unpleasant for people who live near the airport. ....................................................................................................................................................... 10. I was woken up by a bell which rang aloud. ....................................................................................................................................................... 11. He was the last student who left the lecture hall. ....................................................................................................................................................... 12. None of the people who were invited to the party. ....................................................................................................................................................... 13. There was a tree which was blown down in the storm last night. ....................................................................................................................................................... 14. The children who attend that school receive a good education. ....................................................................................................................................................... 15. It was the first country which gave women the vote. ....................................................................................................................................................... 16. I'll give you an address which you should write to. ....................................................................................................................................................... Exercise 4: Tìm và sửa lỗi sai 1.Why did Danny, whose totally unfit, decide to enter the marathon? A B C D 2. Miranda still has trauma from the tragic accident, that took away her closest friend. A B C D 3. The office furniture that was ordered last month have just arrived, but we're not sure whether the A B C manager likes it. D 4.Mr. Smith whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor. Page 126
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A
B
C
D
5.My uncle, was a businessman, was ranked the weathiest of the country. A B C D 6.She was the first woman in the Philippines to elect as the president of the country. A B C D 7.We should participate in the movements organizing to conserve the natural environment. A B C D 8.Jack has won a jackpot prize, 10% of whom was donated to flooded areas. A B C D 9.All her children have graduated from university, that is the reason for her to be proud. A B C D 10. Mrs. Brown was the first owner his dog won 3 prizes in the same show A B C D 11. Many of the pictures were sent from outer space are presently on display in the public library. A B C D 12. This class, where is a prerequisite for microbiology, is so difficult that I would rather drop it. A B C D 13. The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) is the name of a set of English qualifications, A B generally taking by secondary students at the age of 15 - 16 in England. C
D
14. Drying food by means of solar energy is an ancient process applying wherever climatic conditions A B C make it possible. D 15. Salmon lay their eggs, and die in freshwater although they live in salt water when most of their A B C adults lives. D
Page 127
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 19: CLAUSE
PHRASE &
I. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ SỰ NHƯỢNG BỘ( ALTHOUGH/ IN SPITE OF ) 1. Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ (Phrases of 1. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ concession) (Adverbial clauses of Concession) In spite of / Despite + Danh từ Although / Even though / Though + S + V Ngữ danh từ Despite the fact that V-ing In spite of the fact that Ex: - Despite his laziness, he passed the exam. Ex: - Although he was lazy, he passed the exam. II. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ LÝ DO ( BECAUSE / BECAUSE OF….) : BỞI VÌ 1. Cụm từ chỉ lý do (Phrases of reason) 2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do (Adverbial Because of + Danh từ clauses of reason) Due to Ngữ danh từ Because / As / Since + S + V , S + V Owing to V-ing due to the fact that owng to the fact that III. PHRASES AND CLAUSES OF PURPOSE (CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ MỤC ĐÍCH) 1. Cụm từ chỉ mục đích (Phrases of purpese) 2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích (Adverbial (not) clauses of purpose) in order (not) + to + V1 (để mà / để mà ko) so that will /would so as (not) S + V in order that + S + can / could + V1 may / might Lưu ý :Nếu chủ ngữ củ a mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề chỉ mụ c đích khá c nhau ta khô ng đượ c dù ng cụ m từ chỉ mụ c đích (phrase of purpose). IV. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ KẾT QUẢ 1. Cụm từ chỉ kết quả (phrases of result) b) enough : đủ….để a) too….to: quá …không thể S + be + adj + enough + ( for O ) + to V1 S + V + too + adj / adv + To-V S + V + too + adj / adv + for O + To-V 2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả (Adverbial clauses off result) a) so….that S + V + so + adj / adv + that + S + V S + V + so + adj + a + Nít + that + S+ V S + V + so + many /few + Nnhiều + that + S+ V S + V + so + much / little + N kđđ + that +S + V
S + V + enough + N + ( for O ) + to V1
b) such…that S + V + such + a / an + adj + Nít + that + S + V S + V + such + adj + N nhiều + that + S + V S + V + such + adj + N kđđ + that + S + V
No matter + who/ what/ when/ where/ why/ how (adj, adv) + S + V Whatever (+ N) + S + V Adj / adv + as / though + S + V However + Adj / Adv + S + V Despite = in spite of + NP Although / though / eventhough + Clause
Page 128
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
CLAUSES OF MANNER WITH (MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ THỂ CÁCH)
AS (như ), là), & AS ( IF & AS THOUGH(như thể là) 1. Điều không có thật ở hiện tại
S + V + as if/ as though + S + V2/Ved Lưu ý: “were” có thể dù ng cho tấ t cả cá c chủ từ ở MĐ giả định. 2. Điều không có thật ở quá khứ S + Vqk + as if/ as though + S + had + V3/ved Would rather 1. Giả thiết ở HT hoặ c TL: S1 + would rather that + S2 + V2/ed 2.
Ex1: She dresses as if she was/were an actress. Ex2: He talks as though he knew where she was.
Ex: He talked about New York as though he had been there before. Ex1: Mary’s husband doesn’t work in the same office as she does. => Mary would rather that her husband worked in the same office as she does.
Giả thiết ở Quá Khứ :
S1 + would rather that + S2 + had + V3/V-ed
Ex2: Her husband didn’t go to the office yesterday. => She would rather that her husband had gone to the office yesterday.
PRACTICE EXERCISES PRACTICE ❶ 1. He didn’t pass the exam he made many mistakes in his writing. A. in spite of B. because of C. because D. although 2. Our visit to Japan was delayed A. because B. because of 3.
my wife’s illness. C. in spite of
he had enough money, he bought a new car. A. In spite of B. Although
C. Because of
D. although D. Because
4.
she was very hard working, she hardly earned enough to support her family. A. In spite of B. Because C. Because of D. Although
5.
her absence from the school yesterday, she couldn’t understand the lesson. A. Despite B. Because C. Because of D. As
6.
his lack of time, he watches football every night. A. Although B. Because of C. In spite of
D. Because
I told the absolaute truth, no one would believe me. A. Even though B. In spite of C. Since
D. As
7. 8.
My mother is always complaining A. because B. because of
9. I didn’t get the job A. because
the untidiness of my room. C. since D. as
I had all the necessary qualifications B. because of C. although D. despite
10. Mrs. Harrions is he owns many places. A. so a rich man that B. such an rich man that man that D. that so rich a man
C. such a rich
Page 129
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 11. He had to explain the lesson very clearly . A. in order that his student to understand it B. so that his students could understand it C. so as his students to understand it 12. We have to start early A. so that
D. so that his students to understand it
we won’t be late B. so as to
C. because
D. although 13. The schoolboys are in hurry A. so as to B. to D. for 14. We set off early A. although in case
they will not be late for school C. in order that
we wouldn’t get stuck in the traffic B. so that
C. because
15. Many people don’t want to live in big cities A. but B. because
big cities are often heavily polluted C. and D. though
16. Polar bears are in danger of going extinct A. because of B. although
climate change. (Mã đề 404 - 2020) C. because D. despite
17.
his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly. A. Because B. Even though C. Because of D. In spite of
18. The second-hand car Patrick bought was almost new A. or B. because C. although 19. 20. 21. 22.
D.
it was made in the 1995s. D. however
my father is old, he still goes jogging. A. although B. Since C. Despite
D. In spite of
the rain, we postpone our picnic. A. because B. because of
D. In spite of
C. although
it was raining heavily, he went out without a raincoat. A. in spite B. in spite of C. However
D. although
the wet weather, the football match went ahead. A. In spite of B. Although C. Though
D. However
23. We can not see the road the fog. A. because B. although
C. because of
D. in spite of
24. These boys were punished they went to school late. A. because B. because of C. even though
D. in spite of
25. I can’t ride my bicycle there isn’t any air in one of the tires. A. despite B. because C. although
D. but
Page 130
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE ❷ Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1. The young man against him. A. who
was released after the court was found innocent of all the charges B. who he
2.Is that the same film A. when 3.The girl
C. which
D. whose
we watched last year? B. which
C. why
D. who
I borrowed the dictionary asked me to use it carefully.
A. whose
B. from whom
C. from whose
D. whom
4. The first television picture John Logie Baird transmitted on 25 November, 1905 was a boy worked in the office next to Baird's workroom in London. A. which; whom B. who; which C. that; whose D. that; who 5.Joyce Bews, was born and grew up in Portsmouth on the south coast of England, she still lives, was 100 last year. A. that; in which 6.The pollution A. that
B. who; where
C. that; where
they were talking is getting worse. BL about which
7. Robert Riva, an Italian player under 11’s football team. A. when B. which
C. which
9. Unfortunately, the friend with cancel my trip. A. who B. whom A. what 11. Blenheim Palace, A. when 12. The man A. which
C. where
15. People A. whose 16. The girl school.
skin was so sensitive that she D. that
C. where
D. that
will be completed next year, will seat 30,000 spectators. B. where
C. when
D. which
Churchill was born, is now open to the public. B. where
C. which
D. whose
I introduced you to last night may be the next president of the university. B. whom B. whom
14. Your career should focus on a field in A. which
D. who
I intended to go on holiday to Side is ill, so I'll have to
C. whose
13. Cathy is trustworthy. She's a person upon A. who
D. whom
used to play for Cremonese, now coaches the Reigate
8. When I was at school, there was a girl in my class couldn't expose her skin to the sun even with cream on. A. where B. whose C. whom
10. The new stadium,
D. who; that
B. what
D. why
you can always depend. C. that
D. ∅
_ you are genuinely interested. C. that
D. ∅
outlook on life is optimistic are usually happy people. B. whom
C. that
D. which
dress you admire has been working for an export company since she left
Page 131
A. who
B. what
C. whose
17. One of the people arrested was Mary Arundel, A. that
B. who
18. The Titanic,
D. whom is a member of the local council.
C. whom
Gsank in 1922, was supposed to be unsinkable.
A. whose
B. that
C. which
19. The Newspaper is owned by the Mearson Group, Bex. A. which B. that C. who 20. Genghis Khan, Middle Ages. A. whom
D. who chairman is Sir James D. whose
name means "very mighty ruler", was a Mongol emperor in the B. whose
21. She has two brothers, A. whom both
C. who
B. both who
A. to which
D. how
are engineer.
22. Extinction means a situation 23. The party,
D. ∅
C. both of whom
D. both whom
a plant, an animal or a way of life stops existing.
B. for which
C. on which
D. in which
I was the guest of honor, was extremely enjoyable.
A. at that
B. at which
24. Ann has a lot of books, A. most of that
C. to that
D. to which
she has never read. B. most of these
C. most of which
D. which most of them
25. We have just visited disadvantaged children in an orphanage A. located
B. locating
26. An endangered species is a species becoming extinct. A. whose B. which 27. Pumpkin seeds, A. that
C. which locates
in Bac Ninh Province. D. to locate
population is so small that it is in danger of C. what
D. who
protein and iron, are a popular snack. B. provide
C. which
D. which provide
28. He lives in a small town A. Where is called Taunton
B. which is called Taunton
C. is called Taunton
D. that called Taunton
29.
instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview. A. Jonh Robbins to that I spoke by telephone B. Jonh Robbins, that I spoke by telephone C. Jonh Robbins I spoke to telephone D. jonh Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,
30. The scientists A. working
on this project try to find the solutions to air pollution. B. worked
C. are working
Exercise 2: Kết hợp câu dùng từ gợi ý 1. France is the country. The best wine is produced there. (WHERE)
D. who working
....................................................................................................................................................... 2.1945 was the year. The Second World War ended then. (WHEN) ....................................................................................................................................................... 3. That's the hotel. I stayed there last summer. (AT WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 4. July is the month. Most people often go on holiday then. (IN WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 5. The books are very interesting. They were bought long ago. (WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 6. My uncle bought a boat. The boat costs thirty thousand dollars. (WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 8. He often tells me about his village. He was born in that place. (WHERE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 9. The man is our English teacher. He comes from Australia. (COMING) ....................................................................................................................................................... 10. I found a man's wallet. He gave me a reward. (WHOSE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 11. This is the book. I'm looking for it. (FOR WHICH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 12. The lady gave me good advice. I spoke to her an hour ago. (TO WHOM) ....................................................................................................................................................... 13. Who was the last person who saw the young man alive? (TO SEE) ....................................................................................................................................................... 14. Sai Gon Times was the only newspaper which appeared that day. (TO APPEAR) ....................................................................................................................................................... 15. This is the second person who was killed in that way. (BE) ....................................................................................................................................................... Exercise 3: Viết lại câu bằng cách rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ hoặc lược bỏ đại từ quan hệ 1. The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting. ....................................................................................................................................................... 2. She is a woman whom I told you about. ....................................................................................................................................................... 3. He was the first man who flew into space. ....................................................................................................................................................... 4. John was the last man who reached the top of the mountain. ....................................................................................................................................................... 5. The song which we listened to last night was interesting. .......................................................................................................................................................
6. The sport games which were held in India in 1951 were the first Asian Games.
....................................................................................................................................................... 7. The girl who was injured in the accident is in the hospital now. ....................................................................................................................................................... 8. Stop the man who stole my wallet. ....................................................................................................................................................... 9. Sometimes life is very unpleasant for people who live near the airport. ....................................................................................................................................................... 10. I was woken up by a bell which rang aloud. ....................................................................................................................................................... 11. He was the last student who left the lecture hall. ....................................................................................................................................................... 12. None of the people who were invited to the party. ....................................................................................................................................................... 13. There was a tree which was blown down in the storm last night. ....................................................................................................................................................... 14. The children who attend that school receive a good education. ....................................................................................................................................................... 15. It was the first country which gave women the vote. ....................................................................................................................................................... 16. I'll give you an address which you should write to. ....................................................................................................................................................... Exercise 4: Tìm và sửa lỗi sai 1.Why did Danny, whose totally unfit, decide to enter the marathon? A B C D 2. Miranda still has trauma from the tragic accident, that took away her closest friend. A B C D 3. The office furniture that was ordered last month have just arrived, but we're not sure whether the A B C manager likes it. D 4.Mr. Smith whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor. A
B
C
D
5.My uncle, was a businessman, was ranked the weathiest of the country. A B C D 6.She was the first woman in the Philippines to elect as the president of the country. A B C D 7.We should participate in the movements organizing to conserve the natural environment. A B C D
8.Jack has won a jackpot prize, 10% of whom was donated to flooded areas. A B C D 9.All her children have graduated from university, that is the reason for her to be proud. A B C D 10. Mrs. Brown was the first owner his dog won 3 prizes in the same show A B C D 11. Many of the pictures were sent from outer space are presently on display in the public library. A B C D 12. This class, where is a prerequisite for microbiology, is so difficult that I would rather drop it. A B C D 13. The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) is the name of a set of English qualifications, A B generally taking by secondary students at the age of 15 - 16 in England. C
D
14. Drying food by means of solar energy is an ancient process applying wherever climatic conditions A B C make it possible. D 15. Salmon lay their eggs, and die in freshwater although they live in salt water when most of their A B C adults lives. D
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 20:INVERSION A. LÍ THUYẾT Đả o ngữ là hình thứ c đả o ngượ c vị trí thô ng thườ ng củ a chủ từ và độ ng từ trong mộ t câ u, đượ c dù ng để nhấ n mạ nh mộ t thà nh phầ n hay ý nà o đó trong câ u Các dạng đảo ngữ:
Dạng đảo ngữ
Công thức No/Not + N + Trợ độ ng từ + S + Độ ng từ
1
2
Cá c cụ m từ có NO
Đả o ngữ vớ i các trạng từ phủ định
At no time = Never = Under/In no circ*mstances (khô ng bao giờ ) By no means (hoà n toà n khô ng) For no reason (khô ng vì lí do gì) In no way (khô ng sao có thể) On no condition = On no account + Trợ độ ng từ + S + Độ ng từ (dù bấ t cứ lí do gì cũ ng khô ng) No longer (khô ng cò n nữ a) No where + Trợ độ ng từ + S + Độ ng từ (khô ng nơi nà o, khô ng ở đâ u) Never, Rarely, Seldom, Little, Hardly, Scarcely, Barely,...
Only after + S + V + Trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ sau khi)
3
4
Only after + N + Trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ sau khi) Only by + V-ing + Trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ bằ ng cá ch) Only if + S + V + Trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ nếu) Only when + S + V + Trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ khi) Only with + N + trợ độ ng từ + S + V (chỉ vớ i) Only once/ Only later/ Only in this way/ Only then + Trợ độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng từ Hardly/barely/scarcely + had + S + Vp2 + when + S + V (quá khứ Hardly đơn) No sooner = No sooner + had + S + Vp2+ than + S + V (quá khứ đơn)
Đả o ngữ vớ i ONLY
Ví dụ Not a tear did she shed when the story ended in a tragedy. At no time did he suspect that his girlfriend was an enemy spy. By no means is she poor. She only pretends to be. For no reason will we surrender. In no way could I believe in a ridiculous story. On no account should you be late for the exam. No longer does he make mistakes. No where can the keys be found. Little did he know the truth. Never in my life have I been in such an embarrassing situation. Only after I had left home did I realize how important my family played a role in my life. Only after his father's retirement did he take over the company. Only by studying hard can you pass the exam. Only if you promise to keep secret will I tell you about it. Only when you grow up can you understand this matter. Only with your help can we manage. Only once have I met her. Only later did I realize I was wrong. Hardly had I gone to bed when the telephone rang. = No sooner had I gone to bed than the telephone rang. Page 137
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) (Ngay khi/vừ a mớ i... thì)
Not only … but also
5
So/Such ... that
6
Not until/ Not till Neither
7 8
9
10
11 12
13
Đả o ngữ vớ i câu điều kiện
Although
NOR Đả o ngữ có SO/ NEITHER Đả o ngữ vớ i cá c trạ ng từ chỉ phương hướng/ nơi chốn
Not only + Trợ độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng từ + but also + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng từ (khô ng nhữ ng... mà cò n) So + Tính từ + V + chủ ngữ + that + clause Such + be + N + that + clause/ N + be + such + that + clause (quá ... đến nỗ i mà )
Not only does she sing beautifully but also she learns well.
So/Neither + Trợ độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ
I can't sing well, neither can my sister. He loves football, so do I.
Adv of place + V + S
Near my house is a bus stop.
So beautiful is she that many boys run after her. Her anger was such that she broke the vase. = Such was her anger that she broke the vase. Not until/till + Time/Time clause + Trợ Not until/till midnight did he come độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng từ home. (mã i đến khi) Not until/till I was 8 did I know how to ride a bike. Neither + Trợ độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng Neither is there excitement nor từ entertainment in this small town. Câu điều kiện loại 1: Should he come, please tell him to see Should + S+V, V + O /S + will, can... + V me. Câu điêu kiện loại 2: Were I you, I would apply for that job. Were + S + (to V) + ..., S + would/could + V Were I to have enough money, I would buy that car. Câu điều kiện loại 3: Had the car in the front not stopped so Had + S + Vp2, S + would/could + have + suddenly, the accidents wouldn't have Vp2 happened. Although/even though/though + S + Although the exercise is difficult, the V, S +V boys can solve it. = Much as + S + V, S + V = Much as the exercise is difficult, the = No matter what + S + V, S + V hoặ c No boys can solve it. matter how + adj/adv + S + V, S + V = No matter how difficult the exercise = However + adj/adv + S + V = Adj/adv + is, the boys can solve it. as/though + S + V, S + V = However difficult the exercise is, the boys can solve it. = Difficult as the exercise is, the boys can solve it. Nor + Trợ độ ng từ + Chủ ngữ + Độ ng từ He doesn't smoke, nor does he drink.
Page 138
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 14
Đả o ngữ vớ i cụm phân từ
Cụm phân từ (V-ing/Vp2) + V + S
Situated in the central mountains of Alaska is a peak named Denali. Coming first in the race was my sister.
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Viết lại câu sử dụng hình thức đảo ngữ 1. There is a temple on the top of the hill. On the ........................................................................................................................................ 2. The flies are on the book. On the book ............................................................................................................................... 3. Lombard Street is found in San Francisco. Found ......................................................................................................................................... 4. A man with a gun stood in the doorway. In the doorway ............................................................................................................................ 5. Although she is young, she knows a great deal. Young as.................................................................................................................................... 6. Although he studies hard, he makes little progress. Hard as ...................................................................................................................................... 7. If you were a fish, the cat would eat you. Were .......................................................................................................................................... 8. If your father had known this, he would have given you advice. Had ............................................................................................................................................. 9. If you should need my help, phone me at once. Should........................................................................................................................................ 10. I've never been more insulted. Never ......................................................................................................................................... 11. He seldom sees anything strange. Seldom....................................................................................................................................... 12. She rarely saw him looking so miserable. Rarely ........................................................................................................................................ 13. The man can hardly walk without a stick. Hardly ........................................................................................................................................ 14. She scarcely phones us after 9.00 p.m. Scarcely ..................................................................................................................................... 15. He not only studies well, but also he sings perfectly. Not only...................................................................................................................................... 16. She is not only rich, but she is also beautiful. Not only...................................................................................................................................... 17. He didn't say a word. Not ............................................................................................................................................. 18. He didn't give me a penny. No .............................................................................................................................................. 19. They little realized that Ted was a secret agent. Little ........................................................................................................................................... 20. I can't find my passport anywhere. Page 139
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Nowhere .................................................................................................................................... Exercise 2: Viết lại câu sử dụng hình thức đảo ngữ 1. He by no means intends to criticize your idea. By no means.............................................................................................................................. 2. I never suspect you. At no time................................................................................................................................... 3. I could in no way agree with you. In no way ................................................................................................................................... 4. Scarcely had I got home when it began to rain. No sooner .................................................................................................................................. 5. I didn't wake up until 8 am today. Not until...................................................................................................................................... 6. I didn't know him until I started to study English. Not until...................................................................................................................................... 7. He called me only when he needed help. Only when.................................................................................................................................. 8. He neither has called on her nor will do so. Neither ....................................................................................................................................... 9. You shouldn't go out late under any circ*mstances. Under no circ*mstances ............................................................................................................ 10. This switch must be touched on no account. On no account ........................................................................................................................... 11. I understood the problem only then. Only then ................................................................................................................................... 12. We will be able to accomplish this great task only by hard work. Only by....................................................................................................................................... 13. I didn't post it until later. Only later ................................................................................................................................... 14. He came home only at midnight. Only at midnight......................................................................................................................... 15. The doctor was so angry that none of the nurses dared to utter. Such .......................................................................................................................................... 16. I can forgive you only if you tell me the truth. Only if......................................................................................................................................... 17. I realized that I'd seen the film before only after the film started. Only after ................................................................................................................................... 18. You can learn English well only in this way. Only in this way.......................................................................................................................... 19. The film was so moving that I couldn't help crying. So moving.................................................................................................................................. 20. If I learnt Russian, I would read a Russian book. Were .......................................................................................................................................... Exercise 3: Chọn phương án đúng Page 140
1.Not only
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) to determine the depth of the ocean floor, but it is also used to locate oil.
Page 141
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. seismology is used B. using seismology C. is seismology used D. to use seismology 2. advised on what and how to prepare for the interview, he might have got the job. A. Had he been B. If he had C. Unless he had been D. Were he to be 3.Not until 1856 across the Mississippi River. A. the first bridge was built C. the first bridge built 4.Only when you grow up,
B. was the first bridge built D. did the first bridge build the truth.
A. you will know B. you know C. do you know D. will you know 5. Mozart was an accomplished compose while still a child. A. Remarkable as it seems B. As it seems remarkable C. No matter remarkable it seems D. Remarkable however it seem 6.Out for a walk after she finished doing her homework. A. did Mary go B. Mary went C. Mary did go D. went Mary 7. she could not say anything. A. So upset was she that B. So upset was she C. However upset was she that D. Therefore upset was she that 8. with my previous job, I would have won a higher promotion and I in this unfortunate position now. A. Unless I had stayed / am not B. If I stayed / would not be C. If had I stayed / will not be D. Had I stayed / would not be 9.Not only to speak to him, but she also vowed never to see him again. A. she refused B. did she refuse C. she did refuse D. when she refused 10. an emergency arise, call 911. A. Should B. If C. Will D. Were 11. Nowhere in the northern section of the United States for growing citrus crops. A. is there suitability of the climate B. where the climate is suitable C. the climate is suitable D. is the climate suitable 12. Only after she had finished the course did she realize she a wrong choice. A. had made B. has made C. had been making D. was making 13. Never him stand on the deserted station platform. A. will I forget to see B. I will forget to see C. will I forget seeing D. I will forget seeing 14. The instructor blew his whistle and A. off the runners were running B. off ran the runners C. off were running the runners D. the runners runs off 15. Seldom far enough north to disturb South Pacific shipping lanes. A. Antarctic icebergs will move B. will Antarctic icebergs move C. will move Antarctic icebergs D. move Antarctic icebergs will 16. will China be the first to use nuclear weapons. A. At any time B. At no time C. At a time D. At one time 17. He listened so attentively that not a word A. he had missed B. he missed C. he didn't miss D. did he miss 18. We spent nearly 3 hours waiting outside the station, then out A. the star came B. did the star come C. came the star D. be the star coming Page 142
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 19. The African killer bees could not be handled safely, nor A. their honey could be harvested B. harvested could their honey be
Page 143
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) C. could not their honey be harvested D. could their honey be harvested 20. Down when he was passing under the tree. A. an apple fall B. an apple fell C. did an apple fall D. fell an apple Exercise 4: Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở các dạng đảo ngữ 1. Not only they (buy) the house but also the car last year. 2. You (come) early, we'll start. 3. They (live) in Australia now, they would go swimming. 4. Bob (not interfere) in his sister' marital problems, there wouldn't have been peace between them. 5. Hardly the doctor (fall) asleep when the telephone (wake) him up. 6. Only by working hard he (manage) to pass the exam. 7. No sooner he (return) from his walk than he (get) down to writing the letter. 8. Only by (operate) immediately can you save your eyesight. 9. Only when they told me about it I (realize) what I had missed. 10. Only after a new pay offer the workers (call) off the strike. 11. Only later the facts all (make) public. 12. Not until the bell rang he (finish) his work. 13. Rarely she (travel) more than fifty miles from her village. 14. Never in my life I (see) such a mess. 15. Only if everybody agreed I (accept) this position. Đáp án Exercise 1 STT Đáp án 1 On the top of the hill is a temple.
Giải thích chi tiết Đảo ngữ ở câu mở đầu bằng trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn thì đảo động từ chính lên truớc chủ ngữ: Adverb of place/ order + main verb + S + ... Dịch: Trên ngọn đồi có một ngôi đền.
2
On the book are the flies.
Đảo ngữ ở câu mở đầu bằng trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn thì đảo động từ chính lên truớc chủ ngữ: Adverb of place/ order + main verb + S + ... Dịch: Trên cuốn sách có những con ruồi.
3
Found in San Francisco is Lombard Street
Đảo ngữ ở câu mở đầu bằng tính từ (tính từ có thể duới dạng phân từ hai) thì đảo động từ chính lên truớc chủ ngữ: Vp2 + main verb + S + ... Dịch: Đường Lombard ở San Francisco.
4
In the doorway stood a man with a gun.
Đảo ngữ ở câu mở đầu bằng trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn hoặc trật tự thì đảo động từ chính lên truớc chủ ngữ: Adverb of place/ order + main verb + S + ... Dịch: Ngoài cửa có một nguời đàn ông mang theo súng.
5
Young as she is, she knows a great deal
Adj + as + S + be = Although + S + be + adj Dịch: Mặc dù cô ấy trẻ, cô ấy rất hiểu biết Page 144
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 6
Hard as he studies, he makes little progress.
Adv + as + S + V = Although + S + V + Adv Dịch: Mặc dù anh ấy học hành chăm chỉ, anh ấy hầu như không có tiến bộ gì.
7
Were you a fish, the cat would eat you.
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2, dùng “were" thay cho "if. Dịch: Nếu bạn là cá, con mèo này sẽ ăn bạn
8
Had your father known this, he would have given you advice.
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3, dùng "had" thay cho "if', Dịch: Nếu bố bạn biết điều này, ông ấy sẽ cho bạn lời khuyên.
9
Should you need my help, phone me at once.
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 1, dùng "should" thay cho "if Dịch: Nếu bạn cần giúp đỡ, hãy gọi ngay cho tôi.
10
Never have I been more insulted.
Đảo ngữ của thì hiện tại hoàn thành bắt đầu với từ phủ định "never". Dịch: Chưa bao giờ tôi bị lăng mạ như thế này.
11
Seldom does he see anything strange.
Đảo ngữ của thì hiện tại đơn bắt đầu với từ phủ định "seldom". Dịch: Hiếm khi anh ta thấy thứ kì lạ như thế này.
12
Rarely did she see him looking so miserable.
Đảo ngữ của thì quá khứ đơn bắt đầu với từ phủ định "rarely". Dịch: Hiếm khi cô ta thấy anh ta đáng thương như thế này.
13
Hardly can the man walk without a stick.
Đảo ngữ của động từ khuyết thiếu bắt đầu với từ phủ định "hardly". Dịch: Người đàn ông này không thể đi mà không có cây gậy.
14
Scarcely does she phone us after 9.00 p.m.
Đảo ngữ của thì hiện tại đơn bắt đầu với từ phủ định "scarcely". Dịch: Hiếm khi cô ta gọi điện cho chúng tôi sau 9 giờ tối.
15
Not only does he study well but also he sings perfectly.
Câu đảo ngữ có chứa "Not only ... but also ..." có cấu trúc như sau: Not only + trợ động từ + S + V + but also + S + V ... Dịch: Cậu ta không chỉ học giỏi mà còn hát hay.
16
Not only Z5 she rich but she is also beautiful
Câu đảo ngữ có chứa "Not only ... but also ..." có cấu trúc như sau: Not only + trợ động từ + S + V + but also + S + V... Chú ý: Nếu vế sau "but also" có chứa động từ to be hoặc động từ khuyết thiếu thì chèn S + to be/ động từ khuyết thiếu vào giữa "but ... also". Dịch: Cô ấy không những giàu có mà còn rất xinh đẹp.
17
Not a word did he say.
Giải thích: Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "not": Not a + noun + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Anh ta không nói một lời nào.
Page 145
18
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) No penny did he give me. Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "no": No noun + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Anh ta không đưa cho tôi một đồng nào.
19
Little did they realize that Ted was a secret agent.
Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "Little": Little + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Họ không ngờ rằng Ted lại là một đặc vụ.
20
Nowhere can I find my passport.
Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "Nowhere": Nowhere + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Tôi không tìm thấy hộ chiếu của mình đâu cả.
Exercise 2 STT Đáp án 1 By no means does he intend to criticize your idea.
Giải thích chi tiết Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định “By no means": By no means + trợ động từ + S+ V Dịch: Anh ta không hề có ý định chỉ trích quan điểm của bạn.
2
At no time do I suspect you.
Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "At no time": At no time + trợ động từ + S+ V Dịch: Chưa bao giờ tôi nghi ngờ bạn.
3
In no way could I agree with you.
Đảo ngữ bắt đầu với từ phủ định "In no way": In no way + trợ động từ + S+ V Dịch: Không đời nào tôi đồng ý với bạn.
4
No sooner had I got home than it began to rain.
Đảo ngữ với "No sooner ... than No sooner + had + S + Vp2 + than + S + V(quá khứ đơn) Dịch: Tôi vừa mới về nhà thì trời mưa.
5
Not until 8 am today did I wake up.
6
Not until I started to study English did I know him.
Đảo ngữ với "Not until": Not until + time + trợ động từ + S+ V Dịch: Mãi 8 giờ sáng tôi mới thức dậy. Đảo ngữ với "Not until": Not until + time clause + trợ động từ + S+ V Dịch: Mãi đến khi tôi bắt đầu học tiếng Anh tôi mới biết anh ta.
7
Only when he needed help did he call me.
Đảo ngữ với từ "Only when": Only when + Mệnh đề + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ khi anh ta cần giúp đỡ thì anh ta mới gọi tôi.
8
Neither has he called on her nor will do so.
Đảo ngữ với từ phủ định "neither": Neither + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Anh ta đã không gọi điện cho cô ấy và cũng không có ý định làm vậy.
9
Under no circ*mstances should you go out late.
Đảo ngữ với từ phủ định “Under no circ*mstances": Under no circ*mstances + trợ động từ + S + V Page 146
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
10
On no account must this switch be touched.
11
Only then did I understand the problem.
12
Only by working hard will we be able to accomplish this great task.
13
Only later did I post it.
14
Only at midnight did he come home.
15
Such was the doctor's anger that none of the nurses dared to utter.
16
Only if you tell me the truth can Iforgiveyou.
17
Only after the film started did I realize that I'd seen it before.
18
Only in this way can you learn English well.
19
So moving was the film that I couldn't help crying.
20
Were I to learn Russian, I would
Dịch: Trong bất cứ hoàn cảnh nào bạn cũng không nên đi chơi về muộn. On no account must this switch be touched. Giải thích: Đảo ngữ với từ phủ định "On no account": On no account + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Không vì lí do gì cái nút này được chạm vào Đảo ngữ với từ "Only then": Only then + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Mãi đến sau đó tôi mới hiểu ra vấn đề. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only by": Only by + V-ing+ trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ bằng cách làm việc chăm chỉ chúng ta mới có thể hoàn thành nhiệm vụ. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only later": Only later + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Mãi sau này tôi mới gửi nó đi. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only": Only at midnight trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Mãi nửa đêm anh ta mới về nhà. Đảo ngữ của "Such ...that": Such + V + N + that + clause/ N + V + such + that + clause Dịch: Bác sĩ tức giận đến mức mà không y tá nào dám nói. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only if': Only if + S + V + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ khi bạn nói cho tôi sự thật, tôi mới tha thứ cho bạn Đảo ngữ với từ "Only after": Only after + S + V + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ sau khi bộ phim bắt đầu, tôi mới nhận ra tôi đã xem nó rồi. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only": Only + in this way + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ bằng cách này, bạn mới có thể học tốt tiếng Anh. Đảo ngữ với từ "So": So + adj/adv + V + S + that... Dịch: Bộ phim quá cảm động đến nỗi tôi không thể ngừng khóc. Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2: Page 147
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) read a Russian book.
Were + S + (to V)... S + would/could + V Dịch: Nếu tôi học tiếng Nga, tôi sẽ đọc một cuốn sách Nga.
Page 148
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Exercise 3 STT 1
Đáp án C
Giải thích chi tiết
2
A
Câu sử dụng câu điều kiện loại 3 diễn tả một hành động không có thật trong quá khứ. Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại 3: If + mệnh đề quá khứ hoàn thành, S + would/could/might/... + have + Vp2 Loại B, D. Phương án C không phù hợp về nghĩa. Đáp án A là đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện loại 3: If + s + had + Vp2 = Had + S + Vp2. Dịch: Nếu đã được tư vấn về việc làm thế nào để chuẩn bị cho cuộc phỏng vấn, anh ta có thể đã có việc làm.
3
B
Đảo ngữ với "Not until": Not until + time/time clause, + mệnh đề đảo ngữ (đảo to be/trợ động từ lên trước danh từ) Chủ ngữ trong câu là vật (bridge) nên ta dùng dạng bị động. Dịch: Cho đến năm 1856, cây cầu đầu tiên mới được xây dựng qua sông Mississippi.
4
D
Đây là câu đảo ngữ với “Only when". Cấu trúc: Only when + mệnh đề + mệnh đề đảo ngữ Ở đây, vế sau (vế đảo ngữ) rõ ràng là thì tương lai (vì vế trước nói: only when you grow up: chỉ khi bạn lớn lên) chúng ta phải sử dụng will you know (đảo will lên trước chủ ngữ.] Dịch: Chỉ khi bạn lớn lên bạn sẽ biết sự thật.
5
A
Cấu trúc đảo tính từ trong câu tương phản, đối lập: Adj + as/though + S + to be/seem/look, S + V (Mặc dù..., nhưng...) Đáp án A Các phương án còn lại sai cấu trúc ngữ pháp. Dịch: Mặc dù rất ngoại lệ, nhưng Mozart đã là một nhà soạn nhạc thiên tài trong khi vẫn còn là một đứa trẻ.
6
D
Ta có đảo ngữ của giới từ thì không cần mượn trợ động từ mà dùng chính động từ chính trong câu đặt lên trước chủ ngữ. Đáp án D Dịch: Mary ra ngoài đi dạo sau khi đã làm xong bài tập về nhà.
7
A
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với "So ẽ.. that" So + adj + to be + S + that + S + V = Ai/cái gì như thế nào quá đến nỗi mà Dịch: Cô ấy buồn đến nỗi mà cô ấy không thể nói được điều gì. B. So upset was she: thiếu từ "that" nên không tạo thành cấu trúc đảo ngữ hoàn chỉnh C. However upset was she that: sai cấu trúc đảo ngữ với “however"
Đảo ngữ với "Not only"... Not only + to be/trợ động từ + S + ..., mệnh đề bình thường Dịch: Địa chấn học không chỉ được sử dụng để xác định độ sâu của đáy đại dương, mà nó còn được sử dụng để định vị dầu.
Page 149
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) However + adj/adv + S + V, clause = mặc dù ai/cái gì như thế nào D. Therefore upset was she that: không có cấu trúc đảo ngữ với "therefore" Ta thấy cuối câu có từ "now", ta nghĩ ngay tới câu điều kiện loại trộn If + S+ had + Vp2, S + would/could/should + V(bare infinitive) = Had + S + Vp2, S+ would/could/should + V(bare infinitive) Vì vậy phương án D đúng Dịch: Nếu như tôi vẫn làm công việc cũ thì có lẽ tôi đã được thăng tiến tới vị trí cao hơn và sẽ không ở trong vị trí bấp bênh như bây giờ.
8
D
9
B
Đảo ngữ với "Not only" Not only + auxiliary verbs (nếu là động từ thường) / be + S + V/adj/adv + ... + but + S + also + O Dịch: Cô ấy không những từ chối nói chuyện với anh ta mà còn thề là sẽ không bao giờ gặp lại anh ta nữa.
10
A
Mệnh đề chính chia động từ là "call", vì thế ở vế giả định không thể dùng "Were" hay "Will" Loại C, D. Chủ ngữ trong vế giả định là số ít, tuy nhiên động từ lại ở dạng nguyên thể (arise), vì thế chỉ có khả năng ta dùng "Should”, sau "Should" dùng động từ nguyên thể. Đảo ngữ của điều kiện loại 1. Dịch: Nếu có tình huống khẩn cấp xảy ra, gọi 911.
11
D
Ở đây ta đảo ngữ với "Nowhere" đảo to be/trợ động từ lên trước danh từ Loại B, C. Phương án A không phù hợp nhất về nghĩa. Đáp án là D Dịch: Không nơi nào ở phần phía bắc của Hoa Kì khí hậu thích hợp cho việc trồng cây có múi.
12
A
Đảo ngữ của "Only after": Only after + S + V + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Sau khi hoàn thành khoá học cô ấy mới nhận ra là mình đã lựa chọn sai lầm. Việc lựa chọn sai xảy ra trước hành động nhận ra nên sẽ chia ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành.
13
C
Đây là câu đảo ngữ nên ta sẽ chia là: Never + trợ động từ + S + V Forget + V-ing: quên đã làm gì Forget + to V: quên phải làm gì Dịch: Tôi sẽ không bao giờ quên đã nhìn thấy anh ấy đứng trên sân ga vắng tanh
14
B
Đây thuộc cấu trúc đảo ngữ với giới từ đầu mệnh đề hoặc câu. Khi giới từ đứng đầu câu thì khác so với các loại đảo ngữ khác, đó là sẽ đảo nguyên cả động từ của chủ ngữ đó. Tuy nhiên, nếu chủ ngữ của câu thuộc một trong bảy đại từ sau: "she, he, we, they, I, it, you" thì chúng ta không đảo động từ lên mặc dù có giới từ đầu câu. Đáp án B Dịch: Trọng tài thổi còi và các vận động viên chạy.
15
B
Do câu bắt đầu bằng từ phủ định "Seldom" nên ta dùng đảo ngữ có trợ động Page 150
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) từ trong trường hợp này. Sử dụng trợ động từ và đảo lên trước chủ ngữ, còn lại giữ nguyên. Dịch: Hiếm khi các núi băng ở Nam Cực di chuyển đủ xa để gây cản trở đến đường thuỷ trên Nam Thái Bình Dương. 16
B
- at a time: mỗi/ một lần - at one time; thời gian nào đó đã qua - at no time ~ never: không bao giờ, chưa bao giờ Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với “at no time”: At no time + trợ động từ/ to be + S +... Dịch: Chưa bao giờ Trung Quốc là nước đầu tiên sử dụng vũ khí hạt nhân.
17
D
Đảo ngữ với "not": Not + a/an + N + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Anh ấy lắng nghe chăm chú đến nỗi mà anh ấy đã không bỏ sót từ nào cả.
18
c
come out: xuất hiện, lộ ra Đảo ngữ với trạng từ chỉ phương hướng: "along, away, back, down, in, up, out, off, over"... ta chỉ việc đảo động từ chính lên trước chủ ngữ. Dịch: Chúng tôi đã dành gần 3 tiếng đợi ở bên ngoài nhà ga, sau đó ngôi sao xuất hiện.
19
D
20
D
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với "Nor": Vế trước mang ý phủ định, nor + trợ động từ + S + V Đảo ngữ với trạng từ phương hướng, vị trí như: "down, away, in, off, over, round, up..." Dùng trợc tiếp động từ ngay sau trạng từ: Adv + V + S,... Dịch: Một quả táo rơi ngay khi anh ấy đi ngang qua cái cây.
Exercise 4 STT Đáp án 1 Did they buy
2
Giải thích chi tiết Câu đảo ngữ có chứa "Not only ... but also ..." có cấu trúc như sau: Not only + trợ động từ + s + V + but also + s + V ... Dịch: Năm ngoái họ không chỉ mua nhà mà còn mua ô tô.
Should you come Were they to live
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 1, dùng "should" thay cho "if’. Dịch: Nếu bạn đến sớm, chúng ta sẽ bắt đầu. Đảo ngữ cấu điều kiện loại 2, ta theo công thức: Were + S + to V, S + would/could + V Dịch: Nếu họ sống ở Úc lúc này, họ sẽ đi bơi.
4
Had Bob not interfered
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3, dùng "Had" thay cho "if'. Dịch: Nếu không can thiệp vào những vấn đề hôn nhân của chị gái anh ấy, sẽ không thể có sự bình yên trong cuộc sống của họ.
5
Had the doctor Đảo ngữ với "Hardly ... when”: fallen/ woke Hardly + had + S + Vp2 + when + Mệnh đề (quá khứ đơn) Dịch: Bác sĩ vừa chợp mắt thì điện thoại làm ông ta tỉnh giấc. Did he Đảo ngữ với từ "Only”: manage Only + V-ing + trợ động từ + S + V
3
6
Page 151
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 7
Had he returned/got
8
operating
9
Did I realize
10
Did the workers call off
11
Were the facts all made
12
Did he finish
13
Does she travel
14
Have I seen
15
Could I accept
Dịch: Chỉ bằng cách học hành chăm chỉ, anh ta mới có thể thi đỗ. Đảo ngữ với "no sooner ... than No sooner + had + s + Vp2 + than + Mệnh đề (quá khứ đơn) Dịch: Anh ta vừa mới đi bộ về thì anh ta đã ngồi viết thư. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only": Only + V-ing + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ bằng cách phẫu thuật ngay lập tức, bạn mới có thể cứu vãn được thị lực của mình. Đảo ngữ với từ “Only when”: Only when + S + V + ... + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ khi họ nói cho tôi biết về chuyện đó, tôi mới nhận ra tôi đã bỏ lỡ điều gì. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only after": Only after + N + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ sau khi có mức lương mới, các công nhân mới hoãn cuộc đình công. Đảo ngữ với từ "Only later": Only later + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ sau này các sự thật mới được phơi bày. Đảo ngữ với từ "Not until": Not until + Mệnh đề + trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Mãi đến khi chuông reo anh ta mới làm xong công việc. Đảo ngữ của thì hiện tại đơn bắt đầu với từ phủ định "rarely" Dịch: Cô ấy khó có thể đi được nhiều hơn 50 dặm 1 giờ từ làng mình. Đảo ngữ của thì hiện tại hoàn thành bắt đầu với từ phủ định "never" Dịch: Chưa bao giờ trong đời tôi thấy tình trạng hỗn độn như thế này. Đảo ngữ với từ “Only if”: Only if + Mệnh đề trợ động từ + S + V Dịch: Chỉ khi tất cả mọi người đồng ý thì tôi mới nhận vị trí này.
Page 152
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 21: CONJUNCTIONS A. LÍ THUYẾT I. Định nghĩa và phân loại liên từ Liên từ là từ vự ng sử dụ ng để liên kết hai từ , cụ m từ , mệnh đề hoặ c câ u lạ i vớ i nhau. Liên từ đượ c chia thà nh ba loạ i CÁC LOẠI LIÊN TỪ
Page 153
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) LIÊN TỪ KẾT HỢP
for, and, nor, but, or, yet, so
LIÊN TỪ TƯƠNG QUAN
both... and... (vừa... vừa...) not only... but also... (không những... mà còn...), either... or (hoặc ...hoặc...), neither... nor (không... cũng không...), whether... or (dù... hay...), as/so... as (như là, bằng/ không bằng, không như) no sooner... than... hoặc hardly/scarcely/barely... when (vừa mới... thì...), so/such... that (đến mức... đến nỗi)
LIÊN TỪ PHỤ THUỘC
after (sau khi), as/when (khi), as soon as (ngay khi), before (trước khi),just as (vừa lúc), once (một khi), since (từ khi), until/till (cho đến khi), while (trong khi), because/now that/ since/as/seeing that (vì), so (vì vậy), therefore/thus/hence/consequently (do đó, do vậy), so that/in order that để mà), for fear that/lest (vì e rằng), although/even though/though (mặc dù), however/nevertheless/ nonetheless (tuy nhiên), whereas/on the contrary/in contrast/on the other hand (trái lại, trái với), in other words (nói cách khác), as long as/so long as/providing that/provided that (với điều kiện là, miễn là), or else/otherwise (hoặc là), in the event that/in case (phòng khi), suppose/supposing that (giả sử), if (nếu như), unless (trừ khi), even if (kể cả khi), as if/as though (như thể là), …
Page 154
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) II. Cách sử dụng của liên từ STT LIÊN TỪ 1 AND 2 NOR 3 4
5
6
BUT OR = OR ELSE = OTHERWISE YET
CÁCH DÙNG Thêm, bổ sung thô ng tin Bổ sung thêm mộ t ý phủ định và o mộ t ý phủ định đượ c nêu trướ c đó . Diễn tả sự đố i lậ p, ngượ c nghĩa Nêu thêm sự lự a chọ n (hoặ c là , hay là )
VÍ DỤ She is rich and famous. I don't want to call him nor intend to apologize to him.
Đưa ra mộ t ý ngượ c lạ i so vớ i ý trướ c đó (vậ y mà, thế mà )
They are ugly and expensive, yet people buy them.
She is beautiful but arrogant. Hurry up or else you will miss the last bus.
Nêu kết quả củ a hà nh độ ng (vì vậ y, do đó , do vậ y)
7
SO (THEREFORE = THUS = HENCE =CONSEQUENTLY = AS A RESULT) RATHER THAN
8
WHETHER... OR
9
AS ... AS SO ... AS
Diễn tả sự thay thế (hay là ) So sá nh ngang/khô ng ngang bằ ng (bằ ng/khô ng... bằ ng)
10
BARELY ... WHEN HARDLY ... WHEN SCARCELY... WHEN NO SOONER ...THAN
Diễn tả quan hệ thờ i gian (ngay khi ... thì, vừ a mớ i ... thì)
Hardly had he gone to bed when the telephone rang. (Ngay khi anh ấ y đi ngủ thì điện thoạ i kêu.)
11
AFTER
12
BEFORE
13
AS SOON AS
After he had finished his work, he went out for a drink. He had finished his work before he went out for a drink. As soon as she went home, she had a bath.
14
JUST AS
15
ONCE
16
UNTIL/TILL
17
IN OTHER WORDS
18
WHEN
Diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra sau mộ t hà nh độ ng khá c (sau khi) Diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra trướ c mộ t hà nh độ ng khá c Chỉ mộ t hà nh độ ng xả y ra liền ngay sau mộ t hà nh độ ng khá c (ngay khi) Diễn tả hai hà nh độ ng xả y ra gầ n như cù ng thờ i điểm (ngay khi, vừ a lú c) Nó i về mộ t thờ i điểm mà ở đó mộ t hà nh độ ng đã xả y ra Chỉ hà nh độ ng xả y ra/ khô ng xả y ra cho tớ i mộ t thờ i điểm nà o đó (cho tớ i khi.) Để giả i thích rõ nghĩa hơn (nó i cá ch khá c) Liên kết hai hà nh độ ng có mố i quan hệ về thờ i gian (khi)
Diễn tả lự a chọ n (hơn là )
+ He was ill, so he didn't go to school yesterday. + The car in the front stopped so suddenly. Therefore, the accident happened. I think you should choose to become a teacher rather than a doctor. I don't know whether he will come or not. + She is as tall as me. + She isn't as/so tall as me.
He left the meeting just as we arrived. (Anh ta rờ i khỏ i cuộ c họ p vừ a lú c chú ng tô i tớ i đó .) Once you have well-prepared for it, you will certainly be successful. I wil I will wait for you until it’s possible. He was economical with the truth in other words, he lied. When she came, I was cooking dinner.
Page 155
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 19 20 21 22
23
24
25
26 27
28
WHILE = MEANWHILE SO THAT = IN ORDER THAT
Chỉ cá c hà nh độ ng diễn ra cù ng mộ t lú c (trong khi) Nêu mụ c đích hoặ c kết quả củ a hà nh độ ng có dự tính (để mà )
While I was doing my homework, my mother was cleaning the floor. I’m trying my best to study English well so that I can find a better job.
FOR FEAR THAT = LEST WHEREAS = ON THE CONTRARY = IN CONTRAST = ON THE OTHER AS/SO LONG AS = PROVIDING (THAT) = PROVIDED (THAT) IN THE EVENT THAT = IN CASE
Chỉ mụ c đích phủ định (vì e rằ ng, sợ rằ ng) Diễn tả sự ngượ c nghĩa giữ a hai mệnh đề (trong khi)
He wore dark glasses lest he could be recognized. He loves foreign holidays whereas his wife prefers to stay at home.
Diễn tả điều kiện (vớ i điều kiện là , miễn là )
You can use my bike providing that you promise to give it back tomorrow.
Diễn tả giả định về mộ t hà nh độ ng có thể xả y ra trong tương lai (trong trườ ng hợ p, phò ng khi) Dù ng để thay thế cho "if" trong mệnh đề phụ [giả sử
Take an umbrella in case it rains. (Mang theo ô phò ng khi trờ i mưa.)
Dù ng trong giả định (như thể là ) Dù ng để bổ sung thêm ý/ thô ng tin (Ngoà i ra/hơn nữ a/thêm và o đó ) Ví dụ , chẳ ng hạ n như
He looked frightened as if he had seen a ghost. I can't go now, I'm too busy. Besides, my passport is out of date.
SUPPOSE SUPPOSING (THAT) AS IF/THOUGH BESIDES MOREOVER FURTHERMORE IN ADDITION FOR EXAMPLE = FOR INSTANCE
29
INDEED = IN FACT
30
INSTEAD
Both + S1 + and + S2 +V(plural) Either + S1 + or + S2 +V(S2) Neither + S1 + nor + S2 +V(S2) Not only+ S1 +but also + S2 +V(S2)
Đượ c dù ng để nhấ n mạ nh/xá c nhậ n thô ng tin trướ c đó (thự c sự , quả thậ t) Thay vì, thay và o Cả hai Hoặ c…..hoặ c Khô ng…..khô ng Khô ng chỉ …..mà cò n
Supposing he hates you, what will you do?
There are many interesting places to visit in the city. The art museum, for instance, has an excellent collection of modern paintings. I am happy, indeed proud, to be a member of your team. We didn't go on holiday. We stayed at home, instead. Both Tom and Ann were late Either he or I am wrong I am neither rich nor poor Robert is not only talented but also helpful
Page 156
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1.
of the committee, I'd like to thank you for your generous donation. A. Instead
2.
B. On behalf
C. According
D. In spite
, I decided to stop trading with them. A. Despite of the fact that they were the biggest dealer B. Though being the biggest dealer C. Being the biggest dealer D. Even though they were the biggest dealer
3. I think it's
to take a few more pictures.
A. enough light 4.
B. lightly enough
C. light enough
D. enough as light
I heard the phone ring, I didn't answer it. A. because
B. Only if
C. Even though
D. Provided that
5. Determining the mineral content of soil samples is an exacting process; , experts must perform detail tests to analyze soil specimens. A. therefore B. afterward C. so that D. however 6. Businesses will not survive A. or else
they satisfy their customers.
B. in case
C. unless
D. if
7. This investigation is not only one that is continuing and worldwide continue for quite some time. A. but one also that B. but one that also C. but also one that
D. but that also one
8. A few natural elements exist in environments. A. such small quantities
that they are rarely seen in their natural B. so small quantities
C. very small quantities
D. small quantity
9. He decided to quit the job
the high salary he got.
A. although
B. in spite
C. despite
D. much as
10. I will stand here and wait for you A. because
B. though
11. My sister won't go to the party tonight and
you come back. C. so
D. until .
A. so will I
B. I will too
C. neither will I
D. I will neither
12. When he came to the counter of pay he found that he had credit card with him. A. either/or 13.
we expect to
B. neither/nor
C. both/and
cash
his
D. not/neither
we understand his reasons, we cannot accept his behaviour.
Page 157
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. As if 14.
B. What if
C. Even if
D. Only if
his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly. A. Because
B. Even though
15. Neither the students nor their lecturer A. have used 16.
B. use
C. Because of
D. In spite of
English in the classroom. C. are using
D. uses
the price is high, we can't afford to buy a new car. A. Now that
B. Although
17. He hurried
C. Whereas
he wouldn't be late for class.
A. since
B. as if
C. unless
18. I'm sorry you've decided not to go with us on the river trip, but mind, there will still be enough room on the boat for you. A. even B. nevertheless C. in the event that 19.
D. As long as
D. so that you change your D. provided that
you read the instructions carefully, you will understand what to do. A. as well as
B. as far as
20. My father is getting old and forgetful A. Be that as it may B. Regardless 21. We've had shop. A. so
C. as soon as
he is experienced and helpful. C. Lest
D. Consequently
problems with our new computer that we had to send it back to the B. such
22. The baby can't even sit up yet, A. but for
B. let alone
C. enough
24. Don't be late for the interview, A. Unless
B. lest
25. You should take regular exercise A. in spite of
B. instead of
D. too
stand and walk! C. all but
23. All the candidates for the scholarship will be equally treated nationality. A. regardless B. regard C. regarding
D. rather than of their sex, age, or D. regards
people will think you are a disorganized person. C. so
D. otherwise
sitting in front of the television all day. C. without
26. High-level sport people must maintain a high level of fitness suffering injuries that cause permanent damage. A. or else B. besides C. unless 27.
D. provided that
D. even run the risk of D. on account of
irritating they are, you shouldn't lose temper with small children. A. No matter how much C. However
B. As much as D. Although
28. There are that not only governments but also individuals should join hand to tackle. A. too numerous environmental problems B. such a lot of environmental problems C. so fewer environmental problems
D. such many environmental problem
29. The second-hand car Patrick bought was almost new A. or
B. because
C. although
it was made in the 1990s. D. however Page 158
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 30. "Did the minister approve the building plans?" "Not really. He turned them down A. in case
_ that the costs were too high."
B. supposing
C. provided
D. on the grounds
Exercise 2: Chọn phương án thích hợp với câu ban đầu 1.I didn't want to disturb the meeting. I left without saying goodbye. A. Rather than disturb the meeting, I left without saying goodbye. B. I disturbed the meeting because I said goodbye. C. I would rather disturb the meeting than leaving without saying goodbye. D. The meeting was disturbed as I left saying goodbye. 2.
Having spent all his money, Daniel couldn't afford a new watch. A. As Daniel had bought a new watch, he spent all his money. B. Daniel didn't buy a new watch although he had a lot of money. C. Because he had spent all the money, Daniel couldn't afford a new watch. D. Daniel couldn't get a new watch because he didn't have much money. 3.She doesn't want to go to their party. We don't want to go either. A. Either we or she wants to go to their party. B. Neither we nor she want to go to their party. C. Neither we nor she wants to go to their party. D. Neither she nor we don't want to go to their party. 4.Noisy as the hotel was, they stayed there. A. Much as the hotel was noisy, they stayed there. B. In spite of the noisy hotel and they liked it. C. Despite the hotel was noisy, they stayed there. D. Although the noisy hotel, they stayed there. 5.She was so busy that she couldn't answer the phone. A. She was very busy that she couldn't answer the phone. B. She was too busy to answer the phone. C. She was too busy not to answer the phone. D. She was very busy so that she couldn't answer the phone. 6.Tim graduated with a good degree. He joined the ranks of the unemployed. A. Tim joined the ranks of the unemployed because he graduated with a good degree. B. If Tim graduated with a good degree, he would join the ranks of the unemployed. C. Though Tim graduated with a good degree, he joined the ranks of the unemployed. D. That Tim graduated with a good degree helped him join the ranks of the unemployed. 7.In spite of his poverty, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause. A. He could not devote his life to the revolutionary cause because of his poverty. B. Although he was poor, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause. C. If he had not been so poor, he could have devoted his life to the revolutionary cause. Page 159
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) D. He led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause, but he was so poor.
Page 160
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 8.She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it. A. Although she didn't try hard to pass the driving test, she could pass it. B. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving test satisfactorily. C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the driving test. D. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn't pass it. 9.Smallpox is a dangerous disease. Malaria is a dangerous disease. A. Smallpox is a dangerous disease, and so is malaria. B. Malaria is a dangerous disease, but smallpox is not. C. Neither smallpox nor malaria is a dangerous disease. D. Either smallpox or malaria is a dangerous disease. 10. Transportation has been made much easier thanks to the invention of car. However, cars are the greatest contributor of air pollution. A. The invention of cars has made transportation much easier, but cars are among the greatest contributors of air pollution. B. However easier the invention of cars has made transportation, it is cars that among the greatest contributors of air pollution. C. Although the invention of cars has made transportation much easier, cars are the greatest contributor of air pollution of air. D. Although the invention of cars has made transportation much easier, people use cars to contribute to the pollution of air. 11. I thought she was the right person for the position, yet it turned put that she was quite useless. A. Because I was expecting her to be competent, I was shocked to see her perform rather badly. B. I was mistaken about her suitability for the position since she proved rather incompetent. C. Contrary to my initial impression, she was not totally unsuitable for the position. D. I was right in thinking that she was totally useless for the job. 12. The substance is very toxic. Protective clothing must be worn at all times. A. Since the substance is very toxic, so protective clothing must be worn at all times. B. So toxic is the substance that protective clothing must be worn at all times. C. The substance is such toxic that protective clothing must be worn at all times. D. The substance is too toxic to wear protective clothing at all times. 13. The film was not interesting. However, he tried to watch the whole film. A. In spite of the film uninteresting, he tried to watch the whole film. B. Uninteresting as the film was, he tried to watch the whole film. C. Despite of uninteresting film, he tried to watch the whole film. D. Uninteresting as was the film, he tried to watch the whole film. 14. Although she was very old, she looked very grateful. A. In spite of very old, she looked very grateful. B. Despite she was very old, she looked very grateful. C. Despite her old age, she looked very grateful. D. In spite her being old, she looked very grateful. Page 161
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 15. She gets up early to prepare breakfast so that her children can come to school on time. A. Despite her getting up early to prepare breakfast, her children cannot come to school on time. B. Because she wanted her children to come to school on time, she gets up early to prepare breakfast. C. If she does not get up early to prepare breakfast, her children will not come to school on time. D. Unless she gets up early to prepare breakfast, her children will not come to school on. 16. I whispered as I didn't want anybody to hear our conversation. A. So as not to hear our conversation I whispered. B. Since nobody wanted to hear our conversation I whispered. C. Because I whispered, nobody heard our conversation. D. I lowered my voice in order that our conversation couldn't be heard. 17. Though he tried hard, he didn't succeed. A. However he tried hard, he didn't succeed. B. However hard he tried, he didn't succeed. C. However he didn't succeed hard, he tried hard. D. However he tried hard, but he didn't succeed. 18. Crazianna is a big country. Unfortunately, it has never received respect from its neighbours. A. Though Crazianna is a big country, it has never received respect from its neighbours. B. Crazianna has never received respect from its neighbours because it is a big country. C. It is Crazianna, a big country, that has never received respect from its neighbours. D. Crazianna is such a big country that it has never received respect from its neighbours. 19. Slippery as the roads were, they managed to complete the race. A. The roads were so slippery that they could hardly complete the race. B. The roads were slippery but they managed to complete the race. C. The roads were slippery so they could hardly complete the race. D. The roads were so slippery; therefore, they could hardly complete the race. 20. They decided to go for a picnic though it was very cold. A. Because it was very cold, they decided to go for a picnic. B. However cold it was, they decided to go for a picnic. C. If it had been cold, they would not have gone for a picnic. D. It was very cold so they decided to go for a picnic. 21. Both Peter and Mary enjoy scientific expedition. A. It is not Peter, but Mary, that enjoys scientific expedition. B. Peter enjoys scientific expedition. Therefore, does Mary. C. However Peter enjoys scientific expedition and Mary does. D. Peter enjoys scientific expedition, and so does Mary. 22. Seeing that he was angry, she left the office. A. She didn't want to make him angry, so she left. Page 162
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) B. He wouldn’t have been so angry if she hadn't been there. C. He grew very angry when he saw her leaving the office. D. She left the office when she saw how angry he was. 23. He felt very tired. He was determined to continue to climb up the mountain. A. He felt so tired that he was determined to continue to climb up the mountain. B. Feeling very tired, he was determined to continue to climb up the mountain. C. Tired as he might, he was determined to continue to climb up the mountain. D. As result of his tiredness, he was determined to continue to climb up the mountain. 24. The weather was so dismal. They had to cancel the picnic immediately. A. The weather was too dismal that the picnic was cancelled immediately. B. The picnic would be cancelled immediately since the weather was dismal, C. So dismal was the weather that they had to cancel the picnic immediately. D. The weather was enough dismal for them to cancel the picnic immediately. 25. The coffee was not strong, so it didn't keep us awake. A. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake. B. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn't keep us awake, C. We are kept awake because the coffee was strong. D. The coffee was so hot that it didn't keep us awake.
Page 163
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. LÍ THUYẾT
MODULE 22: PREPOSITIONS
I. Định nghĩa giới từ Giớ i từ là từ hay cụ m từ thườ ng đượ c dù ng vớ i danh từ , tính từ , đạ i từ để chỉ mố i liên hệ giữ a các từ nà y vớ i cá c thà nh phầ n khá c trong câ u. II. Vị trí của giới từ Giớ i từ có vị trí đứ ng riêng củ a mình trong câu, sau đâ y là vị trí củ a mộ t số giớ i từ cơ bả n trong tiếng Anh: 1. Trước danh từ Ví dụ :+ at the cinema: ở rạ p chiếu phim + in 2000: và o nă m 2000 2. Sau động từ Có thể liền sau độ ng từ , có thể bị mộ t từ khá c xen giữ a độ ng từ và giớ i từ . Ví dụ :+ I arrived at the airport on time. (Tô i đến sâ n bay đú ng giờ .) + Please turn the radio down! (Làm ơn vặ n nhỏ đà i chú t!) 3. Sau tính từ Ví dụ :+ Viet Nam is rich in natural resources. (Việt Nam giàu tà i nguyên thiên nhiên.) + He is very friendly with me. (Anh ấ y rấ t thâ n thiện vớ i tô i.) III. Các loại giới từ 1. Giới từ chỉ thời gian Giới từ ON
Cách sử dụng
Ví dụ
- Thứ trong tuầ n
+ We have English lessons on Monday and Friday.
- Ngà y trong thá ng/nă m
+ I was born on May 5th 1987.
- Trong mộ t số cụ m từ : + on holiday: đi nghỉ
+ She went on holiday with her family.
+ on vacation: nghỉ việc
+ He doesn’t have anything to do because he has been on vacation.
+ on business: đi cô ng tá c
+ The manager and the secretary are on business.
+ on duty: đang là m nhiệm vụ
+ I'm sorry but I am on duty, so I can't join you.
+ on an excursion: trong mộ t chuyên du ngoạ n + on purpose: có chủ định
+ Last week, my class was on an excursion to Halong Bay. + I think they did it on purpose.
+ on time: đú ng giờ
+ He is always on time. You can rely on him
…. IN
- Thá ng/nă m/mù a
+ In March/In 2017/In summer
- Buổ i trong ngà y
+ In the morning/afternoon/evening
- Trong mộ t số cụ m từ : + in the future: trong tương lai
+ I wish to be a doctor in the future.
+ in the past: trong quá khứ
+ My village was very poor in the past.
+ in (good) time for: kịp giờ
+ Luckily, we are in good time for the meeting.
+ in eood/bad mood: tâ m trạ ng tố t/tệ
+ Today, I'm in bad mood. I don't want to do
Page 164
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
AT
+ in the end: cuố i cù ng
anything.
+ in the beginning: lú c đầu
+ In the end, we get married though we hated each other in the beginning.
- Trướ c cá c ngà y lễ
+ at Christmas: và o giá ng sinh
- Cho cuố i tuầ n
+ at weekend
- Trướ c giờ
+ at 7 o'clock
- Cho mộ t mố c thò i gian nhấ t định: + at night: và o ban đêm + at noon: và o buổ i trưa
+ It's cooler at night and hotter at noon.
+ at lunch time: và o giờ ă n trưa
+ I often read newspapers at lunch time.
+ at midday: và o giữ a ngà y + at the moment/ at present: bâ y giờ
+ At midday everyone would go down to Reg’s Café.
+ at times: thỉnh thoả ng
+ I am busy at the moment.
+ at dawn: khi bình minh
+ At times, we go out for lunch.
+ at dusk: khi hoà ng hô n
+ Mv parents work hard from at dawn to dusk.
+ at the same time: cù ng lú c + The phone rang at the same time you knocked the door. SINCE
Từ khoả ng thờ i gian nhấ t định trong quá khứ đến hiện tạ i
I have lived here since 1997.
Mộ t khoả ng thờ i gian nhấ t định tính từ quá khứ đến hiện tạ i
She has been waiting for you for 3 hours.
Trướ c khoả ng thờ i gian
I got up before 6am.
sau khoả ng thờ i gian
Don't come back home after 10pm.
Từ ... đến
I worked for the company from 2000 to 2007.
TILL/ UNTIL
Đến, cho đến
I will wait here until you come back.
BY
Và o, tính tớ i •
By last month, they had published more than 30 reference books.
Giữ a... và
He promised to turn up between 8 am and 10 am.
Trong suố t
During the lesson, all of us kept silent.
FOR BEFORE AFTER FROM.. TO
BETWEEN.. AND DURING
2. Giới từ chỉ vị trí Giới từ IN
Cách sử dụng
Ví dụ
- Dù ng trong mộ t khu vự c, khoả ng khô ng (mang nghĩa là trong)
+ in the bedroom: trong phò ng ngủ
- Dù ng truớ c cá ch địa danh như thị trấ n, thà nh phố , quố c gia - Dù ng truớ c cá c danh từ chỉ phương
+ in the rain: trong cơn mưa
+ in hospital: trong bệnh viện + in a town
Page 165
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) huớ ng
+ in Hanoi
- Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ
+ in Vietnam + in the west/east/north/south... + in the middle of: ở giữ a + in front of: ở trướ c
AT
- Dù ng trướ c các địa điểm cụ thể (ở /tạ i) - Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ :
+ in the back of: ở phía sau + at the airport, at the part, at the cinema, at the station, at the bus stop, at the meeting, at home... + at the end of: cuố i củ a + at the beginning of: đầu củ a + at the top of: đỉnh củ a + at the bottom of: đá y củ a + at the age of: ở độ tuổ i + at the center of: giữ a củ a
ON
- Chỉ vị trí trên mộ t bề mặ t (trên/ở trên)
+ on the table
- Chỉ vị trí trên cá c tầ ng nhà
+ on the wall
- Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ :
+ on the beach + on the second floor + on the left/right (of): bên trá i/phả i (củ a)
BY/NEXT
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là gầ n/bên cạ nh
My house is next to/beside/by a school.
UNDER
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là bên dướ i
The children are playing under the trees.
BELOW
Thấ p hơn cá i khá c nhưng cao hơn mặ t đấ t
The fish are below the surface.
TO/BESIDE
OVER
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: - bị bao phủ bở i cá i khá c - nhiều hơn
put a jacket over your shirt over 16 years of age
ABOVE
- Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: vị trí cao hơn mộ t cá i gì đó
a path above the lake
AMONG
- Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ở giữ a
She is among the crowd of fans.
(hơn 2 ngườ i/ 2 vậ t) BETWEEN
Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: ở giữ a
He is sitting between his girlfriend and his sister.
(2 ngườ i/ 2 vậ t) BEHIND OPPOSITE
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ở phía sau
Behind my house is a river.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : đố i diện
My school is opposite a hotel
Page 166
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 3. Giới từ chỉ sự chuyển động Giới từ
Cách sử dụng
ACROSS
Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: bă ng qua, bă ng qua về phía bên kia
The blind man is trying to walk across
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : và o trong
A strange man came into the building this morning.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : di chuyển về hướ ng
He went 5 steps towards the house.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : dọ c theo
She was walking along the beach.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ngang qua
I usually walk by the park.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: vượ t qua mộ t cá i gì đó
+ He walked over the bridge.
INTO TOWARDS ALONG BY OVER
Ví dụ
+ The thief climbed over the wall. FROM ...TO ROUND
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: từ ... đến
It takes me 30 minutes to travel from my house to school.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: quanh
If you are free, I will show you round the city.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: xuyên qua
He walked through the forests.
Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: ra khỏ i
Please get out of my room.
AROUND THROUGH OUT OF
UP>< xuố ng
He often runs up the stairs for exercise
4. Giới từ chỉ thể cách Giới từ
Nghĩa
Ví dụ
WITH
vớ i
WITHOUT
khô ng, khô ng có
ACCORDING TO
theo như
IN SPITE OF
mặ c dù
In spite of the rain, he turned up on time.
INSTEAD OF
thay vì
I'll have coffee instead of tea.
LIKE
giố ng như
I'm shopping with my brother. If you come late, we will go without you. According to the archives, he was born in Paris.
He walked like an old man.
IV. Những cấu trúc giới từ thông dụng Giới từ ABOUT
Cấu trúc
Nghĩa
- To be sorry about St
+ lấ y là m tiếc, hố i tiếc về cá i gì
- To be curious about St
+ tò mò về cá i gì
- To be careful about St
+ cẩ n thậ n về cá i gì
- To be careless about St
+ bấ t cẩ n về cá i gì
- To be confused about St
+ nhầ m lẫ n về cá i gì
Page 167
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
AT
FOR
- To be doubtful about St
+ hoà i nghi về cá i gì
- To be excited about St
+ hứ ng thú về cái gì
- To be enthusiastic about St
+ nhiệt tình, hà o hứ ng về cá i gì
- To be sad about St
+ buồ n về cá i gì
- To be serious about
+ nghiêm tú c về
- To be reluctant about St (or to] St
+ ngầ n ngạ i, hữ ng hờ vớ i cá i gì
- To be uneasy about St
+ khô ng thoả i má i
- To be worried about St - To be amazed at St
+ lo lắ ng về cá i gì + kinh ngạ c, sử ng số t vì cá i gì
- To be amused at St
+ thích thú vớ i cái gì
- To be angry at sb
+ tứ c giậ n vớ i ai
- To be annoyed at sb
+ bự c mình vớ i ai
- To be bad at st
+ yếu kém về cá i gì
- To be brilliant at
+ thô ng minh, có tà i
- To be good/clever at st
+ giỏ i/sắ c sả o về cái gì
- To be efficient at st
+ có nă ng lự c về cái gì
- To be expert at st
+ thà nh thạ o về cá i gì
- To be mad at sb
+ tứ c điên lên vớ i ai
- To be present at
+ có mặ t
- To be skillful at st
+ khéo léo cá i gì
- To be surprised at st
+ ngạ c nhiên vớ i
- To be quick at st
+ bén về cá i gì/nhanh chó ng là m gì
- To be available for sth
+ có sẵ n (cá i gì)
- To be bad for
+ xấu cho
- To be good for
+ tố t cho
- To be convenient for
+ thuậ n lợ i cho...
- To be difficult for
+ khó ...
- To be dangerous for
+ nguy hiểm...
- To be eager for
+ há o hứ c cho
- To be eligible for
+ đủ tư cá ch cho
- To be late for
+ trễ...
- To be liable for sth
+ có trá ch nhiệm về phá p lí
- To leave for
+ rờ i khỏ i đâ u
- To be famous/well-known for
+ nổ i tiếng
- lo be fit for
+ thích hợ p vớ i
- To be greedy for
+ tham lam...
- To be grateful for sth
+ biết ơn về việc...
- To be helpful/useful for
+ có ích/có lợ i
- To be necessary for
+ cầ n thiết
- To be perfect for
+ hoà n hả o
Page 168
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
FROM
IN
- To prepare for
+ chuẩ n bị cho
- To be qualified for
+ có phẩ m chấ t
- To be ready for sth
+ sẵ n sà ng cho việc gì
- To be responsible for sth
+ có trá ch nhiệm về việc gì
- To be suitable for
+ thích hợ p
- To be sorry for
+ xin lỗ i/lấ y là m tiếc cho
- To apologize for st/doing St
+ xin lỗ i vì cá i gì/vì đã là m gì
- To thank sb for st/doing St
+ cảm ơn ai vì cá i gì
- To be useful for - To borrow st from sb/st
+ có ích, hữ u dụ ng + vay mượ n củ a ai/cá i gì
- To demand st from sb
+ đò i hỏ i cá i gì ở ai
- To draw st from St
+ rú t cá i gì
- To emerge from St
+ nhú lên cá i gì
- To escape from
+ thoá t ra từ cá i gì
- To be free from
+ khô ng bị, khô ng phả i
- To prevent st from
+ ngă n cả n ai cá i gì
- To protect sb/st from
+ bả o vệ ai/bả o vệ cá i gì
- To prohibit sb from doing St
+ cấm ai là m việc gì
- To separate st/sb from st/sb
+ tá ch cá i gì ra khỏ i cá i gì/tá ch ai ra khỏ i ai
- To suffer from
+ chịu đự ng đau khổ
- To be away from st/sb
+ xa cách cá i gì/ai
- To be different from St
+ khá c về cá i gì
- To be far from sb/st
+ xa cách ai/cá i gì
- To be safe from St
+ an toà n trong cá i gì
- To save sb/st from
+ cứ u ai/cá i gì khỏ i
- To be resulting from St
+ do cá i gì có kết quả
- To be absorbed in
+ say mê, say sưa
- To believe in st/sb
+ tin tưở ng cá i gì/và o ai
- To delight in st
+ hồ hở i về cá i gì
- To be engaged in st
+ tham dự , lao và o cuộ c
- To be experienced in st
+ có kinh nghiệm về cái gì
- To include st in st
+ gộ p cá i gì và o cá i gì
- To indulge in st
+ chìm đắm trong cá i gì
- To be interested in st/doing St
+ quan tâ m cá i gì/việc gì
- To invest st in st
+ đầu tư cá i gì và o cá i gì
- To involved in st
+ dính líu và o cá i gì
- To persist in st
+ kiên trì trong cá i gì
- To be deficient in st
+ thiếu hụ t cá i gì
- To be fortunate in st
+ may mắ n trong cá i gì
- To be rich in st
+ dồ i dà o, phong phú
Page 169
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) OF
ON
TO
- To be successful/succeed in
+ thà nh cô ng
+ To be ashamed of
+ xấu hổ về …
+ To be afraid of
+ sợ , e ngạ i…
+ To be ahead of
+ trướ c
+ To be aware of
+ nhậ n thứ c
+ To be capable of
+ có khả nă ng
+ To be confident of
+ tự tin
+ To be certain of
+ chắ c chắ n về
+ To be doubtful of
+ nghi ngờ
+ To be fond of
+ thích
+ To be full of
+ đầ y
+ To be hopeful of
+ hi vọ ng
+ To be independent of
+ độ c lậ p
+ To be proud of
+ tự hà o
+ To be jealous of
+ ganh tị vớ i
+ To be guilty of
+ phạ m tộ i về, có tộ i
+ To be innocent of
+ vô tộ i
+ To remind sb of
+ gợ i cho ai nhớ tớ i
+ To be sick of
+ chá n nả n về
+ To be scare of
+ sợ hã i
+ To be short of
+ thiếu
+ To be suspicious of
+ nghi ngờ về
+ To be joyful of
+ vui mừ ng về
+ To be typical of
+ tiêu biểu, điển hình
+ To be tired of
+ mệt mỏ i
+ To be terrified of
+ khiếp sợ về
+ To be dependent/ depend on st/sb
+ lệ thuộ c và o cái gì/ và o ai
+To be keen on st
+ mê cá i gì
+To be based on st
+ dự a trên, dự a và o
- To be grateful to sb
+ biết ơn ai
- To be harmful to sb/st
+ có hạ i cho ai (cho cá i gì)
- To be important to
+ quan trọ ng
- To be indifferent to
+ bà ng quan, thờ ơ
- To be identical to
+ giố ng hệt
- To be kind to sb To be kind of sb - To be likely to
+ tố t vớ i ai
- To be lucky to - To be loyal to - To be necessary to sth/sb
+ lò ng tố t củ a ai + có thể + may mắ n + chung thuỷ vớ i + cầ n thiết cho việc gì / cho ai
Page 170
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
WITH
- To be next to
+ kế bên
- To be open to
+ cở i mở
- To be opposed to
+ phả n đố i
- To be pleasant to
+ hà i lò ng
- To be preferable to
+ đá ng thích hơn
- To be profitable to
+ có lợ i
- To be responsible to sb
+ có trá ch nhiệm vớ i ai
- To be rude to
+ thô lỗ , cộ c cằ n
- To be similar to
+ giố ng, tương tự
- To be useful to sb
+ có ích cho ai
- To be willing to
+ sẵ n lò ng
- To be acquainted with
+ quen biết, quen thâ n
- To be angry with sb
+ tứ c giậ n vớ i ai
- To be busy with st/doing St
+ bậ n vớ i cá i gì/là m việc gì
- To be bored with = to be fed up with
+ chá n ngá n, chá n ngấ y
- To be consistent with St
+ kiên trì chung thuỷ vớ i cá i gì
- To be content with St = to be satisfied with
+ hà i lò ng vớ i
- To be crowded with
+ đầ y, đô ng đú c
- To be covered with
+ bao phủ vớ i
- To cope with
+ đương đầ u vớ i
- To deal with
+ xử lí, giả i quyết vớ i
- To be disappointed with
+ thấ t vọ ng vớ i
- To be patient with St
+ kiên trì vớ i cá i gì
- To be impressed with/by
+ có ấ n tượ ng/xú c độ ng vớ i
- To be popular with
+ phổ biến, quen thuộ c vớ i
- To be wrong with
+ có vấ n đề vớ i
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Điền vào mỗi chỗ chấm sau đây một giới từ thích hợp l. You don't like it, do you? the contrary, I love it. 2. Mr. Johnson said he was favor of doing the work right away. 3. What time did they arrive London? 4. the past, people did a great deal of work by hand. 5. Every student should spend least two hours on his homework every night. 6. Some large cities may have to ban cars the city center to wipe out smoke. 7. When she arrived in Britain, she wasn't used to driving the left. 8. Our flat is the second floor of the building. 9. Did you go on holiday yourself? 10. They have been waiting the bus for half an hour. 11. She has become very famous her novels. 12. Henry was born 1992. 13. What do you often do the evening? 14. Clean air is necessary our health. Page 171
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 15. She is always fed up washing dishes after dinner. 16. The roofs are covered red tiles. 17. We are looking forward seeing you again. 18. She is very angry me. 19. I'm very grateful her help. 20. She is very jealous her sister. 21. I'm very sorry what I have done. 22. Miss White was very upset the news of her father's death. 23. Don't you think you should try to be friendly your classmates? 24. My daily expense are just about equal my income. 25. We were very doubtful his ability. 26. The gloves aren't very suitable that kind of work. 27. She was sad because he was rude 28. Thank you. You are kind me. 29. Everybody was surprised the news. 30. Are you excited going on holiday next week? Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng để hoàn thành câu 1. This organization is quick sending relief goods to the flooded areas. A. with B. at c. for D. about 2.When are you leaving Singapore? This week or next week? A. for B. in C. to D„ at 3.Can you help me, please? I can't see the differences these words. A. from B. in C. between D. about 4.That house reminds me the one where I used to live. A. of B. for C. about D. with 5.It was very kind you to lend me the money I needed. A. for B. of C. to D. with 6. We have to apply effective measures to save many plant and animal species extinction. A. from B. in C. for D. on 7.Clearing forests for timber has resulted the loss of biodiversity. A. with B. at C. in D. for 8. She is looking a new place to live because she does not want to depend her parents any more. A. for / on B. after / with C. up / forward D. at / into 9. Due to industrialization, we have to cope the fact that many species are danger extinction. A. over / at / for B. at / upon / over C. for / on / with D. with / in / of 10. Boys! Put your toys . It is time to go to bed. Don't stay late. A. off / on B. away / up C. down / off D. around / for 11. She intended to quit her job to stay home and look her sick mother. A. in / at B. at / after C. for / over D. up / on 12. He is very worried his new job because he is not quite prepared working. A. on / over B. to / off C. about / for D. in / at 13. Instead petrol, cars will only run solar energy and electricity. A. of / on B. for / by C. in / over D. from/ upon Page 172
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 14. She has a promising future ahead her. A. for B. from C. on D. of 15. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty drug advertisem*nts. A. with B. of C. for D. about 16. According Bill, there's something wrong my computer. A. after / for B. on / about C. to / with D. upon / at 17. I'm terrified breaking down on a motorway at night. A. from B. with C. for D. of 18. As an adult, I am independent my parents financially. A. of B. with 19. Today, women are increasingly involved
C. out
D. on the politics.
A. of B. in C. with D. from 20. Do you have any objections this new road scheme? A. at B. with C. to D. for 21. As I was of the change in the program, I arrived half an hour late for the rehearsal. A. unaware B. unconscious C. unable D. unreasonable 22. May I introduce you Mrs Brown? A. with B. for C. to D. of 23. She likes reading books the library. A. in B. at C. on D. from 24. Many students aren't keen their study at school. A. about B. for C. with D. on 25. Please write your answers ink. A. in B. with C. of D. by 26. Bread is usually made wheat. A. from B. of C. with D. by 27. Education in many countries is compulsory the age of 16. A. for B. when C. until D. forwards 28. Lack food had stunted his growth. A. of B. in C. for D. on 29. Family members who live apart try to get together Tet. A. in B. at C. on D. during 30. On Christmas Eve children go to bed full excitement. A. of B. with C. up D. in Exercise 3: Gạch chân đáp án đúng 1. She was confused (with/on/about/in) the dates. 2. His book is different (about/from/for/between) mine. 3. The boy is afraid (of/on/in/about) snakes. 4. He was successful (in/with/of/to) his job. 5. We are ashamed (at/in/to/of) his behavior. 6. Iraq is rich (on/at/to/in) oil. 7. Smoking is harmful (for/with/to/about) our health. 8. She is serious (with/about/of/for) learning to be a doctor. Page 173
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 9. I have some tickets available (for/to/of/with) you. 10. Are you capable (with/of/for/to) doing that job?
Page 174
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 11. She has suffered (from/to/with/about) her heart attack. 12. Most children are ill-prepared (to/for/from/at) employment. 13. English belongs (from/to/on/in) those who use it. 14. Four-fifths of the world's computers use programs (at/in/on/about) English. 15. My father insisted (in/on/of/at) building a new house. 16. We are proud (at /in/on/of) our people's heroic tradition. 17. The streets are crowded (at/ in/ with/ of) vehicles at the rush hour. 18. The air at the seaside is good (at/for/on/of) health. 19. I'm not acquainted (at/in/with/of) those flowers. 20. Your words are contrary (to/in/on/of) your acts. 21. He is sad (about/in/on/of) his son’s laziness. 22. The book is divided (to/in/into/for) three parts. 23. We are grateful (at/in/on/to) our teacher. 24. I'm interested (at/in/on/of) current events. 25. Your profession is similar (to/in/on/of) mine. 26. I was absent (at/in/to/from) class before yesterday. 27. Teachers are responsible (at/for/to/of) their teaching. 28. The beach is full (at/in/to/of) tourists in summer. 29. We are present (at/in/to/of) the lecture yesterday. 30. That singer has become very popular (at/with/to/of) the youth.
Page 175
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
I. Định nghĩa
MODULE 23 : PHRASAL VERBS
Cụ m độ ng từ (Phrasal verbs) là sự kết hợ p giữ a mộ t độ ng từ và mộ t từ nhỏ (particle). Từ nhỏ , particle(s), nà y có thể là mộ t trạ ng từ (adverb), hay là mộ t giớ i từ (preposition), hoặ c là cả hai: Ví dụ: My father gave up smoking 3 years ago. (Bố tô i bỏ thuố c lá 3 nă m trướ c.) II. Cách dùng PHRASAL VERBS CÓ THỂ ĐÓNG VAI TRÒ LÀ: - Ngoạ i độ ng từ (transitive): theo sau là mộ t danh từ hoặ c là mộ t cụ m danh từ vớ i chứ c nă ng là tú c từ (object) củ a độ ng từ . - Nộ i độ ng từ (intransitive): khô ng có tú c từ theo sau. • NỘI ĐỘNG TỪ: Intransitive phrasal verbs - Khô ng có tú c từ - độ ng từ cù ng particle (thườ ng là trạ ng từ - adverb) luô n đi sá t nhau: Ví dụ:When she was having dinner, the fire broke out. (Khi cô ấ y đang ă n tố i thì hoả hoạ n xả y ra.) Our car broke down and had to be towed to a garage. (Xe chú ng tô i bị hư và phả i kéo về chỗ sử a.) • NGOẠI ĐỘNG TỪ: Transitive phrasal verbs Đượ c chia là m hai nhó m, tuỳ theo vị trí củ a tú c từ : - Nhóm 1: có thể ở giữa động từ và "particle" hoặc đi sau "particle": Ví dụ:I took my shoes off. / I took off my shoes. (Tô i cở i già y ra.) Ví dụ:He admitted he'd made up the whole thing/ He admitted he'd made the whole thing up. (Anh ta thú nhậ n rằ ng đã bịa ra mọ i chuyện.) - Nhóm 2: Nhưng khi túc từ là những chữ như this, that, it, them, me, her và him thì chúng sẽ đứng ở giữa động từ và 'particle': Ví dụ:I took them off. (Not I took off them.) He admitted he'd made it up. (Not He admitted he'd made up it.) • NGOẠI LỆ: Có nhiều phrasal verbs vừ a có thể là transitive hoặ c intransitive. Ngữ cả nh sẽ cho chú ng ta biết chứ c nă ng cù ng vớ i nghĩa củ a chú ng: Ví dụ:The plane took off at seven o'clock, (intransitive) (Má y bay cất cá nh lú c 7 giờ .) The man took off the shoes and came into the room, (transitive) (Ngườ i đà n ô ng cở i già y và đi và o phò ng.) III. Những cụm động từ thường gặp STT 1 2
3
Cụm động từ Account for = explain Ask about Ask after Ask for Ask sb out
giả i thích hỏ i về hỏ i thă m xin mờ i ai đó đi ă n/đi chơi
Nghĩa
Break away
trố n thoá t, thoá t khỏ i
Page 176
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
4
5
6
7
8
Break down Break in Break off with sb Break out Break up Break into
hỏ ng hó c, sụ p đổ , ngấ t xỉu xô ng và o, ngắ t lờ i, cắ t ngang câu chuyện cắ t đứ t quan hệ vớ i ai, tuyệt giao vớ i ai bù ng nổ , bù ng phá t chia lìa, chia li, chia tay độ t nhậ p và o
Bring about Bring back Bring down Bring forward Bring in Bring off Bring on Bring out Bring over Bring round Bring round to Bring through Blow about Blow down Blow in Blow off Blow out Blow over Blow up Catch on Catch out Catch up
là m xả y ra, dẫ n đến, gâ y ra đem trả lạ i, mang trả lạ i, gợ i nhớ hạ xuố ng, là m tụ t xuố ng đưa ra, nêu ra, đề ra đưa và o, mang và o cứ u dẫ n đến, gâ y ra, là m cho phả i bà n cã i đưa ra, là m nổ i bậ t thuyết phụ c, là m cho thay đổ i suy nghĩ là m cho tỉnh lạ i là m cho thay đổ i ý kiến theo giú p vượ t qua khó khă n, hiểm nghèo lan truyền, tung ra thổ i ngã , là m đổ rạ p xuố ng thổ i và o, đến bấ t chợ t, đến thình lình thổ i bay đi, là m xì hơi ra, tiêu phí, phung phí thổ i tắ t bỏ qua, quên đi bơm că ng lên nổ i tiếng, trở thà nh mố t, đượ c ưa chuộ ng bấ t chợ t bắ t đượ c ai đang là m gì đuổ i kịp, bắ t kịp
Call out Call on/upon Call for Call at Call in Call off Call up Come about Come across Come after Come against Come apart Come at Come away Come back Come between Come by Come down
gọ i to kêu gọ i, yêu cầ u, tạ t qua thă m gọ i, tìm đến ai để lấ y cá i gì dừ ng lạ i, đỗ lạ i, ghé thă m mờ i đến, triệu đến hoã n lạ i, đình lạ i gọ i tên, gọ i điện, gọ i dậ y, gọ i nhậ p ngũ xảy ra, xả y đến tình cờ gặ p theo sau, nố i dõ i, nố i nghiệp, kế tụ c đụ ng phả i, va phả i tá ch lìa ra, bung ra nắ m đượ c, xô ng và o đi xa, đi khỏ i quay trở lạ i can thiệp và o, xen và o đi qua, kiếm đượ c, vớ đượ c sa sú t, xuố ng dố c
Page 177
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
9
10
Come down on/upon Come down with
mắ ng nhiếc, xỉ vả , trừ ng phạ t xuấ t tiền, trả , chi
Come in
đi và o
Come in for Come into
có phầ n, nhậ n lấ y đượ c hưở ng, thừ a kế
Come off Come on Cut away Cut back Cut down Cut in Cut off Cut out Cut up Cut down on Carry away Carry off
đượ c thự c hiện, đượ c hoà n thà nh đi tiếp, đi tớ i, tiến lên cắ t, chặ t đi tỉa bớ t, cắ t bớ t chặ t, đố n nó i xen và o, chen ngang cắ t, cú p, ngừ ng hoạ t độ ng cắ t ra, bớ t ra chỉ trích gay gắ t, phê bình nghiêm khắ c cắ t giảm mang đi, cuố n đi, bị là m cho mê say chiếm đoạ t, là m cho chấ p nhậ n đượ c, là m cho thô ng qua đượ c tiếp tụ c thự c hiện, tiến hà nh mang sang bên kia hoà n thà nh, vượ t qua
Carry on Carry out Carry over Carry through 11
12
13
14
Drop across Drop off Drop in Drop on Drop out Die of Die for Die down Die off Die out Do away with Do by Do over Do up Fall out of Fall back Fall back on Fall behind Fall down Fall for Fall in with Fall off Fall on Fall out
tình cờ , ngẫ u nhiên gặ p lầ n lượ t bỏ đi tạ t và o thă m, nhâ n tiện đi qua ghé và o thă m mắ ng nhiếc, sỉ vả, trừ ng phạ t bỏ cuộ c, bỏ giữ a chừ ng chết vì bệnh gì hi sinh cho cá i gì chêt dầ n, chêt mò n chết lầ n lượ t tuyệt chủ ng bã i bỏ , thủ tiêu xử sự , đố i xử là m lạ i, bắ t đầu lạ i trang trí, sử a lạ i rơi ra khỏ i ngã ngử a, rú t lui phả i cầ n đến, phả i dù ng đến thụ t lù i, tụ t lạ i rơi xuố ng, thấ t bạ i mê tít, bị bịp, chơi xỏ tá n đồ ng theo quan điểm củ a ai giảm sú t, suy đồ i tấ n cô ng cã i nhau, bấ t hoà , xoã tó c
Page 178
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Fall over Fall through Fall to Fall under 15
Fill in Fill out Fill up
ngã lộ n nhà o hỏ ng, dang dở , khô ng đi đến kết quả nà o bắ t đầ u đượ c liệt và o, chịu ả nh hưở ng củ a điền đầ y đủ thô ng tin là m că ng ra, là m to ra, mậ p ra đổ đà y, lấ p đầ y
16
Get across Get around Get at Get away Get back Get behind with St Get behind Get by Get down Get on Get off Get off with sb Get out Get over Get round Get through Get up Get down to V-ing Give away Give back Give in Give off Give out Give over Give up Go across Go after Go against Go ahead Go along Go along with Go away Go back Go by Go in for Go into Go off Go on Go out
giả i thích rõ rà ng đi vò ng qua nắ m đượ c đi khỏ i, đi xa lù i lạ i, trở lạ i. chưa hoà n thà nh mộ t việc gì đó ủ ng hộ xoay sở để số ng/là m mộ t việc gì đó đi xuố ng đi lên, tiến bộ , lên xe xuố ng xe là m thâ n, ve vã n ai đi ra ngoà i vượ t qua, khắ c phụ c, khỏ i bình phụ c, khỏ i hoà n thà nh, là m xong thứ c dậ y bắ t đầ u nghiêm tú c là m gì cho, trao, phá t hoà n lạ i, trả lạ i nhượ ng bộ , chịu thua toả ra, phá t ra chia, phâ n phố i, cạ n kiệt thô i, chấ m dứ t, trao tay từ bỏ đi qua, bă ng qua theo sau, tá n tỉnh là m trá i ý muố n củ a ai tiến lên, thă ng tiến tiến triển, tiếp tụ c đi cù ng đi xa trở về đi qua, trô i qua tham gia, ham, mê xem xét, nghiên cứ u đổ chuô ng, nổ tung, thiu thố i tiếp tụ c mấ t điện, ra ngoà i, đi chơi
17
18
Page 179
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Go over Go through Go up Go down Go with Hold back Hold down Hold forth Hold in Hold off Hold on Hold out Hold over Hold up
ô n lạ i, xem lạ i, soá t lạ i xong, thà nh cô ng, qua tă ng lên giảm xuố ng đi vớ i
20
Hang about Hang back Hang behind Hang down Hang on Hang out Hang up
đi lang thang, đi la cà, sắ p đến do dự , lưỡ ng lự tụ t lạ i đằ ng sau rủ xuố ng, xoã xuố ng dự a và o, bám và o đi lang thang, la cà treo lên
21
Keep away Keep back Keep down Keep from Keep in with Keep up with Keep off Keep on Keep under Keep up
để ra xa, cất đi giữ lạ i, cả n lạ i, cầ m lạ i nén lạ i nhịn, kiêng thâ n thiện vớ i ai theo kịp, đuổ i kịp trá nh ra tiếp tụ c đè nén, thố ng trị giữ vữ ng, giữ khô ng cho đổ
22
Look about Look after Look at Look away Look back Look back upon Look down Look down on Look up to Look for Look forward to Look in Look into Look on Look out
đợ i chờ chă m só c ngắ m nhìn quay đi quay lạ i, ngoá i cổ lạ i nhìn lạ i cá i gì đã qua nhìn xuố ng coi thườ ng kính trọ ng tìm kiếm mong đợ i nhìn và o, ghé qua thă m xem xét kĩ, nghiên cứ u đứ ng xem để ý, coi chừ ng
19
ngă n lạ i giữ đưa ra, nêu ra nén lạ i, kìm lạ i giữ khô ng cho lạ i gầ n, ná n lạ i nắ m chặ t, giữ chặ t đưa ra đình lạ i, hoã n lạ i tắ c nghẽn
Page 180
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Look out for St Look over Look round Look through Look up
trô ng chừ ng cái gì xem xét, kiểm tra, tha thứ , bỏ qua nhìn quanh lờ đi, xem lướ t qua nhìn lên, tra cứ u gác sang mộ t bên, khô ng nghĩ tớ i để xuố ng, xác lậ p, đề ra nằ m đợ i dự trữ , để dà nh cho ai nghỉ việc đá nh, giá ng đò n sắ p đặ t, bố trí, đưa ra trả i lên, phủ lên
23
Lay aside Lay down Lay for Lay in Lay sb off Lay on Lay out Lay over
24
Let by Let down Let in Let off Let on Let out Let up
để cho đi qua là m cho ai đó thấ t vọ ng cho và o tha thứ để lộ , tiết lộ để cho đi ra, để cho chạ y thoá t dịu, ngớ t
25
Make after Make against Make at Make away Make away with Make off Make off with Make out Make over Make up Make for Make up of Make use of Make up for Pass away Pass sb/st by Pass for Pass off Pass on Pass out Pass over Pass round Pass through Pass up Pick at Pick off
theo đuổ i bấ t lợ i, có hạ i cho tiến tớ i, tấ n cô ng ai vộ i và ng ra đi huỷ hoạ i, thủ tiêu, giết chuồ n, cuố n gó i ă n cắ p hiểu chuyển, nhượ ng trang điểm, bịa đặ t, quyết định, là m hoà tiến về hướ ng bao gồ m lợ i dụ ng bù lạ i qua đờ i lờ đi, là m ngơ đượ c coi là , có tiếng là mấ t đi, biến mấ t (cảm giá c) truyền lạ i mê man, bấ t tỉnh bă ng qua chuyền tay, chuyền theo vò n trả i qua, kinh qua từ bỏ , khướ c từ chế nhạ o, chế giễu, rầ y la nhổ đi
26
27
Page 181
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) Pick up Put aside Put back Put by Put down Put in Put in for Put off Put on Put out Put through Put up Put sb up Put up with
nhặ t, đó n để dà nh, gạ t sang mộ t bên để lạ i (chỗ cũ ) lả ng trá nh đặ t xuố ng đệ đơn đò i, yêu sá ch hoã n mặ c (quầ n á o), độ i (mũ ), đi (già y)... dậ p tắ t hoà n thà nh, xong xuô i dự ng lên cho ai đó ở nhờ chịu đự ng
29
Take after = look like Take along Take away Take back Take down Take in Take off Take on Take out Take over Take to Take up
giố ng mang theo, đem theo mang đi, lấ y đi lấ y lạ i, mang về thá o xuố ng, hạ xuố ng hiểu, lừ a gạ t cở i, cấ t cá nh đảm nhiệm, thuê mướ n nhổ (câ y, ră ng), đổ (rá c) tiếp quả n, kế tụ c thích tiếp tụ c mộ t cô ng việc bỏ dở
30
Turn away Turn back Turn down Turn into Turn off Turn on Turn out Turn over Turn up = show up = arrive
ngoả nh mặ t đi quay lạ i vặ n nhỏ , từ chố i biến thà nh tắ t đi bậ t lên hoá ra lậ t, dở đến, xuấ t hiện
31
Try on Try out = test Tell against Tell off Tell on Tell over Tell sb/st apart:
thử đồ kiểm tra xem có hoạ t độ ng đượ c hay khô ng nó i điều chố ng lạ i rầy, la mắ ng mách đếm phâ n biệt ai/cá i gì
See about See after See off
đảm đương să n só c, để ý tớ i tiễn
28
32
33
Page 182
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 34
Set against Set apart Set back Set down Set off/out Set up
so sá nh, đố i chiếu dà nh riêng ra vặ n chậ m lạ i ghi lạ i, chép lạ i khở i hà nh thà nh lậ p
35
Stay away Stay in Stay out Stay on Stay up
khô ng đến, vắ ng mặ t khô ng ra ngoà i ở ngoà i, khô ng về nhà ở lâ u hơn dự định thứ c
36
Stand by Stand for Stand in Stand in with Stand off Stand on Stand out Stand over Stand up Stand up for Stand up to Stand in for
đứ ng cạ nh viết tắ t, tượ ng trưng cho đạ i diện cho và o hù a, cấ u kết vớ i trá nh xa, lả ng xa giữ đú ng, khă ng khă ng đò i nổ i bậ t bị hoã n lạ i đứ ng dậ y về phe, ủ ng hộ dũ ng cả m đương đầu thay thế chỗ củ a ai
37
Ren after Run against Run along Run down Run out Run out of Run on Run over Run through
theo đuổ i ai đi ngượ c lạ i, chố ng đố i, phả n đố i rờ i đi, trá nh ra xa hao mò n, tiền tuỵ cạ n kiệt hết sạ ch cá i gì chạ y bằ ng cái gì cá n lên, đè lên tiêu xà i phung phí
38
Watch after Watch for Watch out Watch over
39
Wear away Wear down Wear off Wear out
dõ i theo, nhìn theo chờ , đợ i đề phò ng, coi chừ ng trô ng nom, canh gá c là m mò n dầ n, là m mấ t dầ n là m kiệt sứ c dầ n là m mò n mấ t là m rá ch, là m sờ n, là m mệt lử
40
Wipe at Wipe away Wipe out
quậ t, giá ng cho mộ t đò n tẩ y, lau sạ ch xoá sạ ch
Page 183
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1 1. It was the third time in six months that the bank had been held A. over B. down c. up Đ. out 2. I always run of money before the end of the month. `A. out B. back c. up D. down 3. I've just spent two weeks looking an aunt of mine who's been ill. A. at B. for c. out for D. after 4. I've always got well with old people. A. off B. on c. in D. through 5. It's very cold in here. Do you mind if I turn the heating? A. down B. away c. off D. on 6. They've a new tower where that old building used to be. A. put up B. put down c. pushed up D. pushed down 7. Stephen always wanted to be an actor when he up. A. came B. grew C. brought D. settled 8. The bus only stops here to passengers. A. put down B. get on C. get off D. pick up 9. If anything urgent comes , you can contact me at this number. A. across B. by C. up D. round 10. Your daughter's just started work, hasn't she? How’s she getting ? A. by B. on C. out D. in 11. We had to turn their invitation to lunch as we had a previous appointment. A. over B. out C. up D. down 12. He died heart disease. A. from B. because C. of D. in 13. The elevator is not running today. It is order. A. to B. out C. out of D. in 14. I explained him what it meant. A. to B. about C. over D. from 15. Who will the children while you go out to work? A. look for B. look up C. look after D. look at 16. If you want to join this club, you must this application form. A. make up B. write down C. do up D. fill in 17. The water company will have to off water supplies while repairs to the pipes are carried A. take/ in B. cut/ out C. set/ up D. break/ to 18. They were 30 minutes later because their car down. A. got B. put C. cut D. broke 19. That problem is them. We can't make our mind yet. A. out off/ on B. up to/ up C. away from/ for D. on for/ off 20.Do you want to stop in this town, or shall we ? A. turn on B. turn off C. go on D. look after Exercise 2 1.Please the light, it's getting dark here. Page 184
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn over D. turn into 2.The nurse has to the patients at the midnight. A. look after B. look up C. look at D. look for 3.There is an inflation. The prices A. are going on B. are going down C. are going over D. are going up 4.Remember to your shoes when you are in a Japanese house. A. take care B. take on C. take over D. take off 5.You can the new words in the dictionary. A. look for B. look after C. look up D. look at 6.It's cold outside your coat. A. Put on B. Put down C. Put off D. Put into 7. If you want to be healthy, you should your bad habits in your lifestyles. A. give up B. call off C. break down D. get over 8.Never put off until tomorrow what you can do today. A. do B. let C. delay D. leave 9.My father still hasn't really recovered from the death of my mother. A. looked after B. taken after C. gone off D. got over 10. The bomb exploded with a loud bang which could be heard all over the town. A. went on B. went out C. went off D. went away 11. John, could you look after my handbag while I go out for a minute. A. take part in B. take over C. take place D. take care of 12. Why do they _ talking about money all the time? A. keep on B. give up C. take after D. stop by 13. My father gave up smoking two years ago. A. liked B. continued C. stopped D. enjoyed 14. The government hopes to its plans for introducing cable TV. A. turn out B. carry out C. carry on D. keep on 15. When the tenants failed to pay their bill, the authorities decided to the gas supply to the flat. A. cut down B. cut out C. cut off D. cut up 16. You go on ahead and then I'll catch you. A. along with B. forward to C. up with D. on to 17. Both Ann and her sister look like her mother. A. take after B. take place C. take away D. take on 18. I'll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder. A. resemble B. test C. arrive D. buy 19. The national curriculum is made of the following subjects: English, Maths, Chemistry and so on.... A. from B. on C. up D. in 20. Shy people often find it difficult to group discussions. A. take place in B. take part in C. get on with D. get in touch with Exercise 3 1. "To give someone a ring" is to A. call him up B. marry him C. admire him D. pick him up 2. Because of heavy rain, the game was for a few days. A. taken out B. put off C. set up D. gotten away
3. What may happen if John will not arrive in time? A. go along B. count on C. keep away 4. Johnny sometimes visits his grandparents in the countryside. A. calls on B. keeps off C. takes in 5. I do not use those things any more. You can them away. A. get B. fall C. throw 6. At the station, we often see the sign " for pickpockets".
D. turn up D. goes up D. make
A. Watch on B. Watch out C. Watch up D. Watch at 7. The passengers had to wait because the plane off one hour late. A. took B. turned C. cut D. made 8. He on many subjects at the meeting. A. held down B. held forth C. held good D. held over 9. If I had not held him , he would have beaten you soundly. A. back B. over C. by D. out 10. Please let me I promise not to do it again. A. off B. on C. up D. in 11. He knows where the boy was hiding but he didn't let A. up B. off C. on D. in 12. He promised to deliver the stuff today and has let us again. A. up B. on C. off D. down 13. It seems that the rain is letting A. up B. on C. off D. in 14. The traffic was held by fog. A. up B. over C. back D. out 15. Because of the heavy rain, today the meeting will be held until next week. A. up B. back C. out D. over 16. I would have been here sooner but the rain kept me A. back B. from C. on D. up with 17. Keep children from the fire. A. in with B. from C. away D. back 18. It is the most important to keep your neighbors. A. touch with B. up with C. in with D. away from 19. He promised to keep us while he was abroad. A. in touch with B. up with C. in with D. away from 20. I took him at once, and we have been friends over since. A. after B. to C. over D. up Exercise 4 1.Our teacher told us that if we don't the environment, our grandchildren may not even be able to carry on living. A. look into B. look out for C. look after D. look for 2.He may have deceived you, but he didn't take me A. in B. off C. over D. up 3.I can't make what he means. A. up B. for C. out D. after
4.They are all making A. after
the exit. B. out
C. for
D. against
5.The pain will soon pass A. away B. off C. over D. into 6.We must make some stories to explain our absence. A. out B. away C. off D. up 7.I ran George in the library. A. out of B. over C. through D. into 8.You need a rest; you look run A. through B. over C. down D. up 9.He puts some money every week. A. away B. up C. off D. out 10. Our dog has been run by a car. A. over B. down C. into D. through 11. You may not like the noise, but you will have to put A. up with B. aside C. by D. down 12. I promise to look the matter. A. for B. after C. into D. up 13. Look ! It is falling. A. over B. at C. for D. out 14. The two countries have broken relations. A. out B. up C. off D. into 15. Shall have to bring this matter at the next meeting. A. round B. up C. off D. about 16. The new government has brought many changes. A. about B. round C. up D. off 17. She used to be thin, but she is filled a lot. A. in B. into C. up D. out 18. Let us do these regulations. A. away with B. over C. up D. for 19. As I have just had a tooth , I am not allowed to eat or drink anything for three hours. A. taken out B. crossed out C. broken off D. tried on 20. The woman when the police told her that her son had died. A. got over B. fell apart C. looked up D. broke down Exercise 5 1.When Tet holiday comes, Vietnamese people often feel inclined to their houses. A. do up B. do through C. do over D. do in 2. Bob has a bad lung cancer and his doctor advised him to smoking. A. turn up B. give up C. take up D. put up 3.When he realized the police had spotted him, the man the exit as quickly as possible. A. made off B. made for C. made out D. made up 4.The government is thinking of bringing a law to make it compulsory for cyclists to wear crash helmets. A. on B. up C. in D. round 5.Susan was alone in the house when the fire A. broke out B. broke down C. broke up D. broke away. 6.I think you need to your ideas more clearly so that the reader doesn't get confused. A. dawn on B. set out C. get on with D. give in
7.Susie and Fran us last night, so I had to quickly defrost a pizza. A. turned up B. dropped in on C. came across D. went through 8.Rebecca on our conversation to tell us that James had just been rushed into hospital. A. broke up B. got ahead C. faced up D. cut in 9.Is it a compulsion that the scheme next Friday? A. carry out B. will carry out C. carried out D. be carried out 10. No one knows where Sam is living now. The last time that I was about four years ago. A. ran into him B. ran him out C. ran him down D. ran after him 11. All his plans for starting his own business fell A. in B. through C. down D. away 12. Whenever a problem , we try to discuss frankly and find solutions as soon as possible. A. comes in B. comes up C. comes off D. comes by 13. The computer isn't working - it broke this morning. A. out B. into C. down D. over 14. The final year at the secondary school is the time for teenagers to get thinking about choosing jobs. A. off with B. by in C. behind with D. down to 15. On Friday night, some of our friends came to the party and for the weekend. A. fell behind B. waited up C. stayed on D. kept up 16. I have been looking this book for months, and at last I have found it. A. over B. up C. for D. at 17. You can always Ann to give you sound advice. A. bank of B. bank for C. bank at D. bank on 18. The new manager very strict rules as soon as he had taken over the position. A. settled down B. put down C. laid down D. wrote down 19. Everyone knows about pollution problems, but not many people have any solution. A. come up with B. looked into C. thought over D. got round to 20. The speaker fails to get his message to his audience. A. around B. in C. across D. out Exercise 6 1. She is a friendly person. She gets all her neighbors. A. up well with B. down well with C. on well with D. off with 2. Jack and Linda last week. They just weren't happy together. A. ended up B. finished off C. broke into D. broke up 3. Brian asked Judy to dinner and a movie. A. out B. on C. for D. of 4. Her contract in two months, so she's looking for another job. A. runs down B. runs out C. goes out D. goes away 5. I'm not sure my brother will ever get married because he hates the feeling of being A. tied in B. tied down C. tied up D. tied in with 6. It's a small lamp, so it doesn't off much light. A. cast B. give C. shed D. spend 7. When I joined the army, I found it difficult to out orders from my superiors, but I soon got used to it.
A. call B. carry C. miss D. take 8. If too many species out, it will upset the ecosystem. A. disappear B. die C. go D. extinct 9. It is very important for a film or a company to keep the changes in the market. A. pace of B. track about C. touch with D. up with 10. I'm saving all my pocket money to buy a new PlayStation. A. out B. down C. up D. away 11. The effect of the painkiller is and I begin to feel the soreness again. A. turning out B. doing without C. fading away D. wearing off 12. Children should be taught that they have to everything after they use it. A. put away B. pick off C. collect up D. catch on 13. I can't walk in these high-heeled boots. I keep A. falling off B. falling back C. falling over D. falling out 14. People are advised to smoking because of its harm to their health. A. cut down B. cut off C. cut in D. cut down on 15. It took Ted a long time to get the breakup of his marriage. A. over B. across C. along with D. through 16. The smell of the sea his childhood. A. took him in B. took after C. took him back to D. took it for granted 17. Despite all the interruptions, he with his work. A. pressed on B. held on C. stuck at D. hung out 18. The new office block well with its surroundings. A. blends in B. stands out C. shapes up D. sets off 19. It's a serious operation for a woman as old as my grandmother. She's very frail. I hope she A. gets over 20. It was very difficult to
B. comes round C. pulls through D. stands up what he was saying about the noise of the traffic. A. pick up B. make up C. turn out D. make out
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 24: IDIOMS
A. MỘT SỐ THÀNH NGỮ THÔNG DỤNG
I. Thành ngữ có chứa màu sắc STT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Thành ngữ The black sheep Blue in the face Red-letter day White as a ghost/sheet With flying colors Once in a blue moon Black and white Catch sb red-handed Have a yellow streak Get/give the green light Out of the blue Paint the town red Red tape In the pink = in good health Lend color to St
Nghĩa nghịch tử , phá gia chi tử mã i mã i, lâ u đến vô vọ ng ngà y đá ng nhớ vì có chuyện tố t là nh, ngà y vui trắ ng bệch, nhợ t nhạ t xuấ t sắ c nă m thì mườ i hoạ , hiếm khi rõ rà ng bắ t tạ i trậ n có tính nhá t gan bậ t đèn xanh hoà n toà n bấ t ngờ ă n mừ ng nạ n quan liêu sứ c khoẻ tố t chứ ng minh cá i gì
II. Thành ngữ có chứa các danh từ bộ phận STT 1 2
Thành ngữ
15 16
Break a leg Scratch someone's back =Help someone out with the assumption that they will return the favor in the future Hit the nail/ on the head = Do or say something exactly right Splitting headache = A severe headache Make someone's blood boil Pay through the nose = To pay too much for something By the skin of one's teeth Pull someone's leg Fight tooth and claw/nail Not bat an eye = To not show any shock or surprise Cost an arm and a leg Go to one's head Get/have cold feet Led somebody by the nose = To control someone and make them do exactly what you want them to do Off one's head Put one's foot in it
17 18
Stay/keep/be on one's toe Have in mind
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Nghĩa Good luck! (thườ ng dù ng để chú c may mắ n) giú p đỡ ngườ i khá c vớ i hi vọ ng họ sẽ giú p lạ i mình nó i chính xá c, là m chính xá c đau đầ u như bú a bổ là m ai sô i má u, giậ n dữ trả giá quá đắ t sá t sao, rấ t sá t chọ c ai đá nh nhau dữ dộ i, cấ u xé nhau khô ng tỏ ra ngạ c nhiên hay số c rấ t là đắ t đỏ khiến ai kiêu ngạ o mấ t hết can đả m, chù n bướ c nắ m đầ u, dắ t mũ i ai
điên, loạ n trí gâ y nhầ m lẫ n, bố i rố i, phạ m mộ t sai lầ m gâ y bố i rố i cả nh giá c, thậ n trọ ng đang suy tính, câ n nhắ c Page 191
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 19 20 21 22 23
At heart Face the music Like the back of one's hand The twinkling of an eye On the tip of tongue
24
Put one's foot in one's mouth
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Stick one's nose into one's business Feel St in one's bones A real pain in the neck Face to face See eye to eye with sb = totally agree Keep one's head above the water Have egg on one’s face Word of mouth Heart to heart Body and soul Flesh and blood Skin and bones Lend an ear to sb/st Trip over one's big feet In one's capable hands Up to your eyes Have a head for st A sweet tooth Have st at one's fingertips = To have the information, knowledge, etc. That is needed in a particular situation and be able to find it easily and use it quickly
thự c chấ t, cơ bả n (basically, fundamentally) chịu trậ n rõ như lò ng bà n tay trong nhá y mắ t dù ng khi muố n diễn tả ai đó khô ng thể nhớ ra đượ c điều gì mặ c dù đã chắ c chắ n biết về nó nó i mộ t điều ngu ngố c là m xú c phạ m đến ngườ i khá c chú i mũ i và o việc củ a ngườ i khá c cả m nhậ n rõ rệt số c, nghiêm trọ ng trự c tiếp đồ ng tình xoay xở xấ u hổ đồ n đạ i, truyền miệng châ n thà nh hết lò ng, hết dạ ngườ i có má u mủ ruộ t thịt tiều tuỵ thả m thương, chỉ cò n da bọ c xương iắ ng nghe mộ t cá ch châ n thà nh tự vấ p ngã trong quyền giả i quyết rấ t bậ n giỏ i về cá i gì ngườ i thích ă n đồ ă n ngọ t nhậ n đượ c thô ng tin/ kiến thứ c cầ n thiết mộ t cá ch dễ dà ng và nhanh chó ng
III.
Thành ngữ có chứa các con động vật STT Thành ngữ 1 Take the mickey out of sb = make fun of sb 2 Get butterflies in one's stomach 3 Have a bee in one's bonnet about St 4 When pigs fly = something will never happen 5 Teacher's pets 6 Let the cat out of the bag 7 Huddle into a pen 8 Kill two birds with one stone 9 A big fish in a small pond 10 Rain cats and dogs 11 Like a fish out of water 12 Like water off a duck’s back 13 Don't count yours the chicken before they hatch
Nghĩa chế nhạ o, châ m chọ c ai cả m thấ y bồ n chồ n á m ả nh về điều gì điều vô tưở ng, khô ng thể xả y ra họ c sinh cưng tiết lộ bí mậ t lạ i gầ n nhau, tú m tụ m lạ i mộ t mũ i tên trú ng hai đích thằ ng chộ t là m vua xử mù mưa rấ t to như cá ra khỏ i nướ c (bơ vơ, xa lạ , ngớ ngẩ n) nướ c đổ đầ u vịt đừ ng vộ i là m gì khi chưa chắ c chắ c
Page 192
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 14
Catch the worms
nắ m bắ t cơ hộ i
15
Be in the doghouse
16
Don't look a gift horse in the mouth
17 18
co*ck- and –bull Change horse in midstream
nếu bạ n đang "in the doghouse", tứ c là ai đó đang khó chịu vớ i bạ n vì điều bạ n đã là m đừ ng đò i hỏ i về giá trị khi nhậ n đượ c mộ t mó n quà bịa đặ t, vẽ vờ i ra thay ngự a giữ a dò ng (ý nó i thay đổ i giữ a chừ ng)
IV. STT
Thành ngữ về cuộc sống
10
Thành ngữ To be in deep water To be in hot water Better safe than sorry Money is the good servant but a bad master The grass are always green on the other side of the fence One bitten, twice shy In Rome do as the Romans do Honesty is the best policy A woman gives and forgives, a man gets and forgets No roses without a thorn
11 12
Save for the rainy day It's an ill bird that fouls its own nest
13
Don't trouble trouble till trouble troubles you Still water run deep Men make house, women make home Penny wise pound foolish Make the mare go Like father, like son
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Nghĩa rơi và o tình huố ng khó khă n gặ p rắ c rố i cẩ n tắ c vô á y ná y khô n lấ y củ a che thâ n, dạ i lấ y thâ n che củ a đứ ng nú i nà y trô ng nú i nọ chim phả i đạ n sợ cà nh cong nhậ p gia tuỳ tụ c thậ t thà là thượ ng sá ch đà n bà cho và tha thứ , đà n ô ng nhậ n và quên hồ ng nà o mà chẳ ng có gai, việc nà o mà chẳ ng có và i khó khă n! là m khi là nh để dà nh khi đau vạ ch á o cho ngườ i xem lưng / Tố t đẹp phô ra xấ u xa đậ y lạ i sinh sự sự sinh tẩ m ngẩ m tầ m ngầ m mà đấ m chết voi đà n ô ng xâ y nhà , đà n bà xâ y tổ ấ m tham bá t bỏ mâ m có tiền mua tiên cũ ng đượ c con nhà tô ng khô ng giố ng lô ng thì cũ ng giố ng cá nh bú t sa gà chết ă n miếng trả miếng có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim khô ng biết thì dự a cộ t mà nghe có là m thì mớ i có ă n đầ u xuô i đuô i lọ t giấ y rá ch phả i giữ lấ y lề cá i nết đá nh chết cá i đẹp lử a thử và ng, gian nan thử sứ c. vỏ quýt dà y có mó ng tay nhọ n có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim việc hô m nay chớ để ngà y mai
The die is cast Two can play that game Practice makes perfect Ignorance is bliss No pain, no gain A bad beginning makes a bad ending A clean fast is better than a dirty breakfast Beauty is but skin-deep Calamity is man's true touchstone Diamond cut diamond Diligence is the mother of success Don't put off until tomorrow what you can do today A hot potato = something that is difficult or vấ n đề nan giả i dangerous to deal with
Page 193
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 32
A lost cause
33
It never rains but it pours = good or bad things do not just happen a few at a time, but in large numbers all at once V. Thành ngữ là các cụm danh từ khác STT Thành ngữ 1 A blind date 2 Golden handshake 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
VI. STT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
hết hi vọ ng, khô ng thay đổ i đượ c gì hoạ vô đơn chí
Nghĩa cuộ c hẹn giữ a hai ngườ i chưa hề quen biết mó n tiền hậ u hĩnh dà nh cho ngườ i sắ p nghỉ việc One's cup of tea thứ mà ai đó thích Odds and ends linh tinh, vụ n vặ t Leaps and bounds nhả y vọ t, vượ t trộ i Between two stools = on the horns of a tiến thoá i lưỡ ng nan dilemma = when someone finds it difficult to choose between two alternatives On the house khô ng phả i trả tiền Off the peg hà ng may sẵ n Off the record khô ng chính thứ c, khô ng đượ c cô ng bố Part and parcel thiết yếu, quan trọ ng A shadow of a doubt sự nghi ngờ Beyond the shadow of a doubt khô ng hề nghi ngờ The last straw = a nail in one's coffin giọ t nướ c trà n ly The apple of one's eye bả o bố i củ a ai Good egg ngườ i có nhâ n cá ch, đá ng tin cậ y Close shave = narrow escape thoá t chết trong gang tấ c Wet blanket ngườ i phá đá m A kick in the pants mộ t bà i họ c để ứ ng xử tố t hơn An open-and-shut case vấ n đề dễ giả i quyết A shot in the dark mộ t câ u đố A big cheese nhâ n vậ t tai to mặ t lớ n, ngườ i có vai vế, quyền lự c Ups and downs lú c thă ng lú c trầ m Ins and outs nhữ ng đặ c tính và sự phứ c tạ p The tip of the iceberg phầ n nhìn thấ y Compulsive liar kẻ nó i dố i chuyên nghiệp
Thành ngữ là các cụm động từ khác
Thành ngữ To pour cold water on something To blow something out of the water To sell/go like hot cakes To get in hot water = be in trouble/ have difficulty To hit the books = to study To hit the roof = to hit the ceiling = to suddenly become angry To hit it off To make good time To chip in To run an errand
Nghĩa dộ i nướ c lạ nh và o... đá nh bạ i, vượ t đắ t đỏ , đắ t như tô m tươi gặ p khó khă n họ c giậ n dữ tâ m đầ u ý hợ p di chuyển nhanh, đi nhanh gó p tiền là m việc vặ t Page 194
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 11
To fly off the handle
dễ nổ i giậ n, phá t cá u
12 13 14 15
To cut it fine To jump the traffic lights To put on an act To come to light
16 17 18
31 32 33 34
To pull one's weight To make ends meet To get the hold of the wrong end of the stick To cut and dried To know by sight To take pains To drop sb a line/note To turn over a new leaf To weigh up the pros and cons To burn the midnight oil = to stay up working, especially studying late at night To put sb/st at one's disposal To bring down the house To beat about the bush To find fault with To take it amiss = to understand as wrong or insulting, or misunderstand To break the news To drop a brick To take st for granted To break the ice
đến sá t giờ vượ t đèn đỏ giả bộ , là m bộ đượ c biết đến, đượ c phá t hiện, đượ c đưa ra á nh sá ng. nỗ lự c, là m trò n trá ch nhiệm xoay xở để kiếm số ng hiểu nhầ m ai đó
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
To blow one's own trumpet To miss the boat To put one's card on the table To call it a day = stop working To hear a pin drop To blow hot and cold To call the shots To draws the line
43 44 45
To foot the bill To carry the can To throw the baby out with the bathwater
46 47 48
To go with the flow To keep his shirt on To let off steam
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
cuố i cù ng, khô ng thể thay đổ i, rõ rà ng, dễ hiểu nhậ n ra là m việc cẩ n thậ n và tậ n tâ m viết thư cho ai bắ t đầ u thay đổ i hà nh vi củ a mình câ n nhắ c điều hay lẽ thiệt thứ c khuya là m việc, họ c bà i cho ai tuỳ ý sử dụ ng là m cho cả khá n phò ng vỗ tay nhiệt liệt vò ng vo tam quố c chỉ trích, kiếm chuyện, bắ t lỗ i hiểu lầ m thô ng bá o lỡ lờ i, lỡ miệng coi là hiển nhiên Thà nh ngữ nà y thườ ng dù ng để diễn tả là m mộ t việc gì đó để giú p mọ i ngườ i thư giã n và thoả i má i, đặ c biệt khi mớ i gặ p khoe khoang, khoá c lá c lỡ mấ t cơ hộ i thẳ ng thắ n nghỉ, giả i lao im lặ ng, tĩnh lặ ng hay thay đổ i ý kiến, dao độ ng chỉ huy, quyết định về nhữ ng việc cầ n là m đặ t giớ i hạ n cho việc gì; phâ n biệt giữ a hai thứ tương tự nhau thanh toá n tiền chịu trá ch nhiệm, chịu sự chỉ trích vứ t bỏ nhữ ng thứ đá ng giá cù ng lú c vớ i rũ bỏ vớ i thứ gì khô ng cò n cầ n là m theo mọ i ngườ i bình tĩnh xả hơi
Page 195
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
VII. STT 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Thành ngữ là cụm tính từ/ trạng Thành ngữ At the drop of a hat = immediately, instantly Off and on/ on and off High and low = here and there = everywhere = far and wide Spick and span On the spot = immediately At the eleventh hour On the top of the world = walking on the air = over the moon= like a dog with two tails = happy In vain A piece of cake Down the drain Under the weather = off color The end of the world As fit as a fiddle On probation Home and dry = with flying colors Apples and oranges = chalk and cheese As long as your arm As high as a kite
31 14 15 16 17 18
In the same boat Hot under the collar As red as a beetroot For good = permanently = forever Now and then = once in a while = sometimes = every so often = occasionally Full of beans At a loose end = free A tall story = unbelievable As cool as cucumber Peace and quiet Behind closed doors High and dry = in a difficult situation, without help or money Prim and proper = always behaving in a Still water run deep Men make house, women make home Penny wise pound foolish Make the mare go Like father, like son
19 20
The die is cast Two can play that game
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Nghĩa ngay lậ p tứ c khô ng đều đặ n, thỉnh thoả ng đó đâ y, khắ p mọ i nơi
ngă n nắ p, gọ n gà ng ngay lậ p tứ c và o phú t chó t vui sướ ng, hạ nh phú c
vô ích dễ như ă n chá o cô ng cố c, đổ ra sô ng ra biển khô ng đượ c khoẻ đá ng để bậ n tâ m khoẻ như vâ m trong thờ i gian quả n chế, tậ p sự (cô ng việc) thà nh cô ng rấ t khá c nhau, khá c mộ t trờ i mộ t vự c rấ t dà i quá phấ n khích, thườ ng là do bị ả nh hưở ng bở i đồ uố ng có cồ n hoặ c ma tuý ở trong cù ng mộ t hoà n cả nh điên tiết, cá u tiết đỏ như củ cả i đườ ng/ngượ ng mã i mã i thỉnh thoả ng
hă ng há i, sô i nổ i, đầ y nă ng lượ ng rả nh rỗ i khó tin bình tĩnh, khô ng nao nú ng bình yên và tĩnh lặ ng kín, khô ng cô ng khai trong tình huố ng khó khă n kĩ lưỡ ng (quá mứ c), có chú t bả o thủ tẩ m ngẩ m tầ m ngầ m mà đấ m chết voi đà n ô ng xâ y nhà , đà n bà xâ y tổ ấ m tham bá t bỏ mâ m có tiền mua tiên cũ ng đượ c con nhà tô ng khô ng giố ng lô ng thì cũ ng giố ng cá nh bú t sa gà chết ă n miếng trả miếng Page 196
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 21 22 23 24
Practice makes perfect Ignorance is bliss No pain, no gain A bad beginning makes a bad ending
có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim khô ng biết thì dự a cộ t mà nghe có là m thì mớ i có ă n đầ u xuô i đuô i lọ t
25 26 27 28 29 30
A clean fast is better than a dirty breakfast Beauty is but skin-deep Calamity is man's true touchstone Diamond cut diamond Diligence is the mother of success Don't put off until tomorrow what you can do today A hot potato = something that is difficult or dangerous to deal with A lost cause It never rains but it pours = good or bad things do not just happen a few at a time, but in large numbers all at once
giấ y rá ch phả i giữ lấ y lề cá i nết đá nh chết cá i đẹp lử a thử và ng, gian nan thử sứ c. vỏ quýt dà y có mó ng tay nhọ n có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim việc hô m nay chớ để ngà y mai
31 32 33
vấ n đề nan giả i hết hi vọ ng, khô ng thay đổ i đượ c gì hoạ vô đơn chí
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1. Jose had a hard time comparing the iPhone to the Samsung phone because to him they were apples and oranges. A. containing too many technical details B. very similar C. completely different
D. very complicated
2.Peter is the black sheep of the family, so he is never welcomed there. A. a beloved member
B. a bad and embarrassing member
C. the only child
D. the eldest child
3.There's a list of repairs as long as A. your arm
B. a pole
C. your arms
D. a mile
C. sky
D. wall
4.I tried to talk to her, but she was as high as a A. kite 5.We're over the A. planet
B. house
! Who wouldn't be? We've just won £1 million! B. clouds
C. stars
D. moon
6.I've never really enjoyed going to the ballet or the opera; they're not really my A. piece of cake
B. sweets and candy C. biscuit
D. cup of tea
7.You never really know where you are with her as she just blows hot and cold. A. keeps going
B. keeps taking things
C. keeps changing her mood
D. keeps testing
8. "Edwards seems like a dog with two tails this morning." - "Haven't vou hear the news? His wife gave birth a baby boy early this morning." A. extremely happy B. extremely disappointed C. exhausted
D. very proud
9. Thomas knows Paris like the back of his years.
. He used to be a taxi driver there for 2
Page 197
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. head
B. mind
C. hand
D. life
10. Josh may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking. A. get into trouble
B. stay safe
C. fall into disuse
D. remain calm
11. You have to be on your toes if you want to beat her. A. pay all your attention to what you are doing B. upset her in what she is doing C. get involved in what she is doing D. make her comply with your orders 12. By appearing on the soap powder commercials, she became a A. housekeeper
B. housewife
name.
C. household
D. house
13. When his parents are away, his oldest brother A. knocks it off
B. calls the shots
C. draws the line
D. is in the same boat
14. Hearing about people who mistreat animals makes me go hot under the A. chin
B. collar
C. sleeves
D. vest
15. I know you are upset about breaking up with Tom, but there are plenty more A. horses in the stable
B. cows in the shed
C. tigers in the jungle D. fish in the sea
16. I'll have to go to the funeral of Ms. Jane, a A. heart to heart
B. body and soul
of mine. C. flesh and blood
D. skin and bones
17. When the kids asked him about his girlfriend, he'd go as red as a A. tomato
B. chili
C. strawberry
D. beetroot
18. What I've got to say to you now is strictly the record and most certainly not for publication, said the government official to the reporter. A. off B. on C. in D. at 19. I can't give you the answer on the A. place
B. minute
; I'll have to think about it for a few days. C. scene
D. spot
20. Someone is going to have to take responsibility for this disaster. Who is going to A. foot the bill
B. carry the can
C. hatch the chicken
21. I am sure your sister will lend you a sympathetic her. A. eye B. ear C. arm B. now and then
D. catch the worms
when you explain the situation to
22. Unfortunately, the injury may keep him out of football A. for good
?
C. once in a while
D. finger . He may never play again. D. every so often
23. The children were full of beans today, looking forward to their field trip. A. eating a lot
B. hyperactive
C. melancholy D. lively and in high spirits
24. John: "Oh, I forgot my girlfriend's birthday last week." - Anne: “ A. Not on your life
”
B. So I guess you are in the doghouse again.
C. Sure, knock on wood. D. You really should get a life. 25. Sometimes in a bad situation, there may still be some good things. Try not to "throw out the with the bathwater". Page 198
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. fish
B. duck
C. baby
D. child
Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1. Wendy is on the horns of a dilemma: she just wonders whether to go for a picnic with her friends or to stay at home with her family. A. unwilling to make a decision B. able to make a choice C. eager to make a plan D. unready to make up her mind 2.At every faculty meeting, Ms. Volatie always manages to put her foot in her mouth. A. move rapidly
B. trip over her big feet
C. fall asleep
D. say the wrong thing
3.If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you around the city. A. free
B. confident
C. occupied
D. reluctant
4.Thanks to her regular workouts and sensible diet she certainly strikes me as in the pink. A. in absolute health
B. in good health
C. in clear health
D. in extreme health
5.He was such a wet blanket at the party tonight! A. He made people at the party wet through. B. He spoiled other people's pleasure at the party, C. He bought a wet blanket to the party. D. He was wet through when going home from the party. 6.That the genetic differences make one race superior to another is nothing but a tall story. A. cynical
B. unbelievable
c. untrue
D. exaggeration
7. You should accept the Nokia mobile phone as a 16-birthday present from your parents delightedly. Don't A. look gift horse in the mouth B. buy it through the nose C. pull my leg
D. take it for granted
8.Failing to submit the proposal on time was
for Tom.
A. a real kick in the pants
B. an open and shut case
C. a shot in the dark
D. a nail in the coffin
9.At first, no one believed she was a pilot, but her documents A. provided
B. got
10. Mr. Simpkims is the big position of Managing Director. A. bread B. meat
C. borrowed
colour to her statements. D. lent
in the company as he has just been promoted to the C. cheese
D. apple
C. Watch out
D. Put down
11. Shake a leg or you will miss the train. A. Hurry up
B. Slow down
12. I'm going on business for a week, so I'll be leaving everything A. on your guards
B. up to your eyes
C. in your capable hands
D. under the care of you
13. My father hit the roof when he found that I'd damaged the car. A. was over the moon B. burst with anger
C. went with the flow D. kept his shirt on Page 199
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 14. I refuse to believe a word of it; it's a co*ck-andA. hen
B. goose
15. William was as the judge. A. cool
story.
C. bull
D. duck
as a cucumber when the harsh punishment was meted out to him by B. cold
16. One way to let off
C. placid
D. impassive
after a stressful day is to take some vigorous exercise.
A. cloud
B. tension
C. steam
17. I wish you'd do the accounts. I don't have A. a head
B. a mind
D. sweat
for numbers. C. the heart
D. the nerve
18. He sent his children to the park so that he could have some A. fresh and quiet
B. quiet and peace
C. peace and quiet
D. fresh and peace
19. I think the main problem in this area is the lack of a good bus service. - You're right. You've hit the A. nail
B. wall
20. She is walking on the A. air
on the head. C. lips
D. hand
. She doesn't know how to say. B. road
C. street
D. garden
21. When you do something, you should A. pay through the nose C. weigh up the pros and cons
B. turn over a new leaf D. huddle into a pen
22. Someone who is inexperienced is A. red
B. blue
C. black
D. green
23. The year-end party was out of this world. We had never tasted such delicious food. A. enormous
B. terrific
C. strange
D. awful
24. The nominating committee always meet behind closed doors, lest its deliberations become known prematurely. A. privately B. safely C. publicly D. dangerously 25. She's so A. high and dry
; you really have to watch you say or she'll walk out of the room. B. prim and proper
C. rough and ready
D. sick and tired
Exercise 3: Chọn phương án đúng 1. Like everyone else, Sue has her life. A. ups and downs B. ins and outs 2.Peter is working in an office. He's a whiteA. collar
B. sleeve
3.When confronted with a mass of A. red
B. green
of course but on the whole, she's quite satisfied with C. safe and sound
D. odds and ends
worker. C. shirt
D. button
tape, many people feel a sense of powerlessness. C. blue
D. brown
4. Although they are important, these visible expressions of culture, which are taught deliberately and learned consciously, are only the of the iceberg of culture. A. ship B. rid C. tone D. tip Page 200
5.I'm
my brother is.
A. nowhere near as ambitious as
B. nothing near as ambitious as
C. nowhere like so ambitious as
D. nothing as ambitious as
6.I felt a bit
and seemed to have more aches and pains than usual.
A. out of sorts
B. on the mend
C. over the worst
D. under the fevers
7.Man: "I heard you have a part in the school play tonight." Woman: "Yes, and I'm on A. bins
and needles."
B. pins
C. tins
8.I'm really feeling under the A, weather
today; I have a terrible cold.
B. climate
9.George has
D. rins
C. storm
D, cloud
; he loves cakes, chocolate, ice=cream-anything which is sweet.
A. a sweet mouth
B. sweet lips
C. a sweet tooth
10. The political candidate knew the issue was a hot who directed questions to the committee chairperson. A. tomato B. potato C. pot 11. Making mistakes is all A. chalk and cheese
D. a sweet tongue
, so he deferred to his chief of staff, D. dog
of growing up. B. top and bottom
C. part and parcel
D. odds and ends
12. Don't let my mother watch any of those sad movies. She cries at the drop of a A. hat
B. bag
13. Denise has been burning the midnight exhausted. A. lamp B. candle
C. cat
D. rag
trying to finish this report, so she must be C. oil
D. gas
14. You can't believe a word that woman says - she is a A. dedicated
B, devoted
liar.
C. committed
D. compulsive
15. I was excited to start taking night classes after work, but now, without enough time to devote either to school or to my job, I feel like I'm falling between stools. A. one B. two C. three D. four 16. You'd better
the books if you want to pass your exam on Friday. A. hit B. beat
17. I heard
C. stab
D. bite
that Jack has been dropped from the basketball team.
A in the woods
B. on the grapevine
C. under your feet
18. At school, people always used to take the A. cat
B. dog
D. on the olive branch
out of him for having red hair. C. mickey
D. rat
19. When you use the Internet, you have so much information at your A. fingers 20. They
B. hands
C. fingertips
D. thumbs
their car at our disposal for our entire stay.
A. had 21. Today we discovery has been. A. take
B. took
C. put
D. got
electricity for granted and perhaps we do not realize just how useful this B. have
C. make
D. get
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 22. This food is A. at
the house, you don't have to pay for it. B. on
C. in
23. She went to college to study history, but changed A. horses in midstream
B. for a better
24. When I hear stories of cruelty to animals, it makes my A. stomach
B. oil
C. blood
D. at and is now a doctor. C. her tune
D. hands
boil. D. head
25. She is a rising star as a standup comedian, always able to bring down the each performance. A. house B. rain C. roof D. kennel
during
Page 202
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
MODULE 25:COLLOCATIONS Cụ m từ cố định (collocation) là nhữ ng cụ m gồ m hai hay nhiều từ thườ ng hay đi cù ng vớ i nhau và theo mộ t trậ t tự nhấ t định. Chú ng khô ng có quỵ tắ c hay mộ t cô ng thứ c cụ thể. Collocation có thể dướ i cá c dạ ng sau: I. Một số cụm từ cố định (collocations) thường gặp: 0 1 2 3 4
Cụm từ cố định Let one's hair down Drop-dead gorgeous The length and breadth of sth Make headlines
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
28 29 30 31 32
Take measures to V It is the height of stupidity = It is no use Pave the way for Speak highly of something Tight with money In a good mood On the whole = In general Peace of mind Give sb a lift/ride Make no difference On purpose By accident = by chance = by mistake = by coincide In terms of By means of With a view to V-ing In view of Breathe/ say a word Get straight to the point Be there for sb Take it for granted Do the household chores Do homework Do assignment On one's own = by one's self Make up one’s mind on smt = make a decision on smt Give a thought about Pay attention to Prepare a plan for Sit for A good run for your money
33 34
Keep/catch up with sb/st Have (stand) a chance to do St
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27
Nghĩa thư giã n, xả hơi thể chấ t, cơ thể tuyệt đẹp ngang dọ c khắ p cá i gì trở thà nh tin tứ c quan trọ ng, đượ c lan truyền rộ ng rã i thự c hiện cá c biện phá p để là m gì thậ t vô nghĩa khi... chuẩ n bị cho, mở đườ ng cho đề cao điều gì thắ t chặ t tiền bạ c trong mộ t tâ m trạ ng tố t, vui vẻ nhìn chung, nó i chung yên tâ m cho ai đó đi nhờ khô ng tạ o ra sự khá c biệt cố ý tình cờ về mặ t bằ ng cá ch để là m gì theo quan điểm củ a nó i/ tiết lộ cho ai đó biết về điều gì đó đi thẳ ng đến vấ n đề ở đó bên cạ nh ai cho nó là đú ng, cho là hiển nhiên là m việc nhà là m bà i tậ p về nhà là m cô ng việc đượ c giao tự thâ n mộ t mình quyết định về cá i gì suy nghĩ về chú ý tớ i chuẩ n bị cho thi lạ i có mộ t quã ng thờ i gian dà i hạ nh phú c và vui vẻ (vì tiền bạ c tiêu ra mang lạ i giá trị tố t đẹp) bắ t kịp, theo kịp vớ i ai/cá i gì có cơ hộ i là m gì Page 203
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Hold good Cause the damage For a while/moment See eye to eye Pay sb a visit = visit sb Put a stop to St = put an end to St To be out of habit Pick one's brain Probe into To the verge of Lay claim to St
46 47 48
Pour scorn on somebody A second helping Break new ground
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Make a fool (out) of sb/yourself Be rushed off your feet Be/come under fire Be at a loss Take to flight Do an impression of sb Have a (good] head for St Reduce sb to tears = make sb cry Take a fancy to Keep an eye on Get a kick out of
60 61
Kick up a fuss about Come what may
62 63
By the by = By the way What is more
64 65 66
Be that as it may Put all the blame on sb Take out insurance on St = buy an insurance policy for St Make a go of St Make effort to do St = try/attempt to do St = in an attempt to do St Put effort into St
67 68 69
cò n hiệu lự c gâ y thiệt hạ i mộ t chú t, mộ t lá t đồ ng ý, đồ ng tình thă m ai đó chấ m dứ t cá i gì mấ t thó i quen, khô ng cò n là thó i quen hỏ i, xin ý kiến ai về điều gì dò xét, thă m dò đến bên bờ vự c củ a tuyên bố là có quyền sở hữ u thứ gì (thườ ng là tiền, tà i sả n) dè bỉu/chê bai ai đó phầ n ă n thứ hai khá m phá ra, là m ra điều chưa từ ng đượ c là m trướ c đó khiến ai đó trô ng như kẻ ngố c bậ n rộ n bị chỉ trích mạ nh mẽ vì đã là m gì bố i rố i, lú ng tú ng chạ y đi bắ t chướ c ai, nhạ i điệu bộ củ a ai có khả nă ng là m điều gì đó thậ t tố t là m ai khó c bắ t đầ u thích cá i gì để ý, quan tâ m, chă m só c đến cá i gì thích cá i gì, cả m thấ y cá i gì thú vị (= to like, be interested in...) giậ n dữ , phà n nà n về cá i gì dù khó khă n đến mấ y/dù có rắ c rố i gì đi nữ a tiện thể, nhâ n tiện thêm nữ a là (thêm mộ t điều gì đó có tính quan trọ ng hơn) cho dù như thế đổ tấ t cả trá ch nhiệm cho ai mua bả o hiểm cho cá i gì thà nh cô ng trong việc gì cố gắ ng là m gì bỏ bao nhiêu nỗ lự c và o cá i gì
Page 204
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 70
Out of reach Out of the condition Out of touch Out of the question Out of stock Out of practice Out of work Out of date Out of order Out of fashion Out of season Out of control
71
Rise to the occasion
72 73 74 75
Put somebody off something Cross one's mind Have full advantage Establish somebody/something/your-self (in something) (as something) You can say that again Word has it that At the expense of St Tobe gripped with a fever Make full use of Make a fortune Make a guess Make an impression The brink of collapse Come down with something Make up for something Get through to somebody Face up to something An authority on St Meet the demand for... Pat yourself on the back = praise yourself Take/have priority over something Shows a desire to do St = desire to do st By virtue of + N/V-ing With regard to + N/V-ing In recognition of + N/V-ing Put up with Get on with = get along with= keep/ be on good terms with = have a good relationship with Deal with Do the washing up Do the shopping Do the cleaning Do the gaderning Attract attention Focus (attention) on something = devote attention to something Draw attention to Make ends meet
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
99 100 101 102
ngoà i tầ m vớ i khô ng vừ a (về cơ thể) mấ t liên lạ c vớ i, khô ng có tin tứ c về khô ng thể đượ c, điều khô ng thể hết hà ng khô ng thể thự c thi thấ t nghiệp lạ c hậ u, lỗ i thờ i hỏ ng hó c lỗ i mố t trá i mù a ngoà i tầ m kiểm soá t tỏ ra có khả nă ng đố i phó vớ i tình thế khó khă n bấ t ngờ là m ai hết hứ ng thú vớ i điều gì chợ t nả y ra trong trí ó c có đủ lợ i thế giữ vữ ng vị trí hoà n toà n đồ ng ý có tin tứ c rằ ng trả giá bằ ng cá i gì bị cơn số t đeo bá m tậ n dụ ng tố i đa trở nên già u có dự đoá n gâ y ấ n tượ ng bờ vự c phá sả n bị (mộ t bệnh gì đó ) đền bù , bù và o là m cho ai hiểu đượ c mình đủ can đả m để chấ p nhậ n có chuyên mô n về lĩnh vự c gì đá p ứ ng nhu cầ u cho ... khen ngợ i chính mình ưu tiên, đặ t hà ng đầ u khao khá t, mong muố n là m gì bở i vì về mặ t, về vấ n đề, có liên quan tớ i đượ c cô ng nhậ n về chịu đự ng thâ n thiện (vớ i ai), ă n ý (vớ i ai), hoà thuậ n vớ i ai, có quan hệ tố t vớ i ai giả i quyết cá i gì rử a bá t đĩa mua sắ m dọ n dẹp là m vườ n thu hú t sự chú ý tậ p trung sự chú ý và o hướ ng sự thu hú t tớ i đá p ứ ng nhu cầ u/ đủ số ng Page 205
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111
Commit something to memory = to learn something well enough to remember it exactly Have an influence on Under the influence of Come to nothing A wide range of something Tip the scale in one’s favor Stand in with Take sb for a ride Bumper crop
họ c kĩ để nhớ chính xá c có ả nh hưở ng đến... chịu ả nh hưở ng củ a, do ả nh hưở ng củ a khô ng đi đến đâ u, khô ng đượ c gì, ... mộ t loạ t cá c... Thiên về, nghiên về có lợ i cho ai đó Và o hù a vớ i, cấ u kết vớ i Lừ a dố i ai Vụ mù a bộ i thu
PRACTICE EXERCISES Exercise 1: Chọn phương án đúng 1. After congratulating his team, the coach left, allowing the players to let their down for a while. A. hearts B. hair C. souls D. heads 2.Alice said: "That guy is gorgeous. I wish he would ask me out." A. dead-centre B. drop shot C. jumped-up D. drop-dead 3. The party leader travelled the length and of the country in an attempt to spread his message. A. width B. distance C. diameter D. breadth 4. Vietnam U23 made not only Asia but also Europe keep a close eye on them. They internationally. A. have made headlines B. had made headlines C. have done headlines D. did headlines 5.If we didn't any measures to protect whales, they would disappear forever. A. use B. make C. take D. do 6.People who take on a second job inevitably themselves to greater stress. A. offer B. subject C. field D„ place 7.It is the of stupidity to go walking in the mountains in this weather. A. height B. depth C. source D. matter 8. The works of such men as the English philosophers John Locke and Thomas Hobbes helped pave the way for academic freedom in the modern sense. A. terminate B. prevented C. enhanced D. incorporated 9. Both universities speak of the programme of student exchange and hope to cooperate more in the future. A. highly B. largely C. strongly D. widely 10. My neighbors are really tight with money. They hate throwing away food, don't eat at restaurant, and always try to find the best price. A. to spend money too easily B. to not like spending money C. to not know the value of money D. to save as much money as possible 11. We were all in a mood because the weather was good and we were going on holiday the next day. A. bad B. well C. excellent D. good 12. On the whole, the rescue mission was well executed. A. In fact B. In particular C. At once D. In general 13. With this type of insurance, you're buying of mind.
Page 206
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. peace 14. Could you
B. satisfaction C. calmness D. contentment _ me a lift into town? A. give B. get C. do D. make 15. The players' protests no difference to the referee's decision at all. A. did B. made C. caused D. created 16. In a formal interview, it is essential to maintain good eye with the interviewers. A. link B. connection C. touch D. contact 17. It was no accident that he broke my glasses. He did it purpose. A. with B. on C. by D. about 18. I read the contract again and again avoiding making spelling mistakes. A. in terms of B. by means of C. with a view to D. in view of 19. Please don't a word of this to anyone else, it's highly confidential. A. speak B. pass C. mutter D. breathe 20. My advice is that you get straight to the point in the next report. A. If I were you, I would go straight to the bush in the next report. B. If I were you, I would have the next report got started. C. If I were you, I would not beat around the bush in the next report. D. If I were you, I would not point out the next report. Exercise 2: Chọn phương án đúng 1. I am glad I was able to be there for my friend when her mom died. A. to offer support in time of need for B. to cry with C. to travel with D. to visit 2. She simply took it for granted that the check was good and did not ask him any questions about it. A. permitted it B. accepted it without investigation C. objected to it D. looked it over 3.When you consider all the advantages you've gained I think you'll admit you had a good for your money. A. run B. way C. earn D. drive 4. In a modern family the husband is expected to join hands with his wife to the household chores. A. do B. make C. run D. take 5. While everyone else in this class prefers working in groups, Alice likes working A. on her own B. of her own C. on herself D. in herself 6. Reaching 35 and obviously aging, Jane has to make up her mind on her future very soon. A. give a thought about B. pay attention to C. prepare a plan for D. make a decision on 7. Foreign students who are a decision about which school to attend may not know exactly where the choices are located. A. doing B. making C. taking D. having 8. Since he failed his exam, he had to for it again. A. pass B. make C. take D. sit 9. It is very important for a film or a company to keep the changes in the market. A. pace of B. track about C. touch with D. up with Page 207
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. My brother left his job last week because he did not have any A. position B. chance C. ability
to travel. D. location
Page 208
11. I haven't read any medical books or articles on the subject for a long time, so I'm with recent developments. A. out of reach B. out of the conditionC. out of touch D. out of the question 12. Laws on military service since 1960 still hold good. A. remain for good B. are still in good condition C. stand in life D. remain in effect 13. I get quite depressed when I think about the damage we are to the environment. A. having B. taking C. making D. causing 14. I stayed there with her for a while before I left. A. in the difficult time B. whenever she needed me C. for relaxation D. for a short period of time 15. I am glad that we see eye to eye on the matter of the conference location. A. dislike B. agree c. disagree D. approve 16. Make sure you us a visit when you are in town again. A. pay B. have c. give D. do 17. I used to run a mile before breakfast but now I am A. not used to it B. no longer practice it C. out of practice D. out of the habit 18. The government is determined to terrorism. A. put the stop to B„ put stop to C. put stops to D. put a stop to 19. Can I our brain for a moment? I can't do this crossword by myself. A. use B. have C. mind D. pick 20. We are going to build a fence around the field with to breeding sheep and cattle. A. a goal B. an outlook C. a reason D. a view Exercise 3: Chọn phương án đúng 1.The detective was asked to probe into the mysterious disappearance of the painting. A. investigate B. procure c. recover D. relinquish 2. Toxic chemicals from factories are one of the serious factors that leads wildlife to the of extinction. A. wall B. fence C. verge D. bridge 3. When old Mr. Barnaby died, several people their claim to the substantial legacy that he left. A. placed B. drew C. assumed D. laid 4.The local press has been pouring on the mayor for dissolving the council. A. scorn B. blame C. disapproval D. hatred 5.The food was so delicious that I had a second A. plate B. serving C. helping D. time 6. His work new ground in the treatment of cancer. It is now giving many cancer victims hope of complete recovery. A. broke B. found C. dug D. uncovered 7. I'm not going to go ice skating! I'd only fall over and a fool of myself. A. create B. show C. do D. make 8.As orders are becoming more and more, we've been rushed off our feet all week. A. very angry B. very busy C. very worried D. very happy 9.The minister came under fire for his rash decision to close the factory.
A. was dismissed B. was acclaimed C. was criticized D. was penalized 10. I find myself at a loss to understand Harold's behavior. A. I lost contact with Harold, so I couldn't understand his behavior. B. I have to lose a lot to understand Harold's behavior. C. I understood Harold's behavior completely. D. I find Harold's behavior quite incomprehensible. 11. When the police arrived the thieves took to flight leaving all the stolen things behind. A. did away B. climbed on C. took away D. ran away 12. My friend is good at mimicking people. He a great impression of Charlie Chaplin. A. made B. did C. took D. gave 13. You can ask Matin anything about history. He actually has quite a good for facts. A. head B. understanding C. knowledge D. ability 14. It was such a sad film that we all were reduced tears at the end. A. with B„ onto C. to D. into 15. I used to reading comics, but now I've grown out of it. A. take a fancy to B. keep an eye on C. get a kick out of D. kick up a fuss about 16. Little Deon: "This herb smells horrible, mommy!” Mommy:" it will do you a power of good." A. Come what may B. By the by C. What is more D. Be that as it may 17. It's not fair to put all the blame on him. He's not the only one at fault. A. He doesn't deserve to be blamed for everything as there were others involved. B. He deserved to be punished, but the others don't. C. It wouldn't be right to punish those who, like him, were not involved. D. Only the one who were involved should be punished. 18. You should take out insurance your house from any possible damage. Earthquakes sometimes occur here. A. in B„ on C. over D. of 19. However much effort he put into it, he will never make a go of the business. A. He's a failure as an a businessman even though he's extremely hardworking. B. No matter how hard he tries, he won't ever turn that business into a going concern. C. The success of the business will depend upon the amount of hard work he puts into it. D. Unless he is willing to make more of an effort, the business is never likely to be a success. 20. The government has launched a new road safety campaign in an attempt to reduce the number of road accidents. A. to try to B. to aim to c. to intend to D. to plan to Exercise 4: Chọn phương án đúng 1. My cousin was nervous about being interviewed on television, but he to the occasion wonderfully. A. raised B. rose c. fell D. faced 2.I never thought that I could win a prize. A. It never dawned in me that I could win a prize. B. I was never put off from winning a prize. C. It never crossed my mind that I could win a prize. D. I never had full advantage of winning a prize.
3. Mike has quickly established himself the National Football League's most valued players. A. to be one of B. as one of C. as D. to be 4. “Do you know who else is going to be running for governor?" " that Mr. Jones is planning to.” A. Word is it B. Word has it C. Word has D. The words are 5.He built up a successful business but it was all done of his health. A. at the price by the expense C. at all cost D. at the expense 6.I am gripped with a fever whenever a new year is coming. A. I feel disappointed B. I am excited C. I get upset D. I have got a temperature 7.My mother is the person who has a great hold me. A. on B. in C. at D. for 8. You should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying and a real effort to answer all the question. A. make B. take C. have D. do 9.You need to make about what course to take at university. A. a decision B. a fortune C. a guess D. an impression 10. Poor management brought the company to of collapse. A. the ring B. the edge C. the brink D. the foot 11. I may look half asleep, but I can assure you I am awake. A. broad B. well C. full D. wide 12. The hotel was terrible, but the wonderful beach our disappointment. A. came down with B. made up for C. got through to D. faced up to 13. He is an authority on primitive religion. A. He has official permission to practise primitive religion. B. He is famous for his vast knowledge of primitive religion. C. He has authority over the people who practise primitive religion. D. He has a great influence on the people who practise primitive religion. 14. Population explosion seems to surpass the ability of the earth to the demand for food. A. make B. need C. have D. meet 15. We regret to tell you that the materials you ordered are A. out of stock B. out of practice C. out of reach D. out of work 16. You should pat yourself on the back for having achieved such a high score in the graduation exam. A. praise yourself B. criticize yourself C. check up your back D. wear a backpack 17. The search for a new vaccine took priority all other medical researches. A. above B. over C. to D. on 18. My cousin shows a desire to put aside the status of the school child. A. The status of the school child makes my cousin happy. B. My cousin doesn't want to be a school child anymore. C. My cousin is determined to put up with the other school children. D. My cousin decides to play down the status of the school child. 19. her inexperience, her failure to secure the contract was not surprising. A. By virtue of B. With regard to c. In view of D. In recognition of
Exercise 5: Chọn phương án đúng 1. The world work is developing very quickly. If you don't self-learn continuously, we will not social movements. A. put up with B. keep up with C. get on with D. deal with 2. He has been waiting for this letter for days, and at it has come. A. the end B. last C. the moment D. present 3. "Do you your new roommate, or do you two argue?" A. keep in touch with B. on good term with C. get along with D. get used to 4. Although he is my friend, I find it hard to his selfishness. A. put up with B. catch up with C. keep up with D. come down with 5. The press thought the sale manager would be depressed by his dismissal but he just A. turned it down B. called it off C. spoke it out D. laughed it off 6. My father sometimes the washing up after dinner. A. takes B. does C. washes D. makes 7. Sportsmen their political differences on the sports field. A. take place B. keep apart C. take part D. put aside 8. Why don’t they their attention on scrutinizing the evidence instead of questioning the passers-by? A. attract B. focus C. draw D. devote 9. I find it difficult to make as prices keep A. end meet-rising B. ends-raising C. end meet-raising D. ends meet-rising 10. The child has no problem reciting the poem; he has it to memory. A. devoted B. added C. committed D. admitted 11. The computer has had an enormous on the way we work and enjoy life. A. impression B. influence C. change D. alternation 12. You are not allowed to drive the influence alcohol. A. under/of B. in/of C. under/by D. by/in 13. The ideas to nothing because I couldn't afford to do it. A. went B. came C. turned D. changed 14. They are conducting a wide of surveys throughout Viet Nam. A. collection B. range C. selection D. group 15. Make sure you your assignment before you go to bed. A. have B. do C. take D. make 16. There were a number of strong candidates for the post but Peter's experience the scales in his favor. A. weighted B. tipped C. balanced D. overturned 17. He accused me of standing with my brother to deceive him. A. on B. at C. in D. off 18. For a public campaign to succeed, it is important to make of existing social organizations as well as other relations. A. fun B. advantage C. benefit D. use 19. It's not a pleasant feeling to discover you've been taken for a by a close friend. A. cheat B. trick C. ride D. lift 20. The scientists introduced new farming methods which resulted in crops.
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) A. bump
B. bumpy
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
C. bumper
D. large
Page 213
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
OTHERS STRUCTURES Cấu trúc STT 1
2
3 4
5 6
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20
Khi hai mệnh đề đồng chủ ngữ, ta có thể bỏ chủ ngữ của vế đầu và thay bằng: - V-ing +..., S + V + O - Having + Vp2, S + V + O - Vp2 +..., S+ V + 0 - Have sb + V (bare) = get sb to + V [bare] - Have/get St + Vp2 Pay sb compliment (n) on sth = Compliment (v)sb on sth - Out of breath - Out of date - Out of order - Out of work - Out of stock - Out of question - Out of season Sau số thứ tự (the first/ the second/the third... the last) + to V(bare) It was not until + time/time clause + that + S + V (quá khứ đơn) (Mệnh để sau that luôn ở thể khẳng định) - In the end = finally = eventually = at last - At the end of + N/V-ing Have (no) difficulty (in) + V-ing Decrease/increase by + ...% Find it + adj + to V (bare) - Used to + V (bare) - Tobe/get used to + V-ing - Tobe used to + V (bare) = Tobe used for + V-ing Congratulate + sb + on + V-ing To be acquainted with sb/st To be responsible to sb for st/doing st Accuse sb of doing st - Make sb/st + adj - Make sb + V (bare) - Love/like/enjoy + V-ing - Hate/dislike/resent + V-ing - Let sb + V (bare) = Allow/permit sb + to V (bare) - Allow/permit + V-ing So that = in order that + clause = so as to/ in order to/ to + V (bare) - Advise sb to + V (bare) - Advise + V-ing
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
Nghĩa + Diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra nố i tiếp nhau + Diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng đã hoà n thà nh trướ c mộ t hà nh độ ng khá c xả y ra trong quá khứ + Khi câ u mang nghĩa bị độ ng + Nhờ ai là m gì + Có cá i gì đượ c là m bở i ai Khen ngợ i ai về việc gì + Thở khô ng ra hơi + Lạ c hậ u, lỗ i thờ i + Hỏ ng hó c + Thấ t nghiệp + Hết, khô ng có sẵ n + Khô ng thể + Trá i mù a Đầ u tiên/thứ hai/thứ ba/ cuố i cù ng... là m cá i gì đó Phả i mã i cho tớ i tậ n khi … thì
+ Cuố i cù ng + Cuố i củ a cá i gì Có (khô ng có ) khó khă n (trong việc) là m gì Giả m/tă ng ...% (so vớ i trướ c) Thấ y như nà o để là m gì + Thườ ng là m gì (trong quá khứ ) + Thườ ng là m gì (ở hiện tạ i) + Đượ c dung để là m gì Chú c mừ ng ai vì đã là m gì Là m quen vớ i, biết vớ i ai/cá i gì Chịu trá ch nhiệm trướ c ai vì cá i gì/ vì đã là m gì Buộ c tộ i ai là m gì + Là m cho ai đó /cá i gì đó như thế nà o + Bắ t ai đó là m gì + Thích là m gì + Ghét là m gì + Cho phép ai đó là m gì + Cho phép là m gì Để mà + Khuyên ai đó là m gì + Khuyên là m gì Page 214
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 21 - Suggest + that + S + (should) + V (bare) - Suggest + V-ing 22 Các cấu trúc câu ước: - S + wish + S would+ V - S + wish + S + V (quá khứ đơn) - S + wish + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) 23 Prevent sb from doing st 24 - Remind sb to + V (bare) - Remind sb of sb/st 25 Encourage sb + to + V (bare) 26 Tell/ask + sb + to + V (bare) 27 - Sb+ need + to V - St + need + V-ing = St + need + to be + Vp2 28 No good/use + V-ing = No point in + V-ing 29 To be worth + V-ing 30 Appreciate + V-ing 31 (That/what + S + V) + V (số ít) 32 Reproach sb for doing St (v) 33 Be on the verge of + V-ing = Be about to V 34 Why not + V = Let's + V 35 Postpone + V-ing 36 - Remember + to V - Remember + V-ing 37 Object to + V-ing/ N 38 Can't stand/help/bear + V-ing 39 To be interested in = to be fond of = to be keen on 40 Deny + V-ing 41 Admit + V-ing 42 Promise + to V 43 Refuse + to V
+ Gợ i ý ai đó nên là m gì + Gợ i ý là m gì
44 - V (tri giác) + O + V - V (tri giác) + O + V-ing 45 Committed to something 46 Lend/give somebody a hand = help sb 47 - Confess that + mệnh đề Confess (to) something Confess to doing something 48 Mind + V-ing 49 Practise + V-ing 50 S + indicate + that + S + V 51 Agree + to V 52 No matter what + S + V ~ Whatever + S + V..., a clause = No matter how + adj/adv + S + V ~ However + adj / adv + S + V, a clause 53 As well as + V-ing 54 Instead of + V-ing
+ Khi chứ ng kiến từ đầ u tớ i cuố i + Khi chứ ng kiến mộ t phầ n củ a sự việc Tậ n tâ m vớ i cá i gì Giú p mộ t tay Để nó i "thú nhậ n việc gì"
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
+ Ướ c mộ t điều trong tương lai + Ướ c mộ t điều ở hiện tạ i + Ướ c mộ t điều trong quá khứ Ngă n cả n ai đó là m gì + Nhắ c nhở ai là m gì + Gợ i cho ai nhớ tớ i ai/cá i gì Khuyến khích ai là m gì Bả o ai đó là m gì + Ai đó cầ n phả i là m gì + Cá i gì cầ n thiết đượ c là m Khô ng có ích khi là m gì Đá ng là m gì Đá nh giá cao khi là m việc gì Mệnh đề danh từ Trá ch mắ ng ai vì là m gì Đang định là m gì Hã y là m..., tạ i sao khô ng... Hoã n là m gì + Nhớ để là m gì (trong tương lai) + Nhớ đã là m gì (trong quá khứ ) Phả n đố i điều gì Khô ng thể chịu/nhịn đượ c Thích/quan tâ m Phủ nhậ n là m gì Thừ a nhậ n là m gì Hứ a là m gì Từ chố i là m gì
Ngạ i, phiền là m gì Thự c hà nh, luyện tậ p là m việc gì Chỉ ra rằ ng Đồ ng ý là m gì Dù có ... đi chă ng nữ a … thì...
Khô ng chỉ/ khô ng nhữ ng Thay vì là m gì đó Page 215
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 55 Attempt + to V = try + to V = make an effort + to V 56 Lose one's (own) life in + sth/ V-ing 57 So + trợ động từ/ to be + S 58 Neither + trợ đồng từ/to be + S = S + trợ đồng tự/ to be (phủ định) + either 59 Provide sb with sth ~ provide sth for sb 60 Many a + N (số ít) + V (số ít) = many + N (số nhiều) + V (số nhiều) 61 To be irrelevant to sb/st 62 63
64 65 66 67 68 69
70 71
Nỗ lự c, cố gắ ng là m gì Mấ t mạ ng/ chết khi là m gì đó Dù ng sau mộ t phá t biểu khẳ ng định để diễn đạ t sự đồ ng tình Dù ng sau mộ t phá t biểu phủ định để diễn tả sự đồ ng tình Cung cấ p cho ai cá i gì/ cung cấ p cá i gì Cho ai Nhiều
Khô ng thích hợ p, khô ng tương thích, khô ng thích đá ng Irrespective of = regardless of Bấ t kể, bấ t chấ p Limit yourself/sb (to doing sth/to sth) = to Giớ i hạ n, giả m cá i gì restrict or reduce the amount of sth that you or sb can have or use Seem to V (inf) Dườ ng như => bị động: seem to be + Vp2 Cấu trúc nhấn mạnh as + adj + a/an + N + as Đưa tính từ lên trướ c mộ t danh từ số ít để nhấ n mạ nh danh từ Without + V-ing Mà khô ng là m gì With a view to doing something Vớ i ý định/hi vọ ng là m gì - Keep in touch with sb = have contact with sb + Giữ liên lạ c vớ i ai - Lose contact with sb + Mấ t liên lạ c vớ i ai - Similar to somebody / something Tương tự như - Just like + N/Pronoun + Giố ng y như - Such as + Theo sau bở i danh từ , mang tính liệt kê - As well as + Mang nghĩa như not only... but also Belong to sb/sth Thuộ c về ai/cá i gì S + V + the same (Noun) as + N / Pronoun Giố ng như
72 - Insist on something/somebody doing something - Insist on + V-ing - Insist + that + S + V [bare] 73 What + (a/an) + adj + Noun! = How + adj/ adv + S + V! 74 - Begin/ start + to V - Finish + V-ing 75 Charge sb with sth = accusse sb of St 76 Get down to + V-ing = start + V-ing 77 Refresh sb's memory 78 Do somebody good 79 Tobe accustomed to something = Tobe/ get used to st/ V-ing 80 It takes sb + time + to V = S + spend + time + V-ing
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
+ Khă ng khă ng, yêu cầ u hoặ c đò i hỏ i ai là m gì + Khă ng khă ng là m gì Cấ u trú c câ u cả m thá n + Bắ t đầ u là m việc gì + Kết thú c là m gì Buộ c tộ i cho ai về việc gì Bắ t đầ u nghiêm tú c là m gì Nhớ lạ i Có lợ i, tố t cho ai Quen vớ i cá i gì Mấ t bao lâ u cho ai để là m gì
Page 216
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
CLEFT SENTENCES Subject focus: nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ Object focus : nhấn mạnh tân ngữ Adverbial focus : nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ => Cleft sentences là cá ch dù ng “ It + is / was + từ gạch chân + That................” Nếu S chỉ người ta dù ng “ who / that” Nếu cá c S khá c ta dù ng “ that” 1. Subject focus: nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ Ex1: Mary gave me this book => It was Mary that / who gave me this book Ex2: The TV program gives me a headache => It is the TV program that gives me a headache Ex3: Sarah’s husband died on Friday => It was Sarah’s husband that died on Friday 2. Object focus : nhấn mạnh tân ngữ Ex1: The boy hit the dog in the garden => It was the dog that the boy hit in the garden Ex2: I’m studying English grammar => It is English grammar that I’m studying 3. Adverbial focus : nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ Ex1: Sarah’s husband died on Friday => It was on Friday that Sarah’s husband died Ex2 : The boy hit the dog in the garden => It was in the garden that the boy hit the dog It was not until…..........mãi cho đến khi It was not until + thời gian + that + S + Ved / V2” Ex: I didn’t go to school until yesterday -> It was not until yesterday that I went to school Note! Khi viết lại cấu trúc này cần lưu ý những điều sau: - Luô n bắ t đầ u bằ ng cụ m từ “ It was not until” nhữ ng gì phía sau “ until”củ a câ u đề ta ghi lạ i hết, sau đó qua mệnh đề bắ t đầ u bằ ng chữ “ that” - Mệnh đề sau “that” luô n ở thì quá khứ đơn và luô n luô n ở thể khẳ ng định - Nếu đề cho “ didn’t” thì sau mệnh đề that ta bỏ từ didn’t, nếu đề cho couldn’t thì ta bỏ đi từ not, nếu đề cho thể bị độ ng “ wasn’t + V3/ Ved” ta chỉ bỏ not sau mệnh đề that
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
Page 217
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
CORRECT THE MISTAKES
CÁC LỖI SAI THƯỜNG GẶP
LỖI SAI NGỮ PHÁP
Thì động từ,sự phối thì, sự hòa hợp chủ ngữ động từ,khiếm khuyết,cụm động từ,thức giả định,danh động từ,động từ nguyên thể có TO hoặc không có,mạo từ,bị động,câu điều kiện,tường thuật,đảo ngữ,mệnh đề quan hệ,cụm và câu…
PHƯƠNG PHÁP XÁC ĐỊNH LỖI SAI
LỖI CHÍNH TẢ
LỖI DÙNG TỪ
TỪ LOẠI NGHĨA CỦA TỪ TỪ CÙNG TRƯỜNG NGHĨA
Bước 1: Đọc lướt qua 1 lượt từ đầu đến cuối câu.Đọc kĩ phần gạch chân
Bước 2:Xét tính đúng đắn của các phương án gạch chân về mặt ngữ pháp
Bước 3: Xét về nghĩa của câu và cách dùng từ ở các phần gạch chân
Tìm ra lỗi sai
Page 218
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
COMMUNICATIONS 1. MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ NGƯỜI KHÁC GIÚP: (Making request) Trả lời Đề nghị - V-inf…! - V-inf…., please! - Please + V-inf …! - Can you + V-inf…? - Could you + V-inf…? - Would you please + V-inf…? - Will you + V-inf…? - I wonder if you’d/could + V-inf …? * Riêng vớ i mẫ u: - Would/Do you mind + V-ing…?
- Certainly. - Of course. - Sure - No problem. - What can I do for you? - How can I help you? - By all means. - Yes, with pleasure
- I’m sorry. I can’t. I’m busy. (I have something else to do.) - I’m sorry. I don’t know how to do it.
- No, I don’t mind. - No, of course not. - Not at all. 2. MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ GIÚP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Making offer) Đề nghị Trả lời - Can I help you? - Yes/No. Thank you - Shall I + V-inf…? - That’s very kind of you. - What can I do for you? - Don’t worry! I’ll do it. - May I help you? - That would be great. - Do you need any help? - Oh, would you really? Thanks a lot. - Let me help you - Well, that’s very kind of you, but I think I can manage, thanks. - No, thank you. I can manage. 3. MẪU CÂU XIN PHÉP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Asking for permission) - May I + V-inf …? - Can I + V-inf …? - Would you mind if I + V (chia quá khứ đơn)? - Do you mind if I + V (chia hiện tạ i đơn)? Xin phép - Excuse-me! May I + V-inf…? - Do you think I could + V-inf…? - I wonder if I could + V-inf…? - Is it all right if I could/can + V-inf …? - Certainly. - Of course. Đồng ý - Please do. - Please go ahead. - Sure. Trả lời - I'd rather you didn't. Không - I'd prefer you didn't. đồng ý - No, I'm afraid you can't. - I'm sorry, but you can't.
Page 219
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 4. MẪU CÂU "RỦ"/GỢI Ý: (Making suggestion) Câu "rủ"/gợi ý Trả lời - Let's + V-inf …? - Why don't we + V-inf …? - Shall we + V-inf …? - Yes, let's. - No, let's not. - How about + V-ing…? - What about + V-ing…? - That's a good idea. - Yes, definitely. - I think we should + V-inf… - I suggest that we + V-inf… - Sure, why not? - By all means. - It might be a good idea if we + V-inf… - I think the best way of dealing with this situation wou - That's probably the best option. be + to V-inf… - If you ask me, I think we should/could + V-inf… 5. MẪU CÂU CẢM ƠN: (Saying thanks) Câu cảm ơn Trả lời - Thank you. - You're welcome. - Thank you very much. - That's all right. - Thanks a lot. - Not at all. - Thanks a lot for (N/V-ing). - It's my pleasure. - It's very kind of you. - Don't mention it. 6. MẪU CÂU XÁC ĐỊNH LẠI THÔNG TIN: (Confirming information) - Pardon (me)! - Please say that again! - Excuse-me! What did you say? - Could you repeat that? 7. MẪU CÂU MỜI: (Making invitation) Câu mời Trả lời - Would you like + mó n ă n/uố ng? - Yes, please. Mời ăn uống - No, thanks. - Would you like + to V-inf…? - Yes, I'd love to. (Thanks) - Do you fancy + V-ing…? - That's very kind of you, thanks. - Do you feel like + V-ing…? - That sounds lovely (interesting). Mời đi - That's a good idea. Thanks. đâu/làm gì - That would be great. Thanks. - I'm sorry. I'm afraid I can't. - That's very kind of you, but… 8. MẪU CÂU CHÚC MỪNG: (Congratulating others) Câu kể Trả lời (câu chúc mừng) - You did a great job! - I've passed the entrance exam. - Congratulations! - I've got a driving licence. - Excellent! - …………………. - Well done! 9. MẪU CÂU XIN LỖI: Câu xin lỗi Trả lời - I'm very/extremely/awfully/terribly + sorry - That's all right, ok. - Sorry. It's/was my fault. - Not too worried! - I do apologise. - No need to apologize. - Please accept my apologies. - Don't worry about it! - I'm sorry for + N/V-ing - Never mind! Page 220
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 10. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN LỜI KHEN: (Compliments) Câu thể hiện lời khen Trả lời - You really have + positive adjective + Noun. - It's very kind of you to say so, thank you! - I've never seen such a perfect thing on you. - Thank you. That's a nice compliment. - Your + noun + is/was + positive adjective + - Thanks. I think I've finally found (the color, the style, complement the way…) that + Verb… - You are a/an + positive adjective + - I'm glad you like it, thanks. complement - You've got to be kidding./You must be kidding. I - What (a/an) + positive adjective + Noun! thought it was terrible, - How + positive adjective/adverb + subject + Verb! 11. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN Ý PHỤ HỌA: (Expressing the same idea) - Mệnh đề ở dạ ng khẳ ng định: "so + V-aux + subject". "…, subject + V-aux, too". - Mệnh đề ở dạ nh phủ định: "neither + V-aux + subject". "…, subject + V-aux + not, either". 12. CÁC MẪU CÂU HỎI THÔNG DỤNG: Đô i khi đề thi cũ ng đưa ra cá c câ u hỏ i nà y. Phầ n nà y đượ c cung cấ p nhằ m giú p họ c sinh ô n lạ i cá c câ u hỏ i thườ ng gặ p. Câu hỏi - What (gì) - Who (ai) - What time (mấ y giờ ) - What…for? (để là m gì) - Where (ở đâ u) - Why (tạ i sao) - Which (chọ n lự a trong tậ p hợ p biết trướ c) - When (khi nà o) - How (phương tiện di chuyển) - How (thế nà o)
- How often (tầ n suấ t, bao lâ u 1 lầ n) - How + tính từ : mang nghĩa…như thế nào (how far, how fast, how tall, how old…) - How many (bao nhiêu) (đi vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c, số nhiều) - How much (bao nhiêu) (đi vớ i danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c, số ít hoặ c giá tiền)
Trả lời Dù ng cá c danh từ chỉ vậ t Dù ng cá c danh từ chỉ ngườ i Dù ng cá c danh từ chỉ giờ Dù ng cá c cụ m: to V-inf, in order to, so as to, so that, in order that… Dù ng cá c trạ ng từ chỉ nơi chố n Dù ng cá c từ chỉ lý do (because, as, due to…) Dù ng cá c từ chỉ đố i tượ ng cầ n chọ n Dù ng cá c từ chỉ thờ i gian Dù ng cá c từ chỉ phương tiện Dù ng tính từ , trạ ng từ Dù ng cá c trạ ng từ tầ n suấ t (sometimes, never…), số lầ n (once, twice, times…)
Xem tính từ sau "how" hỏ i gì thì trả lờ i cá i đó
Dù ng cá c từ chỉ số lượ ng, giá tiền.
Page 221
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
COMMON FAMILY WORD NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
VERB enable
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
advise (dis) agree
20 21 22 23 24
argue approve arrive
25
astonish
26
attend
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
acquaint accept accomplish achieve act add advertise
amuse (dis) appear apply
assist
attract (automate)
bear beautify behave believe bleed bore
NOUN (in) ability absence acquaintance acceptance access accomplishment accuracy achievement action, actor addition advertising advertisem*nt advice / adviser (dis) agreement agriculture amusem*nt anger (dis)appearance anxiety application, applicant argument approval arrival art, artist assistance, assistant astonishment attendance: sự có mặ t attendant: ngườ i tham dự attention attraction automation awareness base birth beauty behaviour (un)belief (un)believer blood boredom
ADJECTIVE (un) able absent acquainted acceptable accessible accomplished accurate achievable (in) active additional
advisable: nên (dis) agreeable agricultural amusing / amused angry apparent anxious
ADVERD
accurately (in) actively
(dis) agreely
angrily apparently
(argumentative)
(artistic), artful
(artistically)
astonished, astonishing attendant
attendantly
attentive attractive automtic aware basic beautiful behavioural (un)believable bloody boring / bored
MEANING có khả nă ng vắ ng mặ t Là m quen chấ p nhậ n phương tiện thự c hiện chính xá c thà nh tự u hà nh độ ng cộ ng, thêm và o quả ng cá o khuyên đồ ng ý nô ng nghiệp là m buồ n cườ i sự giậ n dữ xuấ t hiện sự lo lắ ng xin việc, ứ ng viên cã i nhau khẳ ng định tớ i, đến mỹ thuậ t giú p đỡ , trợ lý là m cho ngạ c nhiên tham dự
attentively attractively automtically
sự chú ý thu hú t tự độ ng hó a sự nhậ n thứ c basically nền tả ng sinh ra beautifully là m cho đẹp cư xử / đố i xử (un)believable tin tưở ng chả y má u là m buồ n Page 222
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 38 39 40
break breathe broaden
(un) breakable breathless broad
42
break, breakage breath broadness, broadth calculation, calculator calmness
41
calculate
43
capacity
capable
care (of) carefulness carelessness cause center, centre certainty change chemistry chemical chemist child
careful carelessly
44
care (for)
45 46 47 48 49
cause:gâ y ra
change
50 51 52 53
choose clean clothe
54 55
collect
56 57 58 59
compare compete
60 61
combine comfort
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
choice cleanliness cloth, clothes, clothing cloud collection, collector colour common comparison competition, competitor combination comfort
communicat e complain complete
communication
concentrate conclude
concentration conclusion condition confidence conservation continent continuation
conserve continue
complaint completion
breathlessly broadly
calculating calm
central certain (un)changeable
calmly
certainly
childish-childlike childless clean
cleanly
cloudy, cloudless collective
collectively
coloured, colourful common comparative
(un) comfortable common communicative
(in) complete
conclusive conditional confident continental continuous
commonly
(un)comforta bly commonly
(in) completely conclusively confidently
continuously
vở / bể thở , hít mở rộ ng, nớ i rộ ng tính toá n bình tĩnh, êm đềm khả nă ng, nă ng lự c cẩ n thậ n
nguyên nhâ n trung tâ m sự chắ c chắ n thay đổ i hó a họ c chấ t hó a họ c nhà hó a họ c trẻ con chọ n lự a lau chù i, sạ ch mặ c quầ n á o mâ y sưu tầ m, hợ p tá c mà u sắ c phổ biến, chung chung so sá nh thi đua, ngườ i thi đấ u kết hợ p là m thoả i má i thô ng thườ ng giao tiếp than phiền hoà n tấ t tậ p trung kết luậ n điều kiện sự tự tin bả o tồ n đạ i lụ c tiếp tụ c Page 223
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 73
cook
74
count
75 76 77 78 79 80
darken deafen
cook - cooker cookery
culture custom danger dark, darkness day the deaf, deafness decision decoration depth defence (deficiency) delicacy delivery, deliverer delight (in) dependence
81 82 83 84 85 86 87
decide decorate deepen defend
88 89
delight depend (on)
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
destroy develop determine dictate die differ
98 99
dirty disappoint
100 101 102 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109
discover discuss
educate
discovery discussion distance distribution division drainage dust earth ease economy education
110 111 112
affect electrify embarrass
effect electricity embarrassment
deliver
direct
distribute divide drain
destruction development determination dictatation death difference difficulty direction, director dirt disappointment
nấ u ă n (un) countable countless cultural customary dangerous dark daily deaf (in) decisive decorative deep (deficient) delicate
delightful (in) dependent destructive developing determined dead different difficult (in) direct
đếm
(customarily) dangerously
(in) decisively deep, deeply
delicately
delightfully (in) dependently destructively
differently (in) directly
dirty disappointed, disappointing
dirtily disappointedl y
distant distributive (in) divisible
distantly
dusty earthy easy economical educational, (un) educated (in) effective electric,electrical embarrassed, embarrassing
easily economically educationally
vă n hó a thó i quen sự nguy hiểm là m đen ngà y điếc là m điếc quyết định trang hoà ng là m sâ u hơn bả o vệ sự giả m thiểu duyên dá ng giao,phâ n phá t Là m vui sướ ng phụ thuộ c phá hủ y phá t triển quyết tâ m đọ c chính tả chết là m khá c sự khó khă n chỉ, bả o, thẳ ng, gở i sự dơ bẩ n là m thấ t vọ ng sự thấ t vọ ng khá m phá thả o luậ n khoả ng cá ch phâ n phố i phâ n chia rú t nướ c bụ i trá i đấ t dễ dà ng kinh tế giá o dụ c
(in) effectively ả nh hưở ng điện là m bố i rố i Page 224
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 113 114
emit employ
115
encourage
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126
end
equip erode establish examine expect
end energy enjoyment enrichment entrance environment equipment erosion establishment examination expectation
127 128
experience experiment
experience experiment
129 130
explain explode
explanatory explosive
explosively
131
explore
extinct extreme
extremely
familiarize
explanation explosion, explosive exploration, explorer extinctive extremity, extreme fact failure faith (un) familiarity
(un) faithful (un) familiar
(un) faithfully (un)familiarly
138 139 140
favour fear
fashion favour fear
fashionable favourable fearful, fearless
fashionably favourably fearfully, fearlessly
141 142 143
feel fertilize fill
feeling fertilizer fill
enjoy enrich enter
132 133 134 135 136 137
144 145 146 147 148
fail
fly
forget
emisssion (un) employment employer, employee encouragement
fluency flight fool, foolishness foolball, footballer forgetfulness
(un) employed
thoá t ra thuê mướ n
encouraged
khuyến khích
endless energetic enjoyable rich
kết thú c nă ng lượ ng thích là m già u bướ c và o mô i trườ ng trang bị là m xó i mò n thiết lậ p khá m xét mong đợ i
energerically enjoyably richly
environmental
expectant, expecting, (un) expected (in) experienced experimental
experimentall y
factual
full (of) filled (with) fluent
fluently
foolish
foolishly
(un) forgettable,
forgetfully
kinh nghiệm thử nghiệm giả i thích nổ , bù ng nổ thá m hiểm (nhà ) sự tiệt chủ ng điểm tộ t cù ng, cự c kỳ sự kiện thấ t bạ i trung thà nh là m cho (ai) quen việc gì thờ i trang bao ơn lo sợ , ghê sợ cả m thấ y là m mà u mỡ là m đầ y lắ p đầ y lưu loá t bay, chuyến bay ngườ i ngố c bó ng đá , cầ u thủ quên, Page 225
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) forgetful 149 150
form
151
found
152 153
frighten
154
155 156 157 158 159
generalize
160
graduate
161 162 163 164 165
grow guide
govern
form, formation fortune foundation, founder freshness fright friend, friendship friendliness generalization generosity geography goodness government
(un) fortunate
(un) fortunately
fundamental
thà nh lậ p, sá ng lậ p tươi sợ hã i, lo sợ bạ n bè, tình bạ n
fresh frightened, frightening friendly, friendless general generous geographical good
generously
habitual happy harmful, harmless
habitually happily
harm
graduation, graduate growth guidance, guide habit happiness harm
166
harden
hardeness
hard
hard, hardly
167 168 169 170 171 172
hate
help
hateful health (un) healthy heart hearty, heartless heat, hotness hot height high help, helpfulness helpful, helpless
hope
history (dis) honesty hope
historical, historic (dis) honest hopeful, hopeless
horror hour hunger hury ignorance illness illiteracy illustration imagination
horrible hourly hungry hurried ignorant ill iliterate illustrative imaginary immediate important
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186
heat
horrify
hurry ignore
illustrate imagine
importance
quên lã ng hình thứ c may mắ n
hatefully (un) healthily
high, highly helpfully, helplessly historically (dis) honestly hopefully, hopelessly horribly hungrily hurriedly ignorantly
immediately
nó i chung rộ ng lượ ng địa lý, (họ c) lò ng tố t, tố t thố ng trị, cai quả n tố t nghiệp, họ c xong mọ c lên hướ ng dẫ n thó i quen hạ nh phú c hư hạ i, tệ hạ i cứ ng rắ n, siêng nă ng că m ghét sứ c khỏ e trá i tim nó ng chiều cao sự giú p đỡ , giú p đỡ lịch sử trung thự c hy vọ ng, niềm hy vọ ng kinh ngạ c giờ đó i vộ i và ng phớ t lờ bệnh nạ n mù chữ minh họ a tưở ng tượ ng ngay lậ p tứ c quan trọ ng Page 226
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 187 188 189
improve include industrialize
improvement inclusion industry
190 191 192 193 194 195 196
influence inform instruct
influence information instruction intelligence intention intensify interview, interviewer intimacy introduction invention, inventor invitation irrigation jealousy job joy
197 198 199
intend intensify interview
introduce invent
200 201 202 203 204
invite irrigate
205 206 207 208 209
justify
210 211
enlarge
212 213
laugh
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226
rejoyce
land know
lead lie light limit live lock, unlock
justice keenness kindness landing knowledge enlargement lateness
laughter law laziness leader, leadership lie light, lighting life lock logic loss, loser love, loveliness luck magic, magican
inclusive industrial industrious informative instructive intelligent intentional intense
inclusively
instructively intelligently intentionally intensely
intimate introductory
intimately
jealous jobless joyful, joyess
jealouly
just keen (on) kind knowledgeable (un) known large late
laughable (un) lawful, (il) legal lazy
(un) limited alive, live, lively (un) lock (il) logical lost lovely (un) lucky magical main
joyfully, joyessly justly keenly kindly knowingly
late, lately (gầ n đâ y) (un) lawfully (il) legally lazily
(il) logically
(un) luckily magically mainly
cả i thiện bao gồ m cô ng nghiệp, cầ n cù sự ả nh hưở ng thô ng tin chỉ dẫ n thô ng minh ý định tă ng cườ ng phỏ ng vấ n, (cuộ c) phỏ ng sự thâ n mậ t giớ i thiệu phá t minh, nhà phá tminh mờ i, lờ i mờ i là m thủ y lợ i ghen tuô ng cô ng viêc vui mừ ng chứ ng minh hă ng há i tử tế hạ cá nh biết, kiến thứ c mở rộ ng trễ, muộ n cườ i, vui cườ i phá p luậ t, hợ p phá p lườ i biếng lã nh đạ o, nhà lã nh đạ o nó i dố i đố t, thấ p giớ i hạ n sinh số ng khó a tư duy logíc mấ t, thấ t lạ c yêu, ưu thích vậ n may yêu thuậ t, nhà ả o thuậ t chính Page 227
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 227 228 229
manage
230
manufacture
231 232 233
marry
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267
mechanize mean medicate meet memorize militarize mind
mistake mix
move multiphy
majority man management, manager manufacture, manufacturer marriage material mathematics, mathematician (im) maturity mechanic meaning medicine meeting memory mentality military mind
major human, manly
manufactural (un) married material mathematical (im) mature mechanical meaningful, meaningless medical
mechanically
medically
mental military mindful, mindless
mine, mineral miracle mistake mixture money month moon mother mountain movement multiphlication music, musician nation, nationality nature need, necessity
mineral miraculous mistaken
miraculously mistakenly
monetary monthly lunar, moonless motherly mountainous movable musical national
musically nationally
natural necessary, needful
naturally necessarily
nervous noisy noticeable
nervously noisily noticeably
(dis) obey
nerve noise notice novel, novelist (dis) obedience
(dis) obedient
occupy
occasion occupation
offend offer
odour offense offer
occasional occupational, occupied (with) odourless offensive
(dis) obediently occasionally
need
notice
offensively
đa số đà n ô ng quả n lý, nhà quả n lý sả n xuấ t, nhà sả n xuấ t kết hô n nguyên liệu toá n họ c, nhà toá n họ c sự trưở ng thà nh cơ khí hó a có nghĩa là y họ c, thuố c gặ p ghi nhớ tinh thầ n quâ n sự hó a trí ó c, tư tưở ng khoá ng kỳ diệu hiểu lầ m trộ n lẫ n tiền tệ thá ng mặ t tră ng mẹ nú i di dờ i nhâ n â m nhạ c, nhạ c sĩ quố c gia, quố c tịch tự nhiên cầ n, cầ n thiết dâ y thầ n kinh ồn ào chú ý tiểu thuyết tuâ n theo dịp, cơ hộ i chiếm giữ mù i thơm xú c phạ m cho Page 228
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 268 269
omit operate
270 271
organize own
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285
pay perceive permit persuade
please
286 287 288
poison
289
pollute
290 291 292 293 294
possess
295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310
prefer prepare present preserve prevent
practise
provide prove
rain react realize reason
omission operatation, operator organization owner, ownership pain parents part (im) patience pay, payment peace perception permission person persuasion pharmacy, pharmacist pity pleasure
bỏ đi hoạ t độ ng
operatative organized
tổ chứ c sở hữ u
painful parental partial particular (im) patient
painfully
peaceful
peacefully
personal
personally
partially particularly (im) patiently
pharmaceutical pitiful (un) pleasant
poison (im) politeness politics, politician pollution, pollutant possession potential poverty power practice
poisonous (im) polite political
preference preparation presentation preservation prevention pride privacy provision proof public race rain reaction reality realization reason
preferential preparatory
pitifully (un) pleasantly poisonously (im) politely
polluted possessive potential poor powerful (im) practical
preservable preventive proud private provable public racial rainy
potentially powerfully (im) practically preferentially
proudly privately
publicly
(un) real
really
(un) reasonable
(un)
sự đau đớ n ba mẹ phầ n, mộ t số đặ c biệt Kiên nhẫ n trả , chi trả hò a bình nắ m, hiểu cho phép ngườ i thuyết phụ c dượ c sĩ, bà o chế thuố c đá ng tiếc vui lò ng bỏ thuố c độ c lịch sự chính trị, nhà chính trị là m ô nhiễm sự ô nhiễm sở hữ u tiềm nă ng nghèo quyền lự c thự c hà nh thích…. hơn chuẩ n bị trình bà y bả o quả n ngă n cả n tự hà o riêng tư cung cấ p chứ ng minh cô ng cộ ng sắ c tộ c mưa phả n ứ ng thự c tế nhậ n thứ c lý do Page 229
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) reasonably 311 312 313 314 315 316
327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334
rotate sadden safeguard
satisfy
reception recognition recovery reduction refusal relation, relationship religion reliance removal repetition research response responsibility restriction retirement enrichment, richness rotation sadness safeguard (un) safety sale(s) salt sand satisfaction
335
save
saving
317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343
receive recognize recover reduce refuse relate
rely remove repeat research respond restrict retire enrich
sell
search see select
science, scientist search secret sight selection self, selfishness sense shame
(un) recognizable
relative
relatively
religious reliable
reliably
responsible restrictive retired rich
restrictively rich
rotatory sad
sadly
(un) safe
(un) safely
salty sandy (un) satisfactory, (un) satisfying, (un) satisfied
scientific
(un) satisfactorily
scientifically
secret
344
shock
shock
selfish sensible shameful, shameless, shamed shocked, shocking
345
shorten
shortage
short
shortly = soon
skillful sick
skillfully
sign
skill sickness signature signature silence
significant silent
significantly silently
346 347 348 349 350
silence
selfishly sensibly shamefully, shamelessly
nhậ n nhậ n biết hồ i phụ c giả m xuố ng từ chố i liên quan, họ hà ng tô n giá o lệ thuộ c di dờ i lặ p lạ i nghiên cứ u phú c đá p trá ch nhiệm hạ n chế Nghỉ hưu là m già u, già u có luâ n chuyển là m buồ n che chở an toà n bá n muố i cá t thỏ a mã n, sự thỏ a mãn hà i lò ng để dà nh, cứ u số ng khoa họ c tìm kiếm bí mậ t nhìn, xem lự a chọ n ích kỷ giá c quan xấ u hổ , hổ thẹn, sự hổ thẹn bị số c, cú số c rú t gọ n, ngắ n gọ n kỹ nă ng ố m, bệnh ký tên đầ y ý nghĩa im lặ ng Page 230
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 351 352 353 354
sing sit sleep
355 356 357 358 359
snow
360 361 362 363 364 365
speak
366 367 368 369 370
suggest supply support
371
suspect
372
sympathize
373 374
solidify solve specialize
state strenghthen succeed
surprise
speech, speaker spirit statement storm strenghth success suggestion supply support surgery surprise
threaten tire tolerate
thirst threat tiredness tolerance
384 385 386
transform translate
387 388
transmit transport
similar seated sleepy, asleep, sleepless snowy social solid special
total transformation translation, translator transmission transport,
similarly
sleepily
socially
specially, especially
spiritual stormy strong (un) successful
surgical surprised, surprising
suspicion,suspec t sympathy sympathetic
tend test think
teach
376
380 381 382 383
snow society solid solution specialist
talent teaching, teacher technician, technique technology, technologist tendency test thought
375
377 378 379
similarity song, singer seat sleep, sleepness
talented
technical
strongly (un) successfully
surgically surprisingly
đề nghị cung cấ p ủ ng hộ phẩ u thuậ t là m cho (ai) ngạ c nhiên nghi ngờ
sympatheticall thô ng cả m y tà i nă ng dạ y họ c technically
technological tendentious thoughtful, thoughtless thirsty threatening tired, tiring tolerable, tolerant
thoughtfully, thoughtlessly thirstily threateningly
total
totally
transmissible
tương tự há t, bà i há t chỗ ngồ i ngủ , ngủ mê giấ c ngủ tuyết xã hộ i là m cứ ng giả i quyết chuyên mô n hó a, đặ c biệt nó i tinh thầ n phá t biểu cơn bã o mạ nh mẽ thà nh cô ng
tolerably
kỹ thuậ t, kỹ thuậ t viên cô ng nghệ có khuynh hướ ng kiểm tra suy nghĩ, ý nghĩ khá t đe dọ a là m cho mệt khoan dung, tha thứ tổ ng cộ ng thay đổ i phiên dịch, dịch sang truyền tả i vậ n chuyển, Page 231
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 389 390 391 392 393
treat
394 395 396
understant
trouble
transportation treatment tree tropic trouble truth
use
understanting urgency use, uselessness usage, usefulness
397 398
value
value, valuation
399 400 401 402 403 404
vaporize warm waste watch weaken weigh
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413
widen
vapour warmth waste watchfulness weakness weight, weightlessness width wind wisdom women wonder wood work, worker world worry
wonder work worry
(un) treatable treeless tropical troublesome true, truthful understanable urgent useful, useless
truly, truthfully
usefully, uselessly
(un) usual valuable, invaluable, valueless vaporous warm wasteful watchful weak weightless
usually
wide windy wise womanly wonderful wooden working worldly worried, worrying
widely
414
worth
worth, worthless
415 416
year youth
yearly = annual young, youthful
warmly wastefully watchfully weakly
wisely wonderfully
worriedly, worryingly
youthfully
chuyên chở đố i xử , xử trí câ y nhiệt đớ i là m phiền sự thậ t hiểu khẩ n cấ p sử dụ ng, có ích, vô ích thườ ngthườ ng định giá , đá nh giá , giá trị bố c hơi ấ m ấ p, sưở i lã ng phí trô ng coi là m yếu câ n nặ ng trọ ng lượ ng mở rộ ng gió thô ng minh phụ nữ tuyệt vờ i gỗ là m việc thế giớ i lo lắ ng, lo â u giá trị nă m thanh niên
Page 232
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
IRREGULAR VERBS
STT
Động từ nguyên thể
Thể quá khứ
Quá khứ phân từ
Nghĩa
1
abide
abode/abided
abode / abided
lưu trú , lưu lạ i
2
arise
arose
arisen
phá t sinh
3
awake
awoke
awoken
đá nh thứ c, thứ c
4
be
was/were
been
thì, là , bị. ở
5
bear
bore
borne
mang, chịu dự ng
6
become
became
become
trở nên
7
befall
befell
befallen
xả y đến
8
begin
began
begun
bắ t đầ u
9
behold
beheld
beheld
ngắ m nhìn
10
bend
bent
bent
bẻ cong
11
beset
beset
beset
bao quanh
12
bespeak
bespoke
bespoken
chứ ng tỏ
13
bid
bid
bid
trả giá
14
bind
bound
bound
buộ c, tró i
15
bleed
bled
bled
chả y má u
16
blow
blew
blown
thổ i
17
break
broke
broken
đậ p vỡ
18
breed
bred
bred
nuô i, dạ y dỗ
19
bring
brought
brought
mang đến
20
broadcast
broadcast
broadcast
phá t thanh
21
build
built
built
xâ y dự ng
22
burn
burnt/burned
burnt/burned
đố t, chá y
23
buy
bought
bought
mua
24
cast
cast
cast
ném, tung
25
catch
caught
caught
bắ t, chụ p
chide
chid/ chided
chid/ chidden/ chided
mắ ng chử i
27
choose
chose
chosen
chọ n, lự a
28
cleave
clove/ cleft/ cleaved cloven/ cleft/ cleaved chẻ, tá ch hai
29
cleave
clave
cleaved
dính chặ t
30
come
came
come
đến, đi đến
31
cost
cost
cost
có giá là
32
crow
crew/crewed
crowed
gá y (gà )
33
cut
cut
cut
cắ t, chặ t
34
deal
dealt
dealt
giao thiệp
26
Edited by: Tran Truong Thanh
Page 233
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 35 36
dig dive
dug dove/ dived
dug dived
dà o lặ n; lao xuố ng
37
drew
drew
drawn
vẽ; kéo
38
dream
dreamt/ dreamed
dreamt/ dreamed
mơ thấ y
39
drink
drank
drunk
uố ng
40
drive
drove
driven
lá i xe
41
dwell
dwelt
dwelt
trú ngụ , ở
42
eat
ate
eaten
ăn
43
fall
fell
fallen
ngã ; rơi
44
feed
fed
fed
cho ă n; ă n; nuô i;
45
feel
felt
felt
cả m thấ y
46
fight
fought
fought
chiến đấ u
47
find
found
found
tìm thấ y; thấ y
48
flee
fled
fled
chạ y trố n
49
fling
flung
flung
tung; quang
50
fly
flew
flown
bay
51
forbear
forbore
forborne
nhịn
52
forbid
forbade/ forbad
forbidden
cấ m đoá n; cấ m
53
forecast
forecast/ forecasted forecast/ forecasted
tiên đoá n
54
foresee
foresaw
forseen
thấ y trướ c
55
foretell
foretold
foretold
đoá n trướ c
56
forget
forgot
forgotten
quên
57
forgive
forgave
forgiven
tha thứ
58
forsake
forsook
forsaken
ruồ ng bỏ
59
freeze
froze
frozen
(là m) đô ng lạ i
60
get
got
got/ gotten
có đượ c
61
gild
gilt/ gilded
gilt/ gilded
mạ và ng
62
gird
girt/ girded
girt/ girded
đeo và o
63
give
gave
given
cho
64
go
went
gone
đi
65
grind
ground
ground
nghiền; xay
66
grow
grew
grown
mọ c; trồ ng
67
hang
hung
hung
mó c lên; treo lên
68
hear
heard
heard
nghe
69
heave
hove/ heaved
hove/ heaved
trụ c lên
70
hide
hid
hidden
giấ u; trố n; nấ p
71
hit
hit
hit
đụ ng
Page 234
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) 72 73
hurt inlay
hurt inlaid
hurt inlaid
là m đau cẩ n; khả m
74
input
input
input
đưa và o (má y điện toá n)
75
inset
inset
inset
dá t; ghép
76
keep
kept
kept
giữ
77
kneel
knelt/ kneeled
knelt/ kneeled
quỳ
78
knit
knit/ knitted
knit/ knitted
đan
79
know
knew
known
biết; quen biết
80
lay
laid
laid
đặ t; để
81
lead
led
led
dẫ n dắ t; lã nh đạ o
82
leap
leapt
leapt
nhả y; nhả y qua
83
learn
learnt/ learned
learnt/ learned
họ c; đượ c biết
84
leave
left
left
ra đi; để lạ i
85
lend
lent
lent
cho mượ n (vay)
86
let
let
let
cho phép; để cho
87
lie
lay
lain
nằ m
88
light
lit/ lighted
lit/ lighted
thắ p sá ng
89
lose
lost
lost
là m mấ t; mấ t
90
make
made
made
chế tạ o; sả n xuấ t
91
mean
meant
meant
có nghĩa là
92
meet
met
met
gặ p mặ t
93
mislay
mislaid
mislaid
để lạ c mấ t
94
misread
misread
misread
đọ c sai
95
misspell
misspelt
misspelt
viết sai chính tả
96
mistake
mistook
mistaken
phạ m lỗ i, lầ m lẫ n
97
misunderstand
misunderstood
misunderstood
hiểu lầ m
98
mow
mowed
mown/ mowed
cắ t cỏ
99
outbid
outbid
outbid
trả hơn giá
100 outdo
outdid
outdone
là m giỏ i hơn
outgrow
outgrew
outgrown
lớ n nhanh hơn
output
output
output
cho ra (dữ kiện)
outrun
outran
outrun
chạ y nhanh hơn; vượ t quá
outsell
outsold
outsold
bá n nhanh hơn
overcome
overcame
overcome
khắ c phụ c
overeat
overate
overeaten
ă n quá nhiều
overfly
overflew
overflown
bay qua
overhang
overhung
overhung
nhô lên trên, treo lơ lử ng
Page 235
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) overhear overlay
overheard overlaid
overheard overlaid
nghe trộ m phủ lên
overpay
overpaid
overpaid
trả quá tiền
overrun
overran
overrun
trà n ngậ p
oversee
oversaw
overseen
trô ng nom
overshoot
overshot
overshot
đi quá đích
oversleep
overslept
overslept
ngủ quên
overtake
overtook
overtaken
đuổ i bắ t kịp
overthrow
overthrew
overthrown
lậ t đổ
pay
paid
paid
trả (tiền)
prove
proved
proven/proved
chứ ng minh(tỏ )
put
put
put
đặ t; để
read
read
read
đọ c
rebuild
rebuilt
rebuilt
xâ y dự ng lạ i
redo
redid
redone
là m lạ i
remake
remade
remade
là m lạ i; chế tạ o lạ i
rend
rent
rent
toạ c ra; xé
repay
repaid
repaid
hoà n tiền lạ i
resell
retold
retold
bá n lạ i
retake
retook
retaken
chiếm lạ i; tá i chiếm
rewrite
rewrote
rewritten
viết lạ i
ride
rode
ridden
cưỡ i
ring
rang
rung
rung chuô ng
rise
rose
risen
đứ ng dậ y; mọ c
run
ran
run
chạ y
saw
sawed
sawn
cưa
say
said
said
nó i
see
saw
seen
nhìn thấ y
seek
sought
sought
tìm kiếm
sell
sold
sold
bá n
send
sent
sent
gử i
sew
sewed
sewn/sewed
may
shake
shook
shaken
lay; lắ c
shear
sheared
shorn
xén lô ng cừ u
shed
shed
shed
rơi; rụ ng
shine
shone
shone
chiếu sá ng
shoot
shot
shot
bắ n
Page 236
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) show shrink
showed shrank
shown/ showed shrunk
cho xem co rú t
shut
shut
shut
đó ng lạ i
sing
sang
sung
ca há t
sink
sank
sunk
chìm; lặ n
sit
sat
sat
ngồ i
slay
slew
slain
sá t hạ i; giết hạ i
sleep
slept
slept
ngủ
slide
slid
slid
trượ t; lướ t
sling
slung
slung
ném mạ nh
slink
slunk
slunk
lẻn đi
smell
smelt
smelt
ngử i
smite
smote
smitten
đậ p mạ nh
sow
sowed
sown/ sewed
gieo; rả i
speak
spoke
spoken
nó i
speed
sped/ speeded
sped/ speeded
chạ y vụ t
spell
spelt/ spelled
spelt/ spelled
đá nh vầ n
spend
spent
spent
tiêu sà i
spill
spilt/ spilled
spilt/ spilled
trà n đổ ra
spin
spun/ span
spun
quay sợ i
spit
spat
spat
khạ c nhổ
spoil
spoilt/ spoiled
spoilt/ spoiled
là m hỏ ng
spread
spread
spread
lan truyền
spring
sprang
sprung
nhả y
stand
stood
stood
đứ ng
stave
stove/ staved
stove/ staved
đâ m thủ ng
steal
stole
stolen
đá nh cắ p
stick
stuck
stuck
ghim và o; đính
sting
stung
stung
châ m ; chích; đố t
stink
stunk/ stank
stunk
bố c muìi hô i
strew
strewed
strewn/ strewed
rắ c , rả i
stride
strode
stridden
bướ c sả i
strike
struck
struck
đá nh đậ p
string
strung
strung
gắ n dâ y và o
strive
strove
striven
cố sứ c
swear
swore
sworn
tuyên thệ
sweep
swept
swept
quét
Page 237
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar ) swell swim
swelled swam
swollen/ swelled swum
phồ ng ; sưng bơi; lộ i
swing
swung
swung
đong đưa
take
took
taken
cầ m ; lấ y
teach
taught
taught
dạ y ; giả ng dạ y
tear
tore
torn
xé; rá ch
tell
told
told
kể ; bả o
think
thought
thought
suy nghĩ
throw
threw
thrown
ném ; liệng
thrust
thrust
thrust
thọ c ;nhấ n
tread
trod
trodden/ trod
giẫ m ; đạ p
unbend
unbent
unbent
là m thẳ ng lạ i
undercut
undercut
undercut
ra giá rẻ hơn
undergo
underwent
undergone
kinh qua
underlie
underlay
underlain
nằ m dướ i
underpay
undercut
undercut
trả lương thấ p
undersell
undersold
undersold
bá n rẻ hơn
understand
understood
understood
hiểu
undertake
undertook
undertaken
đả m nhậ n
underwrite
underwrote
underwritten
bả o hiểm
undo
undid
undone
thá o ra
unfreeze
unfroze
unfrozen
là m tan đô ng
unwind
unwound
unwound
thá o ra
uphold
upheld
upheld
ủ ng hộ
upset
upset
upset
đá nh đổ ; lậ t đổ
wake
woke/ waked
woken/ waked
thứ c giấ c
waylay
waylaid
waylaid
mai phụ c
wear
wore
worn
mặ c
weave
wove/ weaved
woven/ weaved
dệt
wed
wed/ wedded
wed/ wedded
kết hô n
weep
wept
wept
khó c
wet
wet / wetted
wet / wetted
là m ướ t
win
won
won
thắ ng ; chiến thắ ng
wind
wound
wound
quấ n
work
wrought / worked
wrought / worked
rèn (sắ t)
wring
wrung
wrung
vặ n ; siết chặ t
write
wrote
written
viết
Page 238
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar )
Page 239
